cvs.texinfo revision 1.10
1\input texinfo  @c -*-texinfo-*-
2@comment Documentation for CVS.
3@setfilename cvs.info
4@macro copyleftnotice
5@noindent
6Copyright @copyright{} 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
7                       2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
8                       Free Software Foundation, Inc.
9
10@multitable @columnfractions .12 .88
11@item Portions
12@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005,
13				  2006 Derek R. Price,
14@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
15                                  Ximbiot @url{http://ximbiot.com},
16@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993, 1999 Signum Support AB,
17@item @tab and Copyright @copyright{} others.
18@end multitable
19
20@ignore
21Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
22results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
23notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
24(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
25
26@end ignore
27Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
28this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
29are preserved on all copies.
30
31Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
32manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
33entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
34permission notice identical to this one.
35
36Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
37into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
38except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
39approved by the Free Software Foundation.
40@end macro
41
42@comment This file is part of the CVS distribution.
43
44@comment CVS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
45@comment it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
46@comment the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
47@comment any later version.
48
49@comment CVS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
50@comment but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
51@comment MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
52@comment GNU General Public License for more details.
53
54@c See ../README for A4 vs. US letter size.
55@c When we provided A4 postscript, and people tried to
56@c print it on US letter, the usual complaint was that the
57@c page numbers would get cut off.
58@c If one prints US letter on A4, reportedly there is
59@c some extra space at the top and/or bottom, and the side
60@c margins are a bit narrow, but no text is lost.
61@c
62@c See
63@c http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-paper.html
64@c for more on paper sizes.  Insuring that margins are
65@c big enough to print on either A4 or US letter does
66@c indeed seem to be the usual approach (RFC2346).
67
68@c This document seems to get overfull hboxes with some
69@c frequency (probably because the tendency is to
70@c sanity-check it with "make info" and run TeX less
71@c often).  The big ugly boxes just seem to add insult
72@c to injury, and I'm not aware of them helping to fix
73@c the overfull hboxes at all.
74@finalout
75
76@include version.texi
77@settitle CVS---Concurrent Versions System v@value{VERSION}
78@setchapternewpage odd
79
80@c -- TODO list:
81@c -- Fix all lines that match "^@c -- "
82@c -- Also places marked with FIXME should be manual
83@c problems (as opposed to FIXCVS for CVS problems).
84
85@c @splitrcskeyword{} is used to avoid keyword expansion.  It is replaced by
86@c @asis when generating info and dvi, and by <i></i> in the generated html,
87@c such that keywords are not expanded in the generated html. 
88@ifnothtml
89@macro splitrcskeyword {arg}
90@asis{}\arg\
91@end macro
92@end ifnothtml
93
94@ifhtml
95@macro splitrcskeyword {arg}
96@i{}\arg\
97@end macro
98@end ifhtml
99
100@dircategory GNU Packages
101@direntry
102* CVS: (cvs).                   Concurrent Versions System
103@end direntry
104@dircategory Individual utilities
105@direntry
106* cvs: (cvs)CVS commands.       Concurrent Versions System
107@end direntry
108
109@comment The titlepage section does not appear in the Info file.
110@titlepage
111@sp 4
112@comment The title is printed in a large font.
113@center @titlefont{Version Management}
114@sp 1
115@center @titlefont{with}
116@sp 1
117@center @titlefont{CVS}
118@sp 2
119@center for @sc{cvs} @value{VERSION}
120@comment -release-
121@sp 3
122@center Per Cederqvist et al
123
124@comment  The following two commands start the copyright page
125@comment  for the printed manual.  This will not appear in the Info file.
126@page
127@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
128@copyleftnotice
129@end titlepage
130
131@summarycontents
132
133@contents
134
135@comment ================================================================
136@comment                   The real text starts here
137@comment ================================================================
138
139@ifnottex
140@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
141@node    Top
142@top
143
144This info manual describes how to use and administer
145@sc{cvs} version @value{VERSION}.
146@end ifnottex
147
148@ifinfo
149@copyleftnotice
150@end ifinfo
151
152@c This menu is pretty long.  Not sure how easily that
153@c can be fixed (no brilliant ideas right away)...
154@menu
155* Overview::                    An introduction to CVS
156* Repository::                  Where all your sources are stored
157* Starting a new project::      Starting a project with CVS
158* Revisions::                   Numeric and symbolic names for revisions
159* Branching and merging::       Diverging/rejoining branches of development
160* Recursive behavior::          CVS descends directories
161* Adding and removing::         Adding/removing/renaming files/directories
162* History browsing::            Viewing the history of files in various ways
163
164CVS and the Real World.
165-----------------------
166* Binary files::                CVS can handle binary files
167* Multiple developers::         How CVS helps a group of developers
168* Revision management::         Policy questions for revision management
169* Keyword substitution::        CVS can include the revision inside the file
170* Tracking sources::            Tracking third-party sources
171* Builds::                      Issues related to CVS and builds
172* Special Files::		Devices, links and other non-regular files
173
174References.
175-----------
176* CVS commands::                CVS commands share some things
177* Invoking CVS::                Quick reference to CVS commands
178* Administrative files::        Reference manual for the Administrative files
179* Environment variables::       All environment variables which affect CVS
180* Compatibility::               Upgrading CVS versions
181* Troubleshooting::             Some tips when nothing works
182* Credits::                     Some of the contributors to this manual
183* BUGS::                        Dealing with bugs in CVS or this manual
184* Index::                       Index
185@end menu
186
187@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
188@node Overview
189@chapter Overview
190@cindex Overview
191
192This chapter is for people who have never used
193@sc{cvs}, and perhaps have never used version control
194software before.
195
196If you are already familiar with @sc{cvs} and are just
197trying to learn a particular feature or remember a
198certain command, you can probably skip everything here.
199
200@menu
201* What is CVS?::                What you can do with @sc{cvs}
202* What is CVS not?::            Problems @sc{cvs} doesn't try to solve
203* A sample session::            A tour of basic @sc{cvs} usage
204@end menu
205
206@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
207@node What is CVS?
208@section What is CVS?
209@cindex What is CVS?
210@cindex Introduction to CVS
211@cindex CVS, introduction to
212
213@sc{cvs} is a version control system.  Using it, you can
214record the history of your source files.
215
216@c -- ///
217@c -- ///Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.
218@c -- ///               -- George Santayana
219@c -- //////
220
221@c -- Insert history  quote here!
222For example, bugs sometimes creep in when
223software is modified, and you might not detect the bug
224until a long time after you make the modification.
225With @sc{cvs}, you can easily retrieve old versions to see
226exactly which change caused the bug.  This can
227sometimes be a big help.
228
229You could of course save every version of every file
230you have ever created.  This would
231however waste an enormous amount of disk space.  @sc{cvs}
232stores all the versions of a file in a single file in a
233clever way that only stores the differences between
234versions.
235
236@sc{cvs} also helps you if you are part of a group of people working
237on the same project.  It is all too easy to overwrite
238each others' changes unless you are extremely careful.
239Some editors, like @sc{gnu} Emacs, try to make sure that
240two people never modify the same file at the
241same time.  Unfortunately, if someone is using another
242editor, that safeguard will not work.  @sc{cvs} solves this problem
243by insulating the different developers from each other.  Every
244developer works in his own directory, and @sc{cvs} merges
245the work when each developer is done.
246
247@cindex History of CVS
248@cindex CVS, history of
249@cindex Credits (CVS program)
250@cindex Contributors (CVS program)
251@sc{cvs} started out as a bunch of shell scripts written by
252Dick Grune, posted to the newsgroup
253@code{comp.sources.unix} in the volume 6
254release of July, 1986.  While no actual code from
255these shell scripts is present in the current version
256of @sc{cvs} much of the @sc{cvs} conflict resolution algorithms
257come from them.
258
259In April, 1989, Brian Berliner designed and coded @sc{cvs}.
260Jeff Polk later helped Brian with the design of the @sc{cvs}
261module and vendor branch support.
262
263@cindex Source, getting CVS source
264You can get @sc{cvs} in a variety of ways, including
265free download from the Internet.  For more information
266on downloading @sc{cvs} and other @sc{cvs} topics, see:
267
268@example
269@url{http://cvs.nongnu.org/}
270@end example
271
272@cindex Mailing list
273@cindex List, mailing list
274@cindex Newsgroups
275There is a mailing list, known as @email{info-cvs@@nongnu.org},
276devoted to @sc{cvs}.  To subscribe or
277unsubscribe
278write to
279@email{info-cvs-request@@nongnu.org}.
280If you prefer a Usenet group, there is a one-way mirror (posts to the email
281list are usually sent to the news group, but not visa versa) of
282@email{info-cvs@@nongnu.org} at @url{news:gnu.cvs.help}.  The right
283Usenet group for posts is @url{news:comp.software.config-mgmt} which is for
284@sc{cvs} discussions (along with other configuration
285management systems).  In the future, it might be
286possible to create a
287@code{comp.software.config-mgmt.cvs}, but probably only
288if there is sufficient @sc{cvs} traffic on
289@url{news:comp.software.config-mgmt}.
290@c Other random data is that the tale was very
291@c skeptical of comp.software.config-mgmt.cvs when the
292@c subject came up around 1995 or so (for one
293@c thing, because creating it would be a "reorg" which
294@c would need to take a more comprehensive look at the
295@c whole comp.software.config-mgmt.* hierarchy).
296
297You can also subscribe to the @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org} mailing list,
298described in more detail in @ref{BUGS}.  To subscribe
299send mail to @email{bug-cvs-request@@nongnu.org}.  There is a two-way
300Usenet mirror (posts to the Usenet group are usually sent to the email list and
301visa versa) of @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org} named @url{news:gnu.cvs.bug}.
302
303@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
304@node What is CVS not?
305@section What is CVS not?
306@cindex What is CVS not?
307
308@sc{cvs} can do a lot of things for you, but it does
309not try to be everything for everyone.
310
311@table @asis
312@item @sc{cvs} is not a build system.
313
314Though the structure of your repository and modules
315file interact with your build system
316(e.g. @file{Makefile}s), they are essentially
317independent.
318
319@sc{cvs} does not dictate how you build anything.  It
320merely stores files for retrieval in a tree structure
321you devise.
322
323@sc{cvs} does not dictate how to use disk space in the
324checked out working directories.  If you write your
325@file{Makefile}s or scripts in every directory so they
326have to know the relative positions of everything else,
327you wind up requiring the entire repository to be
328checked out.
329
330If you modularize your work, and construct a build
331system that will share files (via links, mounts,
332@code{VPATH} in @file{Makefile}s, etc.), you can
333arrange your disk usage however you like.
334
335But you have to remember that @emph{any} such system is
336a lot of work to construct and maintain.  @sc{cvs} does
337not address the issues involved.
338
339Of course, you should place the tools created to
340support such a build system (scripts, @file{Makefile}s,
341etc) under @sc{cvs}.
342
343Figuring out what files need to be rebuilt when
344something changes is, again, something to be handled
345outside the scope of @sc{cvs}.  One traditional
346approach is to use @code{make} for building, and use
347some automated tool for generating the dependencies which
348@code{make} uses.
349
350See @ref{Builds}, for more information on doing builds
351in conjunction with @sc{cvs}.
352
353@item @sc{cvs} is not a substitute for management.
354
355Your managers and project leaders are expected to talk
356to you frequently enough to make certain you are aware
357of schedules, merge points, branch names and release
358dates.  If they don't, @sc{cvs} can't help.
359
360@sc{cvs} is an instrument for making sources dance to
361your tune.  But you are the piper and the composer.  No
362instrument plays itself or writes its own music.
363
364@item @sc{cvs} is not a substitute for developer communication.
365
366When faced with conflicts within a single file, most
367developers manage to resolve them without too much
368effort.  But a more general definition of ``conflict''
369includes problems too difficult to solve without
370communication between developers.
371
372@sc{cvs} cannot determine when simultaneous changes
373within a single file, or across a whole collection of
374files, will logically conflict with one another.  Its
375concept of a @dfn{conflict} is purely textual, arising
376when two changes to the same base file are near enough
377to spook the merge (i.e. @code{diff3}) command.
378
379@sc{cvs} does not claim to help at all in figuring out
380non-textual or distributed conflicts in program logic.
381
382For example: Say you change the arguments to function
383@code{X} defined in file @file{A}.  At the same time,
384someone edits file @file{B}, adding new calls to
385function @code{X} using the old arguments.  You are
386outside the realm of @sc{cvs}'s competence.
387
388Acquire the habit of reading specs and talking to your
389peers.
390
391
392@item @sc{cvs} does not have change control
393
394Change control refers to a number of things.  First of
395all it can mean @dfn{bug-tracking}, that is being able
396to keep a database of reported bugs and the status of
397each one (is it fixed?  in what release?  has the bug
398submitter agreed that it is fixed?).  For interfacing
399@sc{cvs} to an external bug-tracking system, see the
400@file{rcsinfo} and @file{verifymsg} files
401(@pxref{Administrative files}).
402
403Another aspect of change control is keeping track of
404the fact that changes to several files were in fact
405changed together as one logical change.  If you check
406in several files in a single @code{cvs commit}
407operation, @sc{cvs} then forgets that those files were
408checked in together, and the fact that they have the
409same log message is the only thing tying them
410together.  Keeping a @sc{gnu} style @file{ChangeLog}
411can help somewhat.
412@c FIXME: should have an xref to a section which talks
413@c more about keeping ChangeLog's with CVS, but that
414@c section hasn't been written yet.
415
416Another aspect of change control, in some systems, is
417the ability to keep track of the status of each
418change.  Some changes have been written by a developer,
419others have been reviewed by a second developer, and so
420on.  Generally, the way to do this with @sc{cvs} is to
421generate a diff (using @code{cvs diff} or @code{diff})
422and email it to someone who can then apply it using the
423@code{patch} utility.  This is very flexible, but
424depends on mechanisms outside @sc{cvs} to make sure
425nothing falls through the cracks.
426
427@item @sc{cvs} is not an automated testing program
428
429It should be possible to enforce mandatory use of a
430test suite using the @code{commitinfo} file.  I haven't
431heard a lot about projects trying to do that or whether
432there are subtle gotchas, however.
433
434@item @sc{cvs} does not have a built-in process model
435
436Some systems provide ways to ensure that changes or
437releases go through various steps, with various
438approvals as needed.  Generally, one can accomplish
439this with @sc{cvs} but it might be a little more work.
440In some cases you'll want to use the @file{commitinfo},
441@file{loginfo}, @file{rcsinfo}, or @file{verifymsg}
442files, to require that certain steps be performed
443before cvs will allow a checkin.  Also consider whether
444features such as branches and tags can be used to
445perform tasks such as doing work in a development tree
446and then merging certain changes over to a stable tree
447only once they have been proven.
448@end table
449
450@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
451@node A sample session
452@section A sample session
453@cindex Example of a work-session
454@cindex Getting started
455@cindex Work-session, example of
456@cindex tc, Trivial Compiler (example)
457@cindex Trivial Compiler (example)
458
459@c I think an example is a pretty good way to start.  But
460@c somewhere in here, maybe after the sample session,
461@c we need something which is kind of
462@c a "roadmap" which is more directed at sketching out
463@c the functionality of CVS and pointing people to
464@c various other parts of the manual.  As it stands now
465@c people who read in order get dumped right into all
466@c manner of hair regarding remote repositories,
467@c creating a repository, etc.
468@c
469@c The following was in the old Basic concepts node.  I don't
470@c know how good a job it does at introducing modules,
471@c or whether they need to be introduced so soon, but
472@c something of this sort might go into some
473@c introductory material somewhere.
474@ignore
475@cindex Modules (intro)
476The repository contains directories and files, in an
477arbitrary tree.  The @dfn{modules} feature can be used
478to group together a set of directories or files into a
479single entity (@pxref{modules}).  A typical usage is to
480define one module per project.
481@end ignore
482
483As a way of introducing @sc{cvs}, we'll go through a
484typical work-session using @sc{cvs}.  The first thing
485to understand is that @sc{cvs} stores all files in a
486centralized @dfn{repository} (@pxref{Repository}); this
487section assumes that a repository is set up.
488@c I'm not sure that the sentence concerning the
489@c repository quite tells the user what they need to
490@c know at this point.  Might need to expand on "centralized"
491@c slightly (maybe not here, maybe further down in the example?)
492
493Suppose you are working on a simple compiler.  The source
494consists of a handful of C files and a @file{Makefile}.
495The compiler is called @samp{tc} (Trivial Compiler),
496and the repository is set up so that there is a module
497called @samp{tc}.
498
499@menu
500* Getting the source::          Creating a workspace
501* Committing your changes::     Making your work available to others
502* Cleaning up::                 Cleaning up
503* Viewing differences::         Viewing differences
504@end menu
505
506@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
507@node Getting the source
508@subsection Getting the source
509@cindex Getting the source
510@cindex Checking out source
511@cindex Fetching source
512@cindex Source, getting from CVS
513@cindex Checkout, example
514
515The first thing you must do is to get your own working copy of the
516source for @samp{tc}.  For this, you use the @code{checkout} command:
517
518@example
519$ cvs checkout tc
520@end example
521
522@noindent
523This will create a new directory called @file{tc} and populate it with
524the source files.
525
526@example
527$ cd tc
528$ ls
529CVS         Makefile    backend.c   driver.c    frontend.c  parser.c
530@end example
531
532The @file{CVS} directory is used internally by
533@sc{cvs}.  Normally, you should not modify or remove
534any of the files in it.
535
536You start your favorite editor, hack away at @file{backend.c}, and a couple
537of hours later you have added an optimization pass to the compiler.
538A note to @sc{rcs} and @sc{sccs} users: There is no need to lock the files that
539you want to edit.  @xref{Multiple developers}, for an explanation.
540
541@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
542@node Committing your changes
543@subsection Committing your changes
544@cindex Committing changes to files
545@cindex Log message entry
546
547When you have checked that the compiler is still compilable you decide
548to make a new version of @file{backend.c}.  This will
549store your new @file{backend.c} in the repository and
550make it available to anyone else who is using that same
551repository.
552
553@example
554$ cvs commit backend.c
555@end example
556
557@noindent
558@sc{cvs} starts an editor, to allow you to enter a log
559message.  You type in ``Added an optimization pass.'',
560save the temporary file, and exit the editor.
561
562@cindex CVSEDITOR, environment variable
563@cindex EDITOR, environment variable
564The environment variable @code{$CVSEDITOR} determines
565which editor is started.  If @code{$CVSEDITOR} is not
566set, then if the environment variable @code{$EDITOR} is
567set, it will be used. If both @code{$CVSEDITOR} and
568@code{$EDITOR} are not set then there is a default
569which will vary with your operating system, for example
570@code{vi} for unix or @code{notepad} for Windows
571NT/95.
572
573@cindex VISUAL, environment variable
574In addition, @sc{cvs} checks the @code{$VISUAL} environment
575variable.  Opinions vary on whether this behavior is desirable and
576whether future releases of @sc{cvs} should check @code{$VISUAL} or
577ignore it.  You will be OK either way if you make sure that
578@code{$VISUAL} is either unset or set to the same thing as
579@code{$EDITOR}.
580
581@c This probably should go into some new node
582@c containing detailed info on the editor, rather than
583@c the intro.  In fact, perhaps some of the stuff with
584@c CVSEDITOR and -m and so on should too.
585When @sc{cvs} starts the editor, it includes a list of
586files which are modified.  For the @sc{cvs} client,
587this list is based on comparing the modification time
588of the file against the modification time that the file
589had when it was last gotten or updated.  Therefore, if
590a file's modification time has changed but its contents
591have not, it will show up as modified.  The simplest
592way to handle this is simply not to worry about it---if
593you proceed with the commit @sc{cvs} will detect that
594the contents are not modified and treat it as an
595unmodified file.  The next @code{update} will clue
596@sc{cvs} in to the fact that the file is unmodified,
597and it will reset its stored timestamp so that the file
598will not show up in future editor sessions.
599@c FIXCVS: Might be nice if "commit" and other commands
600@c would reset that timestamp too, but currently commit
601@c doesn't.
602@c FIXME: Need to talk more about the process of
603@c prompting for the log message.  Like show an example
604@c of what it pops up in the editor, for example.  Also
605@c a discussion of how to get the "a)bort, c)ontinue,
606@c e)dit" prompt and what to do with it.  Might also
607@c work in the suggestion that if you want a diff, you
608@c should make it before running commit (someone
609@c suggested that the diff pop up in the editor.  I'm
610@c not sure that is better than telling people to run
611@c "cvs diff" first if that is what they want, but if
612@c we want to tell people that, the manual possibly
613@c should say it).
614
615If you want to avoid
616starting an editor you can specify the log message on
617the command line using the @samp{-m} flag instead, like
618this:
619
620@example
621$ cvs commit -m "Added an optimization pass" backend.c
622@end example
623
624@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
625@node Cleaning up
626@subsection Cleaning up
627@cindex Cleaning up
628@cindex Working copy, removing
629@cindex Removing your working copy
630@cindex Releasing your working copy
631
632Before you turn to other tasks you decide to remove your working copy of
633tc.  One acceptable way to do that is of course
634
635@example
636$ cd ..
637$ rm -r tc
638@end example
639
640@noindent
641but a better way is to use the @code{release} command (@pxref{release}):
642
643@example
644$ cd ..
645$ cvs release -d tc
646M driver.c
647? tc
648You have [1] altered files in this repository.
649Are you sure you want to release (and delete) directory `tc': n
650** `release' aborted by user choice.
651@end example
652
653The @code{release} command checks that all your modifications have been
654committed.  If history logging is enabled it also makes a note in the
655history file.  @xref{history file}.
656
657When you use the @samp{-d} flag with @code{release}, it
658also removes your working copy.
659
660In the example above, the @code{release} command wrote a couple of lines
661of output.  @samp{? tc} means that the file @file{tc} is unknown to @sc{cvs}.
662That is nothing to worry about: @file{tc} is the executable compiler,
663and it should not be stored in the repository.  @xref{cvsignore},
664for information about how to make that warning go away.
665@xref{release output}, for a complete explanation of
666all possible output from @code{release}.
667
668@samp{M driver.c} is more serious.  It means that the
669file @file{driver.c} has been modified since it was
670checked out.
671
672The @code{release} command always finishes by telling
673you how many modified files you have in your working
674copy of the sources, and then asks you for confirmation
675before deleting any files or making any note in the
676history file.
677
678You decide to play it safe and answer @kbd{n @key{RET}}
679when @code{release} asks for confirmation.
680
681@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
682@node Viewing differences
683@subsection Viewing differences
684@cindex Viewing differences
685@cindex Diff
686
687You do not remember modifying @file{driver.c}, so you want to see what
688has happened to that file.
689
690@example
691$ cd tc
692$ cvs diff driver.c
693@end example
694
695This command runs @code{diff} to compare the version of @file{driver.c}
696that you checked out with your working copy.  When you see the output
697you remember that you added a command line option that enabled the
698optimization pass.  You check it in, and release the module.
699@c FIXME: we haven't yet defined the term "check in".
700
701@example
702$ cvs commit -m "Added an optimization pass" driver.c
703Checking in driver.c;
704/usr/local/cvsroot/tc/driver.c,v  <--  driver.c
705new revision: 1.2; previous revision: 1.1
706done
707$ cd ..
708$ cvs release -d tc
709? tc
710You have [0] altered files in this repository.
711Are you sure you want to release (and delete) directory `tc': y
712@end example
713
714@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
715@node Repository
716@chapter The Repository
717@cindex Repository (intro)
718@cindex Repository, example
719@cindex Layout of repository
720@cindex Typical repository
721@cindex /usr/local/cvsroot, as example repository
722@cindex cvsroot
723
724The @sc{cvs} @dfn{repository} stores a complete copy of
725all the files and directories which are under version
726control.
727
728Normally, you never access any of the files in the
729repository directly.  Instead, you use @sc{cvs}
730commands to get your own copy of the files into a
731@dfn{working directory}, and then
732work on that copy.  When you've finished a set of
733changes, you check (or @dfn{commit}) them back into the
734repository.  The repository then contains the changes
735which you have made, as well as recording exactly what
736you changed, when you changed it, and other such
737information.  Note that the repository is not a
738subdirectory of the working directory, or vice versa;
739they should be in separate locations.
740@c Need some example, e.g. repository
741@c /usr/local/cvsroot; working directory
742@c /home/joe/sources.  But this node is too long
743@c as it is; need a little reorganization...
744
745@cindex :local:, setting up
746@sc{cvs} can access a repository by a variety of
747means.  It might be on the local computer, or it might
748be on a computer across the room or across the world.
749To distinguish various ways to access a repository, the
750repository name can start with an @dfn{access method}.
751For example, the access method @code{:local:} means to
752access a repository directory, so the repository
753@code{:local:/usr/local/cvsroot} means that the
754repository is in @file{/usr/local/cvsroot} on the
755computer running @sc{cvs}.  For information on other
756access methods, see @ref{Remote repositories}.
757
758@c Can se say this more concisely?  Like by passing
759@c more of the buck to the Remote repositories node?
760If the access method is omitted, then if the repository
761starts with @samp{/}, then @code{:local:} is
762assumed.  If it does not start with @samp{/} then either
763@code{:ext:} or @code{:server:} is assumed.  For
764example, if you have a local repository in
765@file{/usr/local/cvsroot}, you can use
766@code{/usr/local/cvsroot} instead of
767@code{:local:/usr/local/cvsroot}.  But if (under
768Windows NT, for example) your local repository is
769@file{c:\src\cvsroot}, then you must specify the access
770method, as in @code{:local:c:/src/cvsroot}.
771
772@c This might appear to go in Repository storage, but
773@c actually it is describing something which is quite
774@c user-visible, when you do a "cvs co CVSROOT".  This
775@c isn't necessary the perfect place for that, though.
776The repository is split in two parts.  @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} contains
777administrative files for @sc{cvs}.  The other directories contain the actual
778user-defined modules.
779
780@menu
781* Specifying a repository::     Telling CVS where your repository is
782* Repository storage::          The structure of the repository
783* Working directory storage::   The structure of working directories
784* Intro administrative files::  Defining modules
785* Multiple repositories::       Multiple repositories
786* Creating a repository::       Creating a repository
787* Backing up::                  Backing up a repository
788* Moving a repository::         Moving a repository
789* Remote repositories::         Accessing repositories on remote machines
790* Read-only access::            Granting read-only access to the repository
791* Server temporary directory::  The server creates temporary directories
792@end menu
793
794@node Specifying a repository
795@section Telling CVS where your repository is
796
797There are several ways to tell @sc{cvs}
798where to find the repository.  You can name the
799repository on the command line explicitly, with the
800@code{-d} (for "directory") option:
801
802@example
803cvs -d /usr/local/cvsroot checkout yoyodyne/tc
804@end example
805
806@cindex .profile, setting CVSROOT in
807@cindex .cshrc, setting CVSROOT in
808@cindex .tcshrc, setting CVSROOT in
809@cindex .bashrc, setting CVSROOT in
810@cindex CVSROOT, environment variable
811        Or you can set the @code{$CVSROOT} environment
812variable to an absolute path to the root of the
813repository, @file{/usr/local/cvsroot} in this example.
814To set @code{$CVSROOT}, @code{csh} and @code{tcsh}
815users should have this line in their @file{.cshrc} or
816@file{.tcshrc} files:
817
818@example
819setenv CVSROOT /usr/local/cvsroot
820@end example
821
822@noindent
823@code{sh} and @code{bash} users should instead have these lines in their
824@file{.profile} or @file{.bashrc}:
825
826@example
827CVSROOT=/usr/local/cvsroot
828export CVSROOT
829@end example
830
831@cindex Root file, in CVS directory
832@cindex CVS/Root file
833        A repository specified with @code{-d} will
834override the @code{$CVSROOT} environment variable.
835Once you've checked a working copy out from the
836repository, it will remember where its repository is
837(the information is recorded in the
838@file{CVS/Root} file in the working copy).
839
840The @code{-d} option and the @file{CVS/Root} file both
841override the @code{$CVSROOT} environment variable.  If
842@code{-d} option differs from @file{CVS/Root}, the
843former is used.  Of course, for proper operation they
844should be two ways of referring to the same repository.
845
846@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
847@node Repository storage
848@section How data is stored in the repository
849@cindex Repository, how data is stored
850
851For most purposes it isn't important @emph{how}
852@sc{cvs} stores information in the repository.  In
853fact, the format has changed in the past, and is likely
854to change in the future.  Since in almost all cases one
855accesses the repository via @sc{cvs} commands, such
856changes need not be disruptive.
857
858However, in some cases it may be necessary to
859understand how @sc{cvs} stores data in the repository,
860for example you might need to track down @sc{cvs} locks
861(@pxref{Concurrency}) or you might need to deal with
862the file permissions appropriate for the repository.
863
864@menu
865* Repository files::            What files are stored in the repository
866* File permissions::            File permissions
867* Windows permissions::         Issues specific to Windows
868* Attic::                       Some files are stored in the Attic
869* CVS in repository::           Additional information in CVS directory
870* Locks::                       CVS locks control concurrent accesses
871* CVSROOT storage::             A few things about CVSROOT are different
872@end menu
873
874@node Repository files
875@subsection Where files are stored within the repository
876
877@c @cindex Filenames, legal
878@c @cindex Legal filenames
879@c Somewhere we need to say something about legitimate
880@c characters in filenames in working directory and
881@c repository.  Not "/" (not even on non-unix).  And
882@c here is a specific set of issues:
883@c 	Files starting with a - are handled inconsistently. They can not
884@c   be added to a repository with an add command, because it they are
885@c   interpreted as a switch. They can appear in a repository if they are
886@c   part of a tree that is imported. They can not be removed from the tree
887@c   once they are there.
888@c Note that "--" *is* supported (as a
889@c consequence of using GNU getopt).  Should document
890@c this somewhere ("Common options"?).  The other usual technique,
891@c "./-foo", isn't as effective, at least for "cvs add"
892@c which doesn't support pathnames containing "/".
893
894The overall structure of the repository is a directory
895tree corresponding to the directories in the working
896directory.  For example, supposing the repository is in
897
898@example
899/usr/local/cvsroot
900@end example
901
902@noindent
903here is a possible directory tree (showing only the
904directories):
905
906@example
907@t{/usr}
908 |
909 +--@t{local}
910 |   |
911 |   +--@t{cvsroot}
912 |   |    |
913 |   |    +--@t{CVSROOT}
914          |      (administrative files)
915          |
916          +--@t{gnu}
917          |   |
918          |   +--@t{diff}
919          |   |   (source code to @sc{gnu} diff)
920          |   |
921          |   +--@t{rcs}
922          |   |   (source code to @sc{rcs})
923          |   |
924          |   +--@t{cvs}
925          |       (source code to @sc{cvs})
926          |
927          +--@t{yoyodyne}
928              |
929              +--@t{tc}
930              |    |
931              |    +--@t{man}
932              |    |
933              |    +--@t{testing}
934              |
935              +--(other Yoyodyne software)
936@end example
937
938With the directories are @dfn{history files} for each file
939under version control.  The name of the history file is
940the name of the corresponding file with @samp{,v}
941appended to the end.  Here is what the repository for
942the @file{yoyodyne/tc} directory might look like:
943@c FIXME: Should also mention CVS (CVSREP)
944@c FIXME? Should we introduce Attic with an xref to
945@c Attic?  Not sure whether that is a good idea or not.
946@example
947  @code{$CVSROOT}
948    |
949    +--@t{yoyodyne}
950    |   |
951    |   +--@t{tc}
952    |   |   |
953            +--@t{Makefile,v}
954            +--@t{backend.c,v}
955            +--@t{driver.c,v}
956            +--@t{frontend.c,v}
957            +--@t{parser.c,v}
958            +--@t{man}
959            |    |
960            |    +--@t{tc.1,v}
961            |
962            +--@t{testing}
963                 |
964                 +--@t{testpgm.t,v}
965                 +--@t{test2.t,v}
966@end example
967
968@cindex History files
969@cindex RCS history files
970@c The first sentence, about what history files
971@c contain, is kind of redundant with our intro to what the
972@c repository does in node Repository....
973The history files contain, among other things, enough
974information to recreate any revision of the file, a log
975of all commit messages and the user-name of the person
976who committed the revision.  The history files are
977known as @dfn{RCS files}, because the first program to
978store files in that format was a version control system
979known as @sc{rcs}.  For a full
980description of the file format, see the @code{man} page
981@cite{rcsfile(5)}, distributed with @sc{rcs}, or the
982file @file{doc/RCSFILES} in the @sc{cvs} source
983distribution.  This
984file format has become very common---many systems other
985than @sc{cvs} or @sc{rcs} can at least import history
986files in this format.
987@c FIXME: Think about including documentation for this
988@c rather than citing it?  In the long run, getting
989@c this to be a standard (not sure if we can cope with
990@c a standards process as formal as IEEE/ANSI/ISO/etc,
991@c though...) is the way to go, so maybe citing is
992@c better.
993
994The @sc{rcs} files used in @sc{cvs} differ in a few
995ways from the standard format.  The biggest difference
996is magic branches; for more information see @ref{Magic
997branch numbers}.  Also in @sc{cvs} the valid tag names
998are a subset of what @sc{rcs} accepts; for @sc{cvs}'s
999rules see @ref{Tags}.
1000
1001@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1002@node File permissions
1003@subsection File permissions
1004@c -- Move this to @node Creating a repository or similar
1005@cindex Security, file permissions in repository
1006@cindex File permissions, general
1007@cindex Permissions, general
1008@c FIXME: we need to somehow reflect "permissions in
1009@c repository" versus "permissions in working
1010@c directory" in the index entries.
1011@cindex Group, UNIX file permissions, in repository
1012@cindex Read-only files, in repository
1013All @samp{,v} files are created read-only, and you
1014should not change the permission of those files.  The
1015directories inside the repository should be writable by
1016the persons that have permission to modify the files in
1017each directory.  This normally means that you must
1018create a UNIX group (see group(5)) consisting of the
1019persons that are to edit the files in a project, and
1020set up the repository so that it is that group that
1021owns the directory.
1022(On some systems, you also need to set the set-group-ID-on-execution bit
1023on the repository directories (see chmod(1)) so that newly-created files
1024and directories get the group-ID of the parent directory rather than
1025that of the current process.)
1026
1027@c See also comment in commitinfo node regarding cases
1028@c which are really awkward with unix groups.
1029
1030This means that you can only control access to files on
1031a per-directory basis.
1032
1033Note that users must also have write access to check
1034out files, because @sc{cvs} needs to create lock files
1035(@pxref{Concurrency}).  You can use LockDir in CVSROOT/config
1036to put the lock files somewhere other than in the repository
1037if you want to allow read-only access to some directories
1038(@pxref{config}).
1039
1040@c CVS seems to use CVSUMASK in picking permissions for
1041@c val-tags, but maybe we should say more about this.
1042@c Like val-tags gets created by someone who doesn't
1043@c have CVSUMASK set right?
1044@cindex CVSROOT/val-tags file, and read-only access to projects
1045@cindex val-tags file, and read-only access to projects
1046Also note that users must have write access to the
1047@file{CVSROOT/val-tags} file.  @sc{cvs} uses it to keep
1048track of what tags are valid tag names (it is sometimes
1049updated when tags are used, as well as when they are
1050created).
1051
1052Each @sc{rcs} file will be owned by the user who last
1053checked it in.  This has little significance; what
1054really matters is who owns the directories.
1055
1056@cindex CVSUMASK, environment variable
1057@cindex Umask, for repository files
1058@sc{cvs} tries to set up reasonable file permissions
1059for new directories that are added inside the tree, but
1060you must fix the permissions manually when a new
1061directory should have different permissions than its
1062parent directory.  If you set the @code{CVSUMASK}
1063environment variable that will control the file
1064permissions which @sc{cvs} uses in creating directories
1065and/or files in the repository.  @code{CVSUMASK} does
1066not affect the file permissions in the working
1067directory; such files have the permissions which are
1068typical for newly created files, except that sometimes
1069@sc{cvs} creates them read-only (see the sections on
1070watches, @ref{Setting a watch}; -r, @ref{Global
1071options}; or @code{CVSREAD}, @ref{Environment variables}).
1072@c FIXME: Need more discussion of which
1073@c group should own the file in the repository.
1074@c Include a somewhat detailed example of the usual
1075@c case where CVSUMASK is 007, the developers are all
1076@c in a group, and that group owns stuff in the
1077@c repository.  Need to talk about group ownership of
1078@c newly-created directories/files (on some unices,
1079@c such as SunOS4, setting the setgid bit on the
1080@c directories will make files inherit the directory's
1081@c group.  On other unices, your mileage may vary.  I
1082@c can't remember what POSIX says about this, if
1083@c anything).
1084
1085Note that using the client/server @sc{cvs}
1086(@pxref{Remote repositories}), there is no good way to
1087set @code{CVSUMASK}; the setting on the client machine
1088has no effect.  If you are connecting with @code{rsh}, you
1089can set @code{CVSUMASK} in @file{.bashrc} or @file{.cshrc}, as
1090described in the documentation for your operating
1091system.  This behavior might change in future versions
1092of @sc{cvs}; do not rely on the setting of
1093@code{CVSUMASK} on the client having no effect.
1094@c FIXME: need to explain what a umask is or cite
1095@c someplace which does.
1096@c
1097@c There is also a larger (largely separate) issue
1098@c about the meaning of CVSUMASK in a non-unix context.
1099@c For example, whether there is
1100@c an equivalent which fits better into other
1101@c protection schemes like POSIX.6, VMS, &c.
1102@c
1103@c FIXME: Need one place which discusses this
1104@c read-only files thing.  Why would one use -r or
1105@c CVSREAD?  Why would one use watches?  How do they
1106@c interact?
1107@c
1108@c FIXME: We need to state
1109@c whether using CVSUMASK removes the need for manually
1110@c fixing permissions (in fact, if we are going to mention
1111@c manually fixing permission, we better document a lot
1112@c better just what we mean by "fix").
1113
1114Using pserver, you will generally need stricter
1115permissions on the @sc{cvsroot} directory and
1116directories above it in the tree; see @ref{Password
1117authentication security}.
1118
1119@cindex Setuid
1120@cindex Setgid
1121@cindex Security, setuid
1122@cindex Installed images (VMS)
1123Some operating systems have features which allow a
1124particular program to run with the ability to perform
1125operations which the caller of the program could not.
1126For example, the set user ID (setuid) or set group ID
1127(setgid) features of unix or the installed image
1128feature of VMS.  @sc{cvs} was not written to use such
1129features and therefore attempting to install @sc{cvs} in
1130this fashion will provide protection against only
1131accidental lapses; anyone who is trying to circumvent
1132the measure will be able to do so, and depending on how
1133you have set it up may gain access to more than just
1134@sc{cvs}.  You may wish to instead consider pserver.  It
1135shares some of the same attributes, in terms of
1136possibly providing a false sense of security or opening
1137security holes wider than the ones you are trying to
1138fix, so read the documentation on pserver security
1139carefully if you are considering this option
1140(@ref{Password authentication security}).
1141
1142@node Windows permissions
1143@subsection File Permission issues specific to Windows
1144@cindex Windows, and permissions
1145@cindex File permissions, Windows-specific
1146@cindex Permissions, Windows-specific
1147
1148Some file permission issues are specific to Windows
1149operating systems (Windows 95, Windows NT, and
1150presumably future operating systems in this family.
1151Some of the following might apply to OS/2 but I'm not
1152sure).
1153
1154If you are using local @sc{cvs} and the repository is on a
1155networked file system which is served by the Samba SMB
1156server, some people have reported problems with
1157permissions.  Enabling WRITE=YES in the samba
1158configuration is said to fix/workaround it.
1159Disclaimer: I haven't investigated enough to know the
1160implications of enabling that option, nor do I know
1161whether there is something which @sc{cvs} could be doing
1162differently in order to avoid the problem.  If you find
1163something out, please let us know as described in
1164@ref{BUGS}.
1165
1166@node Attic
1167@subsection The attic
1168@cindex Attic
1169
1170You will notice that sometimes @sc{cvs} stores an
1171@sc{rcs} file in the @code{Attic}.  For example, if the
1172@sc{cvsroot} is @file{/usr/local/cvsroot} and we are
1173talking about the file @file{backend.c} in the
1174directory @file{yoyodyne/tc}, then the file normally
1175would be in
1176
1177@example
1178/usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/backend.c,v
1179@end example
1180
1181@noindent
1182but if it goes in the attic, it would be in
1183
1184@example
1185/usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/Attic/backend.c,v
1186@end example
1187
1188@noindent
1189@cindex Dead state
1190instead.  It should not matter from a user point of
1191view whether a file is in the attic; @sc{cvs} keeps
1192track of this and looks in the attic when it needs to.
1193But in case you want to know, the rule is that the RCS
1194file is stored in the attic if and only if the head
1195revision on the trunk has state @code{dead}.  A
1196@code{dead} state means that file has been removed, or
1197never added, for that revision.  For example, if you
1198add a file on a branch, it will have a trunk revision
1199in @code{dead} state, and a branch revision in a
1200non-@code{dead} state.
1201@c Probably should have some more concrete examples
1202@c here, or somewhere (not sure exactly how we should
1203@c arrange the discussion of the dead state, versus
1204@c discussion of the attic).
1205
1206@node CVS in repository
1207@subsection The CVS directory in the repository
1208@cindex CVS directory, in repository
1209
1210The @file{CVS} directory in each repository directory
1211contains information such as file attributes (in a file
1212called @file{CVS/fileattr}.  In the
1213future additional files may be added to this directory,
1214so implementations should silently ignore additional
1215files.
1216
1217This behavior is implemented only by @sc{cvs} 1.7 and
1218later; for details see @ref{Watches Compatibility}.
1219
1220The format of the @file{fileattr} file is a series of entries
1221of the following form (where @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}
1222means the text between the braces can be repeated zero
1223or more times):
1224
1225@var{ent-type} @var{filename} <tab> @var{attrname} = @var{attrval}
1226  @{; @var{attrname} = @var{attrval}@} <linefeed>
1227
1228@var{ent-type} is @samp{F} for a file, in which case the entry specifies the
1229attributes for that file.
1230
1231@var{ent-type} is @samp{D},
1232and @var{filename} empty, to specify default attributes
1233to be used for newly added files.
1234
1235Other @var{ent-type} are reserved for future expansion.  @sc{cvs} 1.9 and older
1236will delete them any time it writes file attributes.
1237@sc{cvs} 1.10 and later will preserve them.
1238
1239Note that the order of the lines is not significant;
1240a program writing the fileattr file may
1241rearrange them at its convenience.
1242
1243There is currently no way of quoting tabs or line feeds in the
1244filename, @samp{=} in @var{attrname},
1245@samp{;} in @var{attrval}, etc.  Note: some implementations also
1246don't handle a NUL character in any of the fields, but
1247implementations are encouraged to allow it.
1248
1249By convention, @var{attrname} starting with @samp{_} is for an attribute given
1250special meaning by @sc{cvs}; other @var{attrname}s are for user-defined attributes
1251(or will be, once implementations start supporting user-defined attributes).
1252
1253Built-in attributes:
1254
1255@table @code
1256@item _watched
1257Present means the file is watched and should be checked out
1258read-only.
1259
1260@item _watchers
1261Users with watches for this file.  Value is
1262@var{watcher} > @var{type} @{ , @var{watcher} > @var{type} @}
1263where @var{watcher} is a username, and @var{type}
1264is zero or more of edit,unedit,commit separated by
1265@samp{+} (that is, nothing if none; there is no "none" or "all" keyword).
1266
1267@item _editors
1268Users editing this file.  Value is
1269@var{editor} > @var{val} @{ , @var{editor} > @var{val} @}
1270where @var{editor} is a username, and @var{val} is
1271@var{time}+@var{hostname}+@var{pathname}, where
1272@var{time} is when the @code{cvs edit} command (or
1273equivalent) happened,
1274and @var{hostname} and @var{pathname} are for the working directory.
1275@end table
1276
1277Example:
1278
1279@c FIXME: sanity.sh should contain a similar test case
1280@c so we can compare this example from something from
1281@c Real Life(TM).  See cvsclient.texi (under Notify) for more
1282@c discussion of the date format of _editors.
1283@example
1284Ffile1 _watched=;_watchers=joe>edit,mary>commit
1285Ffile2 _watched=;_editors=sue>8 Jan 1975+workstn1+/home/sue/cvs
1286D _watched=
1287@end example
1288
1289@noindent
1290means that the file @file{file1} should be checked out
1291read-only.  Furthermore, joe is watching for edits and
1292mary is watching for commits.  The file @file{file2}
1293should be checked out read-only; sue started editing it
1294on 8 Jan 1975 in the directory @file{/home/sue/cvs} on
1295the machine @code{workstn1}.  Future files which are
1296added should be checked out read-only.  To represent
1297this example here, we have shown a space after
1298@samp{D}, @samp{Ffile1}, and @samp{Ffile2}, but in fact
1299there must be a single tab character there and no spaces.
1300
1301@node Locks
1302@subsection CVS locks in the repository
1303
1304@cindex #cvs.rfl, technical details
1305@cindex #cvs.pfl, technical details
1306@cindex #cvs.wfl, technical details
1307@cindex #cvs.lock, technical details
1308@cindex Locks, cvs, technical details
1309For an introduction to @sc{cvs} locks focusing on
1310user-visible behavior, see @ref{Concurrency}.  The
1311following section is aimed at people who are writing
1312tools which want to access a @sc{cvs} repository without
1313interfering with other tools accessing the same
1314repository.  If you find yourself confused by concepts
1315described here, like @dfn{read lock}, @dfn{write lock},
1316and @dfn{deadlock}, you might consult the literature on
1317operating systems or databases.
1318
1319@cindex #cvs.tfl
1320Any file in the repository with a name starting
1321with @file{#cvs.rfl.} is a read lock.  Any file in
1322the repository with a name starting with
1323@file{#cvs.pfl} is a promotable read lock.  Any file in
1324the repository with a name starting with
1325@file{#cvs.wfl} is a write lock.  Old versions of @sc{cvs}
1326(before @sc{cvs} 1.5) also created files with names starting
1327with @file{#cvs.tfl}, but they are not discussed here.
1328The directory @file{#cvs.lock} serves as a master
1329lock.  That is, one must obtain this lock first before
1330creating any of the other locks.
1331
1332To obtain a read lock, first create the @file{#cvs.lock}
1333directory.  This operation must be atomic (which should
1334be true for creating a directory under most operating
1335systems).  If it fails because the directory already
1336existed, wait for a while and try again.  After
1337obtaining the @file{#cvs.lock} lock, create a file
1338whose name is @file{#cvs.rfl.} followed by information
1339of your choice (for example, hostname and process
1340identification number).  Then remove the
1341@file{#cvs.lock} directory to release the master lock.
1342Then proceed with reading the repository.  When you are
1343done, remove the @file{#cvs.rfl} file to release the
1344read lock.
1345
1346Promotable read locks are a concept you may not find in other literature on
1347concurrency.  They are used to allow a two (or more) pass process to only lock
1348a file for read on the first (read) pass(es), then upgrade its read locks to
1349write locks if necessary for a final pass, still assured that the files have
1350not changed since they were first read.  @sc{cvs} uses promotable read locks,
1351for example, to prevent commit and tag verification passes from interfering
1352with other reading processes.  It can then lock only a single directory at a
1353time for write during the write pass.
1354
1355To obtain a promotable read lock, first create the @file{#cvs.lock} directory,
1356as with a non-promotable read lock.  Then check
1357that there are no files that start with
1358@file{#cvs.pfl}.  If there are, remove the master @file{#cvs.lock} directory,
1359wait awhile (CVS waits 30 seconds between lock attempts), and try again.  If
1360there are no other promotable locks, go ahead and create a file whose name is
1361@file{#cvs.pfl} followed by information of your choice (for example, CVS uses
1362its hostname and the process identification number of the CVS server process
1363creating the lock).  If versions of @sc{cvs} older than version 1.12.4 access
1364your repository directly (not via a @sc{cvs} server of version 1.12.4 or
1365later), then you should also create a read lock since older versions of CVS
1366will ignore the promotable lock when attempting to create their own write lock.
1367Then remove the master @file{#cvs.lock} directory in order to allow other
1368processes to obtain read locks.
1369
1370To obtain a write lock, first create the
1371@file{#cvs.lock} directory, as with read locks.  Then
1372check that there are no files whose names start with
1373@file{#cvs.rfl.} and no files whose names start with @file{#cvs.pfl} that are
1374not owned by the process attempting to get the write lock.  If either exist,
1375remove @file{#cvs.lock}, wait for a while, and try again.  If
1376there are no readers or promotable locks from other processes, then create a
1377file whose name is @file{#cvs.wfl} followed by information of your choice
1378(again, CVS uses the hostname and server process identification
1379number).  Remove your @file{#cvs.pfl} file if present.  Hang on to the
1380@file{#cvs.lock} lock.  Proceed
1381with writing the repository.  When you are done, first
1382remove the @file{#cvs.wfl} file and then the
1383@file{#cvs.lock} directory. Note that unlike the
1384@file{#cvs.rfl} file, the @file{#cvs.wfl} file is just
1385informational; it has no effect on the locking operation
1386beyond what is provided by holding on to the
1387@file{#cvs.lock} lock itself.
1388
1389Note that each lock (write lock or read lock) only locks
1390a single directory in the repository, including
1391@file{Attic} and @file{CVS} but not including
1392subdirectories which represent other directories under
1393version control.  To lock an entire tree, you need to
1394lock each directory (note that if you fail to obtain
1395any lock you need, you must release the whole tree
1396before waiting and trying again, to avoid deadlocks).
1397
1398Note also that @sc{cvs} expects write locks to control
1399access to individual @file{foo,v} files.  @sc{rcs} has
1400a scheme where the @file{,foo,} file serves as a lock,
1401but @sc{cvs} does not implement it and so taking out a
1402@sc{cvs} write lock is recommended.  See the comments at
1403rcs_internal_lockfile in the @sc{cvs} source code for
1404further discussion/rationale.
1405
1406@node CVSROOT storage
1407@subsection How files are stored in the CVSROOT directory
1408@cindex CVSROOT, storage of files
1409
1410The @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} directory contains the
1411various administrative files.  In some ways this
1412directory is just like any other directory in the
1413repository; it contains @sc{rcs} files whose names end
1414in @samp{,v}, and many of the @sc{cvs} commands operate
1415on it the same way.  However, there are a few
1416differences.
1417
1418For each administrative file, in addition to the
1419@sc{rcs} file, there is also a checked out copy of the
1420file.  For example, there is an @sc{rcs} file
1421@file{loginfo,v} and a file @file{loginfo} which
1422contains the latest revision contained in
1423@file{loginfo,v}.  When you check in an administrative
1424file, @sc{cvs} should print
1425
1426@example
1427cvs commit: Rebuilding administrative file database
1428@end example
1429
1430@noindent
1431and update the checked out copy in
1432@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT}.  If it does not, there is
1433something wrong (@pxref{BUGS}).  To add your own files
1434to the files to be updated in this fashion, you can add
1435them to the @file{checkoutlist} administrative file
1436(@pxref{checkoutlist}).
1437
1438@cindex modules.db
1439@cindex modules.pag
1440@cindex modules.dir
1441By default, the @file{modules} file behaves as
1442described above.  If the modules file is very large,
1443storing it as a flat text file may make looking up
1444modules slow (I'm not sure whether this is as much of a
1445concern now as when @sc{cvs} first evolved this
1446feature; I haven't seen benchmarks).  Therefore, by
1447making appropriate edits to the @sc{cvs} source code
1448one can store the modules file in a database which
1449implements the @code{ndbm} interface, such as Berkeley
1450db or GDBM.  If this option is in use, then the modules
1451database will be stored in the files @file{modules.db},
1452@file{modules.pag}, and/or @file{modules.dir}.
1453@c I think fileattr also will use the database stuff.
1454@c Anything else?
1455
1456For information on the meaning of the various
1457administrative files, see @ref{Administrative files}.
1458
1459@node Working directory storage
1460@section How data is stored in the working directory
1461
1462@c FIXME: Somewhere we should discuss timestamps (test
1463@c case "stamps" in sanity.sh).  But not here.  Maybe
1464@c in some kind of "working directory" chapter which
1465@c would encompass the "Builds" one?  But I'm not sure
1466@c whether that is a good organization (is it based on
1467@c what the user wants to do?).
1468
1469@cindex CVS directory, in working directory
1470While we are discussing @sc{cvs} internals which may
1471become visible from time to time, we might as well talk
1472about what @sc{cvs} puts in the @file{CVS} directories
1473in the working directories.  As with the repository,
1474@sc{cvs} handles this information and one can usually
1475access it via @sc{cvs} commands.  But in some cases it
1476may be useful to look at it, and other programs, such
1477as the @code{jCVS} graphical user interface or the
1478@code{VC} package for emacs, may need to look at it.
1479Such programs should follow the recommendations in this
1480section if they hope to be able to work with other
1481programs which use those files, including future
1482versions of the programs just mentioned and the
1483command-line @sc{cvs} client.
1484
1485The @file{CVS} directory contains several files.
1486Programs which are reading this directory should
1487silently ignore files which are in the directory but
1488which are not documented here, to allow for future
1489expansion.
1490
1491The files are stored according to the text file
1492convention for the system in question.  This means that
1493working directories are not portable between systems
1494with differing conventions for storing text files.
1495This is intentional, on the theory that the files being
1496managed by @sc{cvs} probably will not be portable between
1497such systems either.
1498
1499@table @file
1500@item Root
1501This file contains the current @sc{cvs} root, as
1502described in @ref{Specifying a repository}.
1503
1504@cindex Repository file, in CVS directory
1505@cindex CVS/Repository file
1506@item Repository
1507This file contains the directory within the repository
1508which the current directory corresponds with.  It can
1509be either an absolute pathname or a relative pathname;
1510@sc{cvs} has had the ability to read either format
1511since at least version 1.3 or so.  The relative
1512pathname is relative to the root, and is the more
1513sensible approach, but the absolute pathname is quite
1514common and implementations should accept either.  For
1515example, after the command
1516
1517@example
1518cvs -d :local:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout yoyodyne/tc
1519@end example
1520
1521@noindent
1522@file{Root} will contain
1523
1524@example
1525:local:/usr/local/cvsroot
1526@end example
1527
1528@noindent
1529and @file{Repository} will contain either
1530
1531@example
1532/usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc
1533@end example
1534
1535@noindent
1536or
1537
1538@example
1539yoyodyne/tc
1540@end example
1541
1542If the particular working directory does not correspond
1543to a directory in the repository, then @file{Repository}
1544should contain @file{CVSROOT/Emptydir}.
1545@cindex Emptydir, in CVSROOT directory
1546@cindex CVSROOT/Emptydir directory
1547
1548@cindex Entries file, in CVS directory
1549@cindex CVS/Entries file
1550@item Entries
1551This file lists the files and directories in the
1552working directory.
1553The first character of each line indicates what sort of
1554line it is.  If the character is unrecognized, programs
1555reading the file should silently skip that line, to
1556allow for future expansion.
1557
1558If the first character is @samp{/}, then the format is:
1559
1560@example
1561/@var{name}/@var{revision}/@var{timestamp}[+@var{conflict}]/@var{options}/@var{tagdate}
1562@end example
1563
1564@noindent
1565where @samp{[} and @samp{]} are not part of the entry,
1566but instead indicate that the @samp{+} and conflict
1567marker are optional.  @var{name} is the name of the
1568file within the directory.  @var{revision} is the
1569revision that the file in the working derives from, or
1570@samp{0} for an added file, or @samp{-} followed by a
1571revision for a removed file.  @var{timestamp} is the
1572timestamp of the file at the time that @sc{cvs} created
1573it; if the timestamp differs with the actual
1574modification time of the file it means the file has
1575been modified.  It is stored in
1576the format used by the ISO C asctime() function (for
1577example, @samp{Sun Apr  7 01:29:26 1996}).  One may
1578write a string which is not in that format, for
1579example, @samp{Result of merge}, to indicate that the
1580file should always be considered to be modified.  This
1581is not a special case; to see whether a file is
1582modified a program should take the timestamp of the file
1583and simply do a string compare with @var{timestamp}.
1584If there was a conflict, @var{conflict} can be set to
1585the modification time of the file after the file has been
1586written with conflict markers (@pxref{Conflicts example}).
1587Thus if @var{conflict} is subsequently the same as the actual
1588modification time of the file it means that the user
1589has obviously not resolved the conflict.  @var{options}
1590contains sticky options (for example @samp{-kb} for a
1591binary file).  @var{tagdate} contains @samp{T} followed
1592by a tag name, or @samp{D} for a date, followed by a
1593sticky tag or date.  Note that if @var{timestamp}
1594contains a pair of timestamps separated by a space,
1595rather than a single timestamp, you are dealing with a
1596version of @sc{cvs} earlier than @sc{cvs} 1.5 (not
1597documented here).
1598
1599The timezone on the timestamp in CVS/Entries (local or
1600universal) should be the same as the operating system
1601stores for the timestamp of the file itself.  For
1602example, on Unix the file's timestamp is in universal
1603time (UT), so the timestamp in CVS/Entries should be
1604too.  On @sc{vms}, the file's timestamp is in local
1605time, so @sc{cvs} on @sc{vms} should use local time.
1606This rule is so that files do not appear to be modified
1607merely because the timezone changed (for example, to or
1608from summer time).
1609@c See comments and calls to gmtime() and friends in
1610@c src/vers_ts.c (function time_stamp).
1611
1612If the first character of a line in @file{Entries} is
1613@samp{D}, then it indicates a subdirectory.  @samp{D}
1614on a line all by itself indicates that the program
1615which wrote the @file{Entries} file does record
1616subdirectories (therefore, if there is such a line and
1617no other lines beginning with @samp{D}, one knows there
1618are no subdirectories).  Otherwise, the line looks
1619like:
1620
1621@example
1622D/@var{name}/@var{filler1}/@var{filler2}/@var{filler3}/@var{filler4}
1623@end example
1624
1625@noindent
1626where @var{name} is the name of the subdirectory, and
1627all the @var{filler} fields should be silently ignored,
1628for future expansion.  Programs which modify
1629@code{Entries} files should preserve these fields.
1630
1631The lines in the @file{Entries} file can be in any order.
1632
1633@cindex Entries.Log file, in CVS directory
1634@cindex CVS/Entries.Log file
1635@item Entries.Log
1636This file does not record any information beyond that
1637in @file{Entries}, but it does provide a way to update
1638the information without having to rewrite the entire
1639@file{Entries} file, including the ability to preserve
1640the information even if the program writing
1641@file{Entries} and @file{Entries.Log} abruptly aborts.
1642Programs which are reading the @file{Entries} file
1643should also check for @file{Entries.Log}.  If the latter
1644exists, they should read @file{Entries} and then apply
1645the changes mentioned in @file{Entries.Log}.  After
1646applying the changes, the recommended practice is to
1647rewrite @file{Entries} and then delete @file{Entries.Log}.
1648The format of a line in @file{Entries.Log} is a single
1649character command followed by a space followed by a
1650line in the format specified for a line in
1651@file{Entries}.  The single character command is
1652@samp{A} to indicate that the entry is being added,
1653@samp{R} to indicate that the entry is being removed,
1654or any other character to indicate that the entire line
1655in @file{Entries.Log} should be silently ignored (for
1656future expansion).  If the second character of the line
1657in @file{Entries.Log} is not a space, then it was
1658written by an older version of @sc{cvs} (not documented
1659here).
1660
1661Programs which are writing rather than reading can
1662safely ignore @file{Entries.Log} if they so choose.
1663
1664@cindex Entries.Backup file, in CVS directory
1665@cindex CVS/Entries.Backup file
1666@item Entries.Backup
1667This is a temporary file.  Recommended usage is to
1668write a new entries file to @file{Entries.Backup}, and
1669then to rename it (atomically, where possible) to @file{Entries}.
1670
1671@cindex Entries.Static file, in CVS directory
1672@cindex CVS/Entries.Static file
1673@item Entries.Static
1674The only relevant thing about this file is whether it
1675exists or not.  If it exists, then it means that only
1676part of a directory was gotten and @sc{cvs} will
1677not create additional files in that directory.  To
1678clear it, use the @code{update} command with the
1679@samp{-d} option, which will get the additional files
1680and remove @file{Entries.Static}.
1681@c FIXME: This needs to be better documented, in places
1682@c other than Working Directory Storage.
1683@c FIXCVS: The fact that this setting exists needs to
1684@c be more visible to the user.  For example "cvs
1685@c status foo", in the case where the file would be
1686@c gotten except for Entries.Static, might say
1687@c something to distinguish this from other cases.
1688@c One thing that periodically gets suggested is to
1689@c have "cvs update" print something when it skips
1690@c files due to Entries.Static, but IMHO that kind of
1691@c noise pretty much makes the Entries.Static feature
1692@c useless.
1693
1694@cindex Tag file, in CVS directory
1695@cindex CVS/Tag file
1696@cindex Sticky tags/dates, per-directory
1697@cindex Per-directory sticky tags/dates
1698@item Tag
1699This file contains per-directory sticky tags or dates.
1700The first character is @samp{T} for a branch tag,
1701@samp{N} for a non-branch tag, or @samp{D} for a date,
1702or another character to mean the file should be
1703silently ignored, for future expansion.  This character
1704is followed by the tag or date.  Note that
1705per-directory sticky tags or dates are used for things
1706like applying to files which are newly added; they
1707might not be the same as the sticky tags or dates on
1708individual files.  For general information on sticky
1709tags and dates, see @ref{Sticky tags}.
1710@c FIXME: This needs to be much better documented,
1711@c preferably not in the context of "working directory
1712@c storage".
1713@c FIXME: The Sticky tags node needs to discuss, or xref to
1714@c someplace which discusses, per-directory sticky
1715@c tags and the distinction with per-file sticky tags.
1716
1717@cindex Notify file, in CVS directory
1718@cindex CVS/Notify file
1719@item Notify
1720This file stores notifications (for example, for
1721@code{edit} or @code{unedit}) which have not yet been
1722sent to the server.  Its format is not yet documented
1723here.
1724
1725@cindex Notify.tmp file, in CVS directory
1726@cindex CVS/Notify.tmp file
1727@item Notify.tmp
1728This file is to @file{Notify} as @file{Entries.Backup}
1729is to @file{Entries}.  That is, to write @file{Notify},
1730first write the new contents to @file{Notify.tmp} and
1731then (atomically where possible), rename it to
1732@file{Notify}.
1733
1734@cindex Base directory, in CVS directory
1735@cindex CVS/Base directory
1736@item Base
1737If watches are in use, then an @code{edit} command
1738stores the original copy of the file in the @file{Base}
1739directory.  This allows the @code{unedit} command to
1740operate even if it is unable to communicate with the
1741server.
1742
1743@cindex Baserev file, in CVS directory
1744@cindex CVS/Baserev file
1745@item Baserev
1746The file lists the revision for each of the files in
1747the @file{Base} directory.  The format is:
1748
1749@example
1750B@var{name}/@var{rev}/@var{expansion}
1751@end example
1752
1753@noindent
1754where @var{expansion} should be ignored, to allow for
1755future expansion.
1756
1757@cindex Baserev.tmp file, in CVS directory
1758@cindex CVS/Baserev.tmp file
1759@item Baserev.tmp
1760This file is to @file{Baserev} as @file{Entries.Backup}
1761is to @file{Entries}.  That is, to write @file{Baserev},
1762first write the new contents to @file{Baserev.tmp} and
1763then (atomically where possible), rename it to
1764@file{Baserev}.
1765
1766@cindex Template file, in CVS directory
1767@cindex CVS/Template file
1768@item Template
1769This file contains the template specified by the
1770@file{rcsinfo} file (@pxref{rcsinfo}).  It is only used
1771by the client; the non-client/server @sc{cvs} consults
1772@file{rcsinfo} directly.
1773@end table
1774
1775@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1776@node Intro administrative files
1777@section The administrative files
1778@cindex Administrative files (intro)
1779@cindex Modules file
1780@cindex CVSROOT, module name
1781@cindex Defining modules (intro)
1782
1783@c FIXME: this node should be reorganized into "general
1784@c information about admin files" and put the "editing
1785@c admin files" stuff up front rather than jumping into
1786@c the details of modules right away.  Then the
1787@c Administrative files node can go away, the information
1788@c on each admin file distributed to a place appropriate
1789@c to its function, and this node can contain a table
1790@c listing each file and a @ref to its detailed description.
1791
1792The directory @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} contains some @dfn{administrative
1793files}.  @xref{Administrative files}, for a complete description.
1794You can use @sc{cvs} without any of these files, but
1795some commands work better when at least the
1796@file{modules} file is properly set up.
1797
1798The most important of these files is the @file{modules}
1799file.  It defines all modules in the repository.  This
1800is a sample @file{modules} file.
1801
1802@c FIXME: The CVSROOT line is a goofy example now that
1803@c mkmodules doesn't exist.
1804@example
1805CVSROOT         CVSROOT
1806modules         CVSROOT modules
1807cvs             gnu/cvs
1808rcs             gnu/rcs
1809diff            gnu/diff
1810tc              yoyodyne/tc
1811@end example
1812
1813The @file{modules} file is line oriented.  In its
1814simplest form each line contains the name of the
1815module, whitespace, and the directory where the module
1816resides.  The directory is a path relative to
1817@code{$CVSROOT}.  The last four lines in the example
1818above are examples of such lines.
1819
1820@c FIXME: might want to introduce the concept of options in modules file
1821@c (the old example which was here, -i mkmodules, is obsolete).
1822
1823The line that defines the module called @samp{modules}
1824uses features that are not explained here.
1825@xref{modules}, for a full explanation of all the
1826available features.
1827
1828@c FIXME: subsection without node is bogus
1829@subsection Editing administrative files
1830@cindex Editing administrative files
1831@cindex Administrative files, editing them
1832
1833You edit the administrative files in the same way that you would edit
1834any other module.  Use @samp{cvs checkout CVSROOT} to get a working
1835copy, edit it, and commit your changes in the normal way.
1836
1837It is possible to commit an erroneous administrative
1838file.  You can often fix the error and check in a new
1839revision, but sometimes a particularly bad error in the
1840administrative file makes it impossible to commit new
1841revisions.
1842@c @xref{Bad administrative files} for a hint
1843@c about how to solve such situations.
1844@c -- administrative file checking--
1845
1846@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1847@node Multiple repositories
1848@section Multiple repositories
1849@cindex Multiple repositories
1850@cindex Repositories, multiple
1851@cindex Many repositories
1852@cindex Parallel repositories
1853@cindex Disjoint repositories
1854@cindex CVSROOT, multiple repositories
1855
1856In some situations it is a good idea to have more than
1857one repository, for instance if you have two
1858development groups that work on separate projects
1859without sharing any code.  All you have to do to have
1860several repositories is to specify the appropriate
1861repository, using the @code{CVSROOT} environment
1862variable, the @samp{-d} option to @sc{cvs}, or (once
1863you have checked out a working directory) by simply
1864allowing @sc{cvs} to use the repository that was used
1865to check out the working directory
1866(@pxref{Specifying a repository}).
1867
1868The big advantage of having multiple repositories is
1869that they can reside on different servers.  With @sc{cvs}
1870version 1.10, a single command cannot recurse into
1871directories from different repositories.  With development
1872versions of @sc{cvs}, you can check out code from multiple
1873servers into your working directory.  @sc{cvs} will
1874recurse and handle all the details of making
1875connections to as many server machines as necessary to
1876perform the requested command.  Here is an example of
1877how to set up a working directory:
1878
1879@example
1880cvs -d server1:/cvs co dir1
1881cd dir1
1882cvs -d server2:/root co sdir
1883cvs update
1884@end example
1885
1886The @code{cvs co} commands set up the working
1887directory, and then the @code{cvs update} command will
1888contact server2, to update the dir1/sdir subdirectory,
1889and server1, to update everything else.
1890
1891@c FIXME: Does the FAQ have more about this?  I have a
1892@c dim recollection, but I'm too lazy to check right now.
1893
1894@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1895@node Creating a repository
1896@section Creating a repository
1897
1898@cindex Repository, setting up
1899@cindex Creating a repository
1900@cindex Setting up a repository
1901
1902This section describes how to set up a @sc{cvs} repository for any
1903sort of access method.  After completing the setup described in this
1904section, you should be able to access your @sc{cvs} repository immediately
1905via the local access method and several remote access methods.  For
1906more information on setting up remote access to the repository you create
1907in this section, please read the section on @xref{Remote repositories}.
1908
1909To set up a @sc{cvs} repository, first choose the
1910machine and disk on which you want to store the
1911revision history of the source files.  CPU and memory
1912requirements are modest, so most machines should be
1913adequate.  For details see @ref{Server requirements}.
1914@c Possible that we should be providing a quick rule of
1915@c thumb, like the 32M memory for the server.  That
1916@c might increase the number of people who are happy
1917@c with the answer, without following the xref.
1918
1919To estimate disk space
1920requirements, if you are importing RCS files from
1921another system, the size of those files is the
1922approximate initial size of your repository, or if you
1923are starting without any version history, a rule of
1924thumb is to allow for the server approximately three
1925times the size of the code to be under @sc{cvs} for the
1926repository (you will eventually outgrow this, but not
1927for a while).  On the machines on which the developers
1928will be working, you'll want disk space for
1929approximately one working directory for each developer
1930(either the entire tree or a portion of it, depending
1931on what each developer uses).
1932
1933The repository should be accessible
1934(directly or via a networked file system) from all
1935machines which want to use @sc{cvs} in server or local
1936mode; the client machines need not have any access to
1937it other than via the @sc{cvs} protocol.  It is not
1938possible to use @sc{cvs} to read from a repository
1939which one only has read access to; @sc{cvs} needs to be
1940able to create lock files (@pxref{Concurrency}).
1941
1942To create a repository, run the @code{cvs init} 	 
1943command (@pxref{init}).
1944
1945@node Backing up
1946@section Backing up a repository
1947@cindex Repository, backing up
1948@cindex Backing up, repository
1949
1950There is nothing particularly magical about the files
1951in the repository; for the most part it is possible to
1952back them up just like any other files.  However, there
1953are a few issues to consider.
1954
1955@cindex Locks, cvs, and backups
1956@cindex #cvs.rfl, and backups
1957The first is that to be paranoid, one should either not
1958use @sc{cvs} during the backup, or have the backup
1959program lock @sc{cvs} while doing the backup.  To not
1960use @sc{cvs}, you might forbid logins to machines which
1961can access the repository, turn off your @sc{cvs}
1962server, or similar mechanisms.  The details would
1963depend on your operating system and how you have
1964@sc{cvs} set up.  To lock @sc{cvs}, you would create
1965@file{#cvs.rfl} locks in each repository directory.
1966See @ref{Concurrency}, for more on @sc{cvs} locks.
1967Having said all this, if you just back up without any
1968of these precautions, the results are unlikely to be
1969particularly dire.  Restoring from backup, the
1970repository might be in an inconsistent state, but this
1971would not be particularly hard to fix manually.
1972
1973When you restore a repository from backup, assuming
1974that changes in the repository were made after the time
1975of the backup, working directories which were not
1976affected by the failure may refer to revisions which no
1977longer exist in the repository.  Trying to run @sc{cvs}
1978in such directories will typically produce an error
1979message.  One way to get those changes back into the
1980repository is as follows:
1981
1982@itemize @bullet
1983@item
1984Get a new working directory.
1985
1986@item
1987Copy the files from the working directory from before
1988the failure over to the new working directory (do not
1989copy the contents of the @file{CVS} directories, of
1990course).
1991
1992@item
1993Working in the new working directory, use commands such
1994as @code{cvs update} and @code{cvs diff} to figure out
1995what has changed, and then when you are ready, commit
1996the changes into the repository.
1997@end itemize
1998
1999@node Moving a repository
2000@section Moving a repository
2001@cindex Repository, moving
2002@cindex Moving a repository
2003@cindex Copying a repository
2004
2005Just as backing up the files in the repository is
2006pretty much like backing up any other files, if you
2007need to move a repository from one place to another it
2008is also pretty much like just moving any other
2009collection of files.
2010
2011The main thing to consider is that working directories
2012point to the repository.  The simplest way to deal with
2013a moved repository is to just get a fresh working
2014directory after the move.  Of course, you'll want to
2015make sure that the old working directory had been
2016checked in before the move, or you figured out some
2017other way to make sure that you don't lose any
2018changes.  If you really do want to reuse the existing
2019working directory, it should be possible with manual
2020surgery on the @file{CVS/Repository} files.  You can
2021see @ref{Working directory storage}, for information on
2022the @file{CVS/Repository} and @file{CVS/Root} files, but
2023unless you are sure you want to bother, it probably
2024isn't worth it.
2025@c FIXME: Surgery on CVS/Repository should be avoided
2026@c by making RELATIVE_REPOS the default.
2027@c FIXME-maybe: might want some documented way to
2028@c change the CVS/Root files in some particular tree.
2029@c But then again, I don't know, maybe just having
2030@c people do this in perl/shell/&c isn't so bad...
2031
2032@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2033@node Remote repositories
2034@section Remote repositories
2035@cindex Repositories, remote
2036@cindex Remote repositories
2037@cindex Client/Server Operation
2038@cindex Server, CVS
2039@cindex Remote repositories, port specification
2040@cindex Repositories, remote, port specification
2041@cindex Client/Server Operation, port specification
2042@cindex pserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2043@cindex kserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2044@cindex gserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2045@cindex port, specifying for remote repositories
2046
2047        Your working copy of the sources can be on a
2048different machine than the repository.  Using @sc{cvs}
2049in this manner is known as @dfn{client/server}
2050operation.  You run @sc{cvs} on a machine which can
2051mount your working directory, known as the
2052@dfn{client}, and tell it to communicate to a machine
2053which can mount the repository, known as the
2054@dfn{server}.  Generally, using a remote
2055repository is just like using a local one, except that
2056the format of the repository name is:
2057
2058@example
2059[:@var{method}:][[@var{user}][:@var{password}]@@]@var{hostname}[:[@var{port}]]/path/to/repository
2060@end example
2061
2062Specifying a password in the repository name is not recommended during
2063checkout, since this will cause @sc{cvs} to store a cleartext copy of the
2064password in each created directory.  @code{cvs login} first instead
2065(@pxref{Password authentication client}).
2066
2067The details of exactly what needs to be set up depend
2068on how you are connecting to the server.
2069
2070@c Should we try to explain which platforms are which?
2071@c Platforms like unix and VMS, which only allow
2072@c privileged programs to bind to sockets <1024 lose on
2073@c :server:
2074@c Platforms like Mac and VMS, whose rsh program is
2075@c unusable or nonexistent, lose on :ext:
2076@c Platforms like OS/2 and NT probably could plausibly
2077@c default either way (modulo -b troubles).
2078
2079@menu
2080* Server requirements::         Memory and other resources for servers
2081* The connection method::       Connection methods and method options
2082* Connecting via rsh::          Using the @code{rsh} program to connect
2083* Password authenticated::      Direct connections using passwords
2084* GSSAPI authenticated::        Direct connections using GSSAPI
2085* Kerberos authenticated::      Direct connections with Kerberos
2086* Connecting via fork::         Using a forked @code{cvs server} to connect
2087* Write proxies::               Distributing load across several CVS servers
2088@end menu
2089
2090@node Server requirements
2091@subsection Server requirements
2092
2093The quick answer to what sort of machine is suitable as
2094a server is that requirements are modest---a server
2095with 32M of memory or even less can handle a fairly
2096large source tree with a fair amount of activity.
2097@c Say something about CPU speed too?  I'm even less sure
2098@c what to say on that subject...
2099
2100The real answer, of course, is more complicated.
2101Estimating the known areas of large memory consumption
2102should be sufficient to estimate memory requirements.
2103There are two such areas documented here; other memory
2104consumption should be small by comparison (if you find
2105that is not the case, let us know, as described in
2106@ref{BUGS}, so we can update this documentation).
2107
2108The first area of big memory consumption is large
2109checkouts, when using the @sc{cvs} server.  The server
2110consists of two processes for each client that it is
2111serving.  Memory consumption on the child process
2112should remain fairly small.  Memory consumption on the
2113parent process, particularly if the network connection
2114to the client is slow, can be expected to grow to
2115slightly more than the size of the sources in a single
2116directory, or two megabytes, whichever is larger.
2117@c "two megabytes" of course is SERVER_HI_WATER.  But
2118@c we don't mention that here because we are
2119@c documenting the default configuration of CVS.  If it
2120@c is a "standard" thing to change that value, it
2121@c should be some kind of run-time configuration.
2122@c
2123@c See cvsclient.texi for more on the design decision
2124@c to not have locks in place while waiting for the
2125@c client, which is what results in memory consumption
2126@c as high as this.
2127
2128Multiplying the size of each @sc{cvs} server by the
2129number of servers which you expect to have active at
2130one time should give an idea of memory requirements for
2131the server.  For the most part, the memory consumed by
2132the parent process probably can be swap space rather
2133than physical memory.
2134@c Has anyone verified that notion about swap space?
2135@c I say it based pretty much on guessing that the
2136@c ->text of the struct buffer_data only gets accessed
2137@c in a first in, first out fashion, but I haven't
2138@c looked very closely.
2139
2140@c What about disk usage in /tmp on the server?  I think that
2141@c it can be substantial, but I haven't looked at this
2142@c again and tried to figure it out ("cvs import" is
2143@c probably the worst case...).
2144
2145The second area of large memory consumption is
2146@code{diff}, when checking in large files.  This is
2147required even for binary files.  The rule of thumb is
2148to allow about ten times the size of the largest file
2149you will want to check in, although five times may be
2150adequate.  For example, if you want to check in a file
2151which is 10 megabytes, you should have 100 megabytes of
2152memory on the machine doing the checkin (the server
2153machine for client/server, or the machine running
2154@sc{cvs} for non-client/server).  This can be swap
2155space rather than physical memory.  Because the memory
2156is only required briefly, there is no particular need
2157to allow memory for more than one such checkin at a
2158time.
2159@c The 5-10 times rule of thumb is from Paul Eggert for
2160@c GNU diff.  I don't think it is in the GNU diff
2161@c manual or anyplace like that.
2162@c
2163@c Probably we could be saying more about
2164@c non-client/server CVS.
2165@c I would guess for non-client/server CVS in an NFS
2166@c environment the biggest issues are the network and
2167@c the NFS server.
2168
2169Resource consumption for the client is even more
2170modest---any machine with enough capacity to run the
2171operating system in question should have little
2172trouble.
2173@c Is that true?  I think the client still wants to
2174@c (bogusly) store entire files in memory at times.
2175
2176For information on disk space requirements, see
2177@ref{Creating a repository}.
2178
2179@node The connection method
2180@subsection The connection method
2181
2182In its simplest form, the @var{method} portion of the repository string
2183(@pxref{Remote repositories}) may be one of @samp{ext}, @samp{fork},
2184@samp{gserver}, @samp{kserver}, @samp{local}, @samp{pserver}, and, on some
2185platforms, @samp{server}.
2186
2187If @var{method} is not specified, and the repository
2188name starts with a @samp{/}, then the default is @code{local}.
2189If @var{method} is not specified, and the repository
2190name does not start with a @samp{/}, then the default is @code{ext}
2191or @code{server}, depending on your platform; both the @samp{ext}
2192and @samp{server} methods are described in @ref{Connecting via rsh}.
2193
2194@cindex connection method options
2195@cindex options, connection method
2196The @code{ext}, @code{fork}, @code{gserver}, and @code{pserver} connection
2197methods all accept optional method options, specified as part of the
2198@var{method} string, like so:
2199
2200@example
2201:@var{method}[;@var{option}=@var{arg}...]:@var{other_connection_data}
2202@end example
2203
2204@sc{cvs} is not sensitive to the case of @var{method} or @var{option}, though
2205it may sometimes be sensitive to the case of @var{arg}.  The possible method
2206options are as follows:
2207
2208@table @code
2209@cindex CVS_PROXY_PORT
2210@cindex proxy, method option
2211@cindex proxyport, method option
2212@cindex proxies, web, connecting via
2213@cindex web proxies, connecting via
2214@cindex proxies, HTTP, connecting via
2215@cindex HTTP proxies, connecting via
2216@item proxy=@var{hostname}
2217@itemx proxyport=@var{port}
2218These two method options can be used to connect via an HTTP tunnel style web
2219proxy.  @var{hostname} should be the name of the HTTP proxy server to connect
2220through and @var{port} is the port number on the HTTP proxy server to connect
2221via.  @var{port} defaults to 8080.
2222
2223@strong{NOTE: An HTTP proxy server is not the same as a @sc{cvs} write proxy
2224server - please see @ref{Write proxies} for more on @sc{cvs} write proxies.}
2225
2226For example, to connect pserver via a web proxy listening on port 8000 of
2227www.myproxy.net, you would use a method of:
2228
2229@example
2230:pserver;proxy=www.myproxy.net;proxyport=8000:@var{pserver_connection_string}
2231@end example
2232
2233@strong{NOTE: In the above example, @var{pserver_connection_string} is still
2234required to connect and authenticate to the CVS server, as noted in the
2235upcoming sections on password authentication, @code{gserver}, and
2236@code{kserver}.  The example above only demonstrates a modification to the
2237@var{method} portion of the repository name.}
2238
2239These options first appeared in @sc{cvs} version 1.12.7 and are valid as
2240modifcations to the @code{gserver} and @code{pserver} connection methods.
2241
2242@cindex CVS_RSH method option
2243@item CVS_RSH=@var{path}
2244This method option can be used with the @code{ext} method to specify the path
2245the @sc{cvs} client will use to find the remote shell used to contact the
2246@sc{cvs} server and takes precedence over any path specified in the
2247@code{$CVS_RSH} environment variable (@pxref{Connecting via rsh}).  For
2248example, to connect to a @sc{cvs} server via the local
2249@file{/path/to/ssh/command} command, you could choose to specify the following
2250@var{path} via the @code{CVS_RSH} method option:
2251
2252@example
2253:ext;CVS_RSH=/path/to/ssh/command:@var{ext_connection_string}
2254@end example
2255
2256This method option first appeared in @sc{cvs} version 1.12.11 and is valid only
2257as a modifcation to the @code{ext} connection method.
2258
2259@cindex CVS_SERVER method option
2260@item CVS_SERVER=@var{path}
2261This method option can be used with the @code{ext} and @code{fork} methods to
2262specify the path @sc{cvs} will use to find the @sc{cvs} executable on the
2263@sc{cvs} server and takes precedence over any path specified in the
2264@code{$CVS_SERVER} environment variable (@pxref{Connecting via rsh}).  For
2265example, to select the remote @file{/path/to/cvs/command} executable as your
2266@sc{cvs} server application on the @sc{cvs} server machine, you could choose to
2267specify the following @var{path} via the @code{CVS_SERVER} method option:
2268
2269@example
2270:ext;CVS_SERVER=/path/to/cvs/command:@var{ext_connection_string}
2271@end example
2272
2273@noindent
2274or, to select an executable named @samp{cvs-1.12.11}, assuming it is in your
2275@code{$PATH} on the @sc{cvs} server:
2276
2277@example
2278:ext;CVS_SERVER=cvs-1.12.11:@var{ext_connection_string}
2279@end example
2280
2281This method option first appeared in @sc{cvs} version 1.12.11 and is valid
2282as a modifcation to both the @code{ext} and @code{fork} connection methods.
2283
2284@cindex Redirect, method option
2285@item Redirect=@var{boolean-state}
2286The @code{Redirect} method option determines whether the @sc{cvs} client will
2287allow a @sc{cvs} server to redirect it to a different @sc{cvs} server, usually
2288for write requests, as in a write proxy setup.
2289
2290A @var{boolean-state} of any value acceptable for boolean @file{CVSROOT/config}
2291file options is acceptable here (@pxref{config}).  For example, @samp{on},
2292@samp{off}, @samp{true}, and @samp{false} are all valid values for
2293@var{boolean-state}.  @var{boolean-state} for the @code{Redirect} method option
2294defaults to @samp{on}.
2295
2296This option will have no effect when talking to any non-secondary @sc{cvs}
2297server.  For more on write proxies and secondary servers, please see
2298@ref{Write proxies}.
2299
2300This method option first appeared in @sc{cvs} version 1.12.11 and is valid only
2301as a modifcation to the @code{ext} connection method.
2302@end table
2303
2304As a further example, to combine both the @code{CVS_RSH} and @code{CVS_SERVER}
2305options, a method specification like the following would work:
2306
2307@example
2308:ext;CVS_RSH=/path/to/ssh/command;CVS_SERVER=/path/to/cvs/command:
2309@end example
2310
2311This means that you would not need to have
2312the @code{CVS_SERVER} or @code{CVS_RSH} environment
2313variables set correctly.  See @ref{Connecting via rsh}, for more details on
2314these environment variables.
2315
2316@node Connecting via rsh
2317@subsection Connecting with rsh
2318
2319@cindex rsh
2320@sc{cvs} uses the @samp{rsh} protocol to perform these
2321operations, so the remote user host needs to have a
2322@file{.rhosts} file which grants access to the local
2323user. Note that the program that @sc{cvs} uses for this
2324purpose may be specified using the @file{--with-rsh}
2325flag to configure.
2326
2327For example, suppose you are the user @samp{mozart} on
2328the local machine @samp{toe.example.com}, and the
2329server machine is @samp{faun.example.org}.  On
2330faun, put the following line into the file
2331@file{.rhosts} in @samp{bach}'s home directory:
2332
2333@example
2334toe.example.com  mozart
2335@end example
2336
2337@noindent
2338Then test that @samp{rsh} is working with
2339
2340@example
2341rsh -l bach faun.example.org 'echo $PATH'
2342@end example
2343
2344@cindex CVS_SERVER, environment variable
2345Next you have to make sure that @code{rsh} will be able
2346to find the server.  Make sure that the path which
2347@code{rsh} printed in the above example includes the
2348directory containing a program named @code{cvs} which
2349is the server.  You need to set the path in
2350@file{.bashrc}, @file{.cshrc}, etc., not @file{.login}
2351or @file{.profile}.  Alternately, you can set the
2352environment variable @code{CVS_SERVER} on the client
2353machine to the filename of the server you want to use,
2354for example @file{/usr/local/bin/cvs-1.6}.
2355For the @code{ext} and @code{fork} methods, you may
2356also specify @var{CVS_SERVER} as an otpion in the
2357@var{CVSROOT} so that you may use different servers for
2358differnt roots. See @ref{Remote repositories} for more
2359details.
2360
2361There is no need to edit @file{inetd.conf} or start a
2362@sc{cvs} server daemon.
2363
2364@cindex :server:, setting up
2365@cindex :ext:, setting up
2366@cindex Kerberos, using kerberized rsh
2367@cindex SSH (rsh replacement)
2368@cindex rsh replacements (Kerberized, SSH, &c)
2369There are two access methods that you use in @code{CVSROOT}
2370for rsh.  @code{:server:} specifies an internal rsh
2371client, which is supported only by some @sc{cvs} ports.
2372@code{:ext:} specifies an external rsh program.  By
2373default this is @code{rsh} (unless otherwise specified
2374by the @file{--with-rsh} flag to configure) but you may set the
2375@code{CVS_RSH} environment variable to invoke another
2376program which can access the remote server (for
2377example, @code{remsh} on HP-UX 9 because @code{rsh} is
2378something different).  It must be a program which can
2379transmit data to and from the server without modifying
2380it; for example the Windows NT @code{rsh} is not
2381suitable since it by default translates between CRLF
2382and LF.  The OS/2 @sc{cvs} port has a hack to pass @samp{-b}
2383to @code{rsh} to get around this, but since this could
2384potentially cause problems for programs other than the
2385standard @code{rsh}, it may change in the future.  If
2386you set @code{CVS_RSH} to @code{SSH} or some other rsh
2387replacement, the instructions in the rest of this
2388section concerning @file{.rhosts} and so on are likely
2389to be inapplicable; consult the documentation for your rsh
2390replacement.
2391
2392You may choose to specify the @var{CVS_RSH} option as a method option
2393in the @var{CVSROOT} string to allow you to use different connection tools
2394for different roots (@pxref{The connection method}).  For example, allowing
2395some roots to use @code{CVS_RSH=remsh} and some to use
2396@code{CVS_RSH=ssh} for the @code{ext} method.  See also
2397the @ref{Remote repositories} for more details.
2398@c See also the comment in src/client.c for rationale
2399@c concerning "rsh" being the default and never
2400@c "remsh".
2401
2402Continuing our example, supposing you want to access
2403the module @file{foo} in the repository
2404@file{/usr/local/cvsroot/}, on machine
2405@file{faun.example.org}, you are ready to go:
2406
2407@example
2408cvs -d :ext:bach@@faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
2409@end example
2410
2411@noindent
2412(The @file{bach@@} can be omitted if the username is
2413the same on both the local and remote hosts.)
2414
2415@c Should we mention "rsh host echo hi" and "rsh host
2416@c cat" (the latter followed by typing text and ^D)
2417@c as troubleshooting techniques?  Probably yes
2418@c (people tend to have trouble setting this up),
2419@c but this kind of thing can be hard to spell out.
2420
2421@node Password authenticated
2422@subsection Direct connection with password authentication
2423
2424The @sc{cvs} client can also connect to the server
2425using a password protocol.  This is particularly useful
2426if using @code{rsh} is not feasible (for example,
2427the server is behind a firewall), and Kerberos also is
2428not available.
2429
2430        To use this method, it is necessary to make
2431some adjustments on both the server and client sides.
2432
2433@menu
2434* Password authentication server::     Setting up the server
2435* Password authentication client::     Using the client
2436* Password authentication security::   What this method does and does not do
2437@end menu
2438
2439@node Password authentication server
2440@subsubsection Setting up the server for password authentication
2441
2442First of all, you probably want to tighten the
2443permissions on the @file{$CVSROOT} and
2444@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} directories.  See @ref{Password
2445authentication security}, for more details.
2446
2447@cindex pserver (subcommand)
2448@cindex Remote repositories, port specification
2449@cindex Repositories, remote, port specification
2450@cindex Client/Server Operation, port specification
2451@cindex pserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2452@cindex kserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2453@cindex gserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2454@cindex port, specifying for remote repositories
2455@cindex Password server, setting up
2456@cindex Authenticating server, setting up
2457@cindex inetd, configuring for pserver
2458@cindex xinetd, configuring for pserver
2459@c FIXME: this isn't quite right regarding port
2460@c numbers; CVS looks up "cvspserver" in
2461@c /etc/services (on unix, but what about non-unix?).
2462On the server side, the file @file{/etc/inetd.conf}
2463needs to be edited so @code{inetd} knows to run the
2464command @code{cvs pserver} when it receives a
2465connection on the right port.  By default, the port
2466number is 2401; it would be different if your client
2467were compiled with @code{CVS_AUTH_PORT} defined to
2468something else, though.  This can also be specified in the CVSROOT variable
2469(@pxref{Remote repositories}) or overridden with the CVS_CLIENT_PORT
2470environment variable (@pxref{Environment variables}).
2471
2472        If your @code{inetd} allows raw port numbers in
2473@file{/etc/inetd.conf}, then the following (all on a
2474single line in @file{inetd.conf}) should be sufficient:
2475
2476@example
24772401  stream  tcp  nowait  root  /usr/local/bin/cvs
2478cvs -f --allow-root=/usr/cvsroot pserver
2479@end example
2480
2481@noindent
2482(You could also use the
2483@samp{-T} option to specify a temporary directory.)
2484
2485The @samp{--allow-root} option specifies the allowable
2486@sc{cvsroot} directory.  Clients which attempt to use a
2487different @sc{cvsroot} directory will not be allowed to
2488connect.  If there is more than one @sc{cvsroot}
2489directory which you want to allow, repeat the option.
2490(Unfortunately, many versions of @code{inetd} have very small
2491limits on the number of arguments and/or the total length
2492of the command.  The usual solution to this problem is
2493to have @code{inetd} run a shell script which then invokes
2494@sc{cvs} with the necessary arguments.)
2495
2496        If your @code{inetd} wants a symbolic service
2497name instead of a raw port number, then put this in
2498@file{/etc/services}:
2499
2500@example
2501cvspserver      2401/tcp
2502@end example
2503
2504@noindent
2505and put @code{cvspserver} instead of @code{2401} in @file{inetd.conf}.
2506
2507If your system uses @code{xinetd} instead of @code{inetd},
2508the procedure is slightly different.
2509Create a file called @file{/etc/xinetd.d/cvspserver} containing the following:
2510
2511@example
2512service cvspserver
2513@{
2514   port        = 2401
2515   socket_type = stream
2516   protocol    = tcp
2517   wait        = no
2518   user        = root
2519   passenv     = PATH
2520   server      = /usr/local/bin/cvs
2521   server_args = -f --allow-root=/usr/cvsroot pserver
2522@}
2523@end example
2524
2525@noindent
2526(If @code{cvspserver} is defined in @file{/etc/services}, you can omit
2527the @code{port} line.)
2528
2529        Once the above is taken care of, restart your
2530@code{inetd}, or do whatever is necessary to force it
2531to reread its initialization files.
2532
2533If you are having trouble setting this up, see
2534@ref{Connection}.
2535
2536@cindex CVS passwd file
2537@cindex passwd (admin file)
2538Because the client stores and transmits passwords in
2539cleartext (almost---see @ref{Password authentication
2540security}, for details), a separate @sc{cvs} password
2541file is generally used, so people don't compromise
2542their regular passwords when they access the
2543repository.  This file is
2544@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd} (@pxref{Intro
2545administrative files}).  It uses a colon-separated
2546format, similar to @file{/etc/passwd} on Unix systems,
2547except that it has fewer fields: @sc{cvs} username,
2548optional password, and an optional system username for
2549@sc{cvs} to run as if authentication succeeds.  Here is
2550an example @file{passwd} file with five entries:
2551
2552@example
2553anonymous:
2554bach:ULtgRLXo7NRxs
2555spwang:1sOp854gDF3DY
2556melissa:tGX1fS8sun6rY:pubcvs
2557qproj:XR4EZcEs0szik:pubcvs
2558@end example
2559
2560@noindent
2561(The passwords are encrypted according to the standard
2562Unix @code{crypt()} function, so it is possible to
2563paste in passwords directly from regular Unix
2564@file{/etc/passwd} files.)
2565
2566The first line in the example will grant access to any
2567@sc{cvs} client attempting to authenticate as user
2568@code{anonymous}, no matter what password they use,
2569including an empty password.  (This is typical for
2570sites granting anonymous read-only access; for
2571information on how to do the "read-only" part, see
2572@ref{Read-only access}.)
2573
2574The second and third lines will grant access to
2575@code{bach} and @code{spwang} if they supply their
2576respective plaintext passwords.
2577
2578@cindex User aliases
2579The fourth line will grant access to @code{melissa}, if
2580she supplies the correct password, but her @sc{cvs}
2581operations will actually run on the server side under
2582the system user @code{pubcvs}.  Thus, there need not be
2583any system user named @code{melissa}, but there
2584@emph{must} be one named @code{pubcvs}.
2585
2586The fifth line shows that system user identities can be
2587shared: any client who successfully authenticates as
2588@code{qproj} will actually run as @code{pubcvs}, just
2589as @code{melissa} does.  That way you could create a
2590single, shared system user for each project in your
2591repository, and give each developer their own line in
2592the @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd} file.  The @sc{cvs}
2593username on each line would be different, but the
2594system username would be the same.  The reason to have
2595different @sc{cvs} usernames is that @sc{cvs} will log their
2596actions under those names: when @code{melissa} commits
2597a change to a project, the checkin is recorded in the
2598project's history under the name @code{melissa}, not
2599@code{pubcvs}.  And the reason to have them share a
2600system username is so that you can arrange permissions
2601in the relevant area of the repository such that only
2602that account has write-permission there.
2603
2604If the system-user field is present, all
2605password-authenticated @sc{cvs} commands run as that
2606user; if no system user is specified, @sc{cvs} simply
2607takes the @sc{cvs} username as the system username and
2608runs commands as that user.  In either case, if there
2609is no such user on the system, then the @sc{cvs}
2610operation will fail (regardless of whether the client
2611supplied a valid password).
2612
2613The password and system-user fields can both be omitted
2614(and if the system-user field is omitted, then also
2615omit the colon that would have separated it from the
2616encrypted password).  For example, this would be a
2617valid @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd} file:
2618
2619@example
2620anonymous::pubcvs
2621fish:rKa5jzULzmhOo:kfogel
2622sussman:1sOp854gDF3DY
2623@end example
2624
2625@noindent
2626When the password field is omitted or empty, then the
2627client's authentication attempt will succeed with any
2628password, including the empty string.  However, the
2629colon after the @sc{cvs} username is always necessary,
2630even if the password is empty.
2631
2632@sc{cvs} can also fall back to use system authentication.
2633When authenticating a password, the server first checks
2634for the user in the @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd}
2635file.  If it finds the user, it will use that entry for
2636authentication as described above.  But if it does not
2637find the user, or if the @sc{cvs} @file{passwd} file
2638does not exist, then the server can try to authenticate
2639the username and password using the operating system's
2640user-lookup routines (this "fallback" behavior can be
2641disabled by setting @code{SystemAuth=no} in the
2642@sc{cvs} @file{config} file, @pxref{config}).
2643
2644The default fallback behavior is to look in 
2645@file{/etc/passwd} for this system user unless your
2646system has PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules)
2647and your @sc{cvs} server executable was configured to
2648use it at compile time (using @code{./configure --enable-pam} - see the
2649INSTALL file for more).  In this case, PAM will be consulted instead.
2650This means that @sc{cvs} can be configured to use any password
2651authentication source PAM can be configured to use (possibilities
2652include a simple UNIX password, NIS, LDAP, and others) in its
2653global configuration file (usually @file{/etc/pam.conf}
2654or possibly @file{/etc/pam.d/cvs}).  See your PAM documentation
2655for more details on PAM configuration.
2656
2657Note that PAM is an experimental feature in @sc{cvs} and feedback is
2658encouraged.  Please send a mail to one of the @sc{cvs} mailing lists
2659(@code{info-cvs@@nongnu.org} or @code{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}) if you use the 
2660@sc{cvs} PAM support.
2661
2662@strong{WARNING: Using PAM gives the system administrator much more 
2663flexibility about how @sc{cvs} users are authenticated but 
2664no more security than other methods.  See below for more.} 
2665
2666CVS needs an "auth", "account" and "session" module in the 
2667PAM configuration file. A typical PAM configuration 
2668would therefore have the following lines 
2669in @file{/etc/pam.conf} to emulate the standard @sc{cvs} 
2670system @file{/etc/passwd} authentication:
2671
2672@example
2673cvs	auth	    required	pam_unix.so
2674cvs	account	    required	pam_unix.so
2675cvs	session	    required	pam_unix.so
2676@end example
2677
2678The the equivalent @file{/etc/pam.d/cvs} would contain
2679
2680@example
2681auth	    required	pam_unix.so
2682account	    required	pam_unix.so
2683session	    required	pam_unix.so
2684@end example
2685
2686Some systems require a full path to the module so that
2687@file{pam_unix.so} (Linux) would become something like 
2688@file{/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1} (Sun Solaris).
2689See the @file{contrib/pam} subdirectory of the @sc{cvs}
2690source distribution for further example configurations.
2691
2692The PAM service name given above as "cvs" is just
2693the service name in the default configuration and can be
2694set using
2695@code{./configure --with-hardcoded-pam-service-name=<pam-service-name>}
2696before compiling.  @sc{cvs} can also be configured to use whatever
2697name it is invoked as as its PAM service name using
2698@code{./configure --without-hardcoded-pam-service-name}, but this
2699feature should not be used if you may not have control of the name
2700@sc{cvs} will be invoked as.
2701
2702Be aware, also, that falling back to system
2703authentication might be a security risk: @sc{cvs}
2704operations would then be authenticated with that user's
2705regular login password, and the password flies across
2706the network in plaintext.  See @ref{Password
2707authentication security} for more on this.
2708This may be more of a problem with PAM authentication
2709because it is likely that the source of the system 
2710password is some central authentication service like
2711LDAP which is also used to authenticate other services.
2712
2713On the other hand, PAM makes it very easy to change your password
2714regularly.  If they are given the option of a one-password system for
2715all of their activities, users are often more willing to change their
2716password on a regular basis.
2717
2718In the non-PAM configuration where the password is stored in the
2719@file{CVSROOT/passwd} file, it is difficult to change passwords on a
2720regular basis since only administrative users (or in some cases
2721processes that act as an administrative user) are typically given
2722access to modify this file.  Either there needs to be some
2723hand-crafted web page or set-uid program to update the file, or the
2724update needs to be done by submitting a request to an administrator to
2725perform the duty by hand.  In the first case, having to remember to
2726update a separate password on a periodic basis can be difficult.  In
2727the second case, the manual nature of the change will typically mean
2728that the password will not be changed unless it is absolutely
2729necessary.
2730
2731Note that PAM administrators should probably avoid configuring
2732one-time-passwords (OTP) for @sc{cvs} authentication/authorization.  If
2733OTPs are desired, the administrator may wish to encourage the use of
2734one of the other Client/Server access methods.  See the section on
2735@pxref{Remote repositories} for a list of other methods.
2736
2737Right now, the only way to put a password in the
2738@sc{cvs} @file{passwd} file is to paste it there from
2739somewhere else.  Someday, there may be a @code{cvs
2740passwd} command.
2741
2742Unlike many of the files in @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT}, it
2743is normal to edit the @file{passwd} file in-place,
2744rather than via @sc{cvs}.  This is because of the
2745possible security risks of having the @file{passwd}
2746file checked out to people's working copies.  If you do
2747want to include the @file{passwd} file in checkouts of
2748@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT}, see @ref{checkoutlist}.
2749
2750@c We might also suggest using the @code{htpasswd} command
2751@c from freely available web servers as well, but that
2752@c would open up a can of worms in that the users next
2753@c questions are likely to be "where do I get it?" and
2754@c "how do I use it?"
2755@c Also note that htpasswd, at least the version I had,
2756@c likes to clobber the third field.
2757
2758@node Password authentication client
2759@subsubsection Using the client with password authentication
2760@cindex Login (subcommand)
2761@cindex Password client, using
2762@cindex Authenticated client, using
2763@cindex :pserver:, setting up
2764To run a @sc{cvs} command on a remote repository via
2765the password-authenticating server, one specifies the
2766@code{pserver} protocol, optional username, repository host, an
2767optional port number, and path to the repository.  For example:
2768
2769@example
2770cvs -d :pserver:faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout someproj
2771@end example
2772
2773@noindent
2774or
2775
2776@example
2777CVSROOT=:pserver:bach@@faun.example.org:2401/usr/local/cvsroot
2778cvs checkout someproj
2779@end example
2780
2781However, unless you're connecting to a public-access
2782repository (i.e., one where that username doesn't
2783require a password), you'll need to supply a password or @dfn{log in} first.
2784Logging in verifies your password with the repository and stores it in a file.
2785It's done with the @code{login} command, which will
2786prompt you interactively for the password if you didn't supply one as part of
2787@var{$CVSROOT}:
2788
2789@example
2790cvs -d :pserver:bach@@faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot login
2791CVS password:
2792@end example
2793
2794@noindent
2795or
2796
2797@example
2798cvs -d :pserver:bach:p4ss30rd@@faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot login
2799@end example
2800
2801After you enter the password, @sc{cvs} verifies it with
2802the server.  If the verification succeeds, then that
2803combination of username, host, repository, and password
2804is permanently recorded, so future transactions with
2805that repository won't require you to run @code{cvs
2806login}.  (If verification fails, @sc{cvs} will exit
2807complaining that the password was incorrect, and
2808nothing will be recorded.)
2809
2810The records are stored, by default, in the file
2811@file{$HOME/.cvspass}.  That file's format is
2812human-readable, and to a degree human-editable, but
2813note that the passwords are not stored in
2814cleartext---they are trivially encoded to protect them
2815from "innocent" compromise (i.e., inadvertent viewing
2816by a system administrator or other non-malicious
2817person).
2818
2819@cindex CVS_PASSFILE, environment variable
2820You can change the default location of this file by
2821setting the @code{CVS_PASSFILE} environment variable.
2822If you use this variable, make sure you set it
2823@emph{before} @code{cvs login} is run.  If you were to
2824set it after running @code{cvs login}, then later
2825@sc{cvs} commands would be unable to look up the
2826password for transmission to the server.
2827  
2828Once you have logged in, all @sc{cvs} commands using
2829that remote repository and username will authenticate
2830with the stored password.  So, for example
2831  
2832@example
2833cvs -d :pserver:bach@@faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
2834@end example
2835
2836@noindent
2837should just work (unless the password changes on the
2838server side, in which case you'll have to re-run
2839@code{cvs login}).
2840
2841Note that if the @samp{:pserver:} were not present in
2842the repository specification, @sc{cvs} would assume it
2843should use @code{rsh} to connect with the server
2844instead (@pxref{Connecting via rsh}).
2845
2846Of course, once you have a working copy checked out and
2847are running @sc{cvs} commands from within it, there is
2848no longer any need to specify the repository
2849explicitly, because @sc{cvs} can deduce the repository
2850from the working copy's @file{CVS} subdirectory.
2851
2852@c FIXME: seems to me this needs somewhat more
2853@c explanation.
2854@cindex Logout (subcommand)
2855The password for a given remote repository can be
2856removed from the @code{CVS_PASSFILE} by using the
2857@code{cvs logout} command.
2858
2859@node Password authentication security
2860@subsubsection Security considerations with password authentication
2861
2862@cindex Security, of pserver
2863The passwords are stored on the client side in a
2864trivial encoding of the cleartext, and transmitted in
2865the same encoding.  The encoding is done only to
2866prevent inadvertent password compromises (i.e., a
2867system administrator accidentally looking at the file),
2868and will not prevent even a naive attacker from gaining
2869the password.
2870
2871@c FIXME: The bit about "access to the repository
2872@c implies general access to the system is *not* specific
2873@c to pserver; it applies to kerberos and SSH and
2874@c everything else too.  Should reorganize the
2875@c documentation to make this clear.
2876The separate @sc{cvs} password file (@pxref{Password
2877authentication server}) allows people
2878to use a different password for repository access than
2879for login access.  On the other hand, once a user has
2880non-read-only
2881access to the repository, she can execute programs on
2882the server system through a variety of means.  Thus, repository
2883access implies fairly broad system access as well.  It
2884might be possible to modify @sc{cvs} to prevent that,
2885but no one has done so as of this writing.
2886@c OpenBSD uses chroot() and copies the repository to
2887@c provide anonymous read-only access (for details see
2888@c http://www.openbsd.org/anoncvs.shar).  While this
2889@c closes the most obvious holes, I'm not sure it
2890@c closes enough holes to recommend it (plus it is
2891@c *very* easy to accidentally screw up a setup of this
2892@c type).
2893
2894Note that because the @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} directory
2895contains @file{passwd} and other files which are used
2896to check security, you must control the permissions on
2897this directory as tightly as the permissions on
2898@file{/etc}.  The same applies to the @file{$CVSROOT}
2899directory itself and any directory
2900above it in the tree.  Anyone who has write access to
2901such a directory will have the ability to become any
2902user on the system.  Note that these permissions are
2903typically tighter than you would use if you are not
2904using pserver.
2905@c TODO: Would be really nice to document/implement a
2906@c scheme where the CVS server can run as some non-root
2907@c user, e.g. "cvs".  CVSROOT/passwd would contain a
2908@c bunch of entries of the form foo:xxx:cvs (or the "cvs"
2909@c would be implicit).  This would greatly reduce
2910@c security risks such as those hinted at in the
2911@c previous paragraph.  I think minor changes to CVS
2912@c might be required but mostly this would just need
2913@c someone who wants to play with it, document it, &c.
2914
2915In summary, anyone who gets the password gets
2916repository access (which may imply some measure of general system
2917access as well).  The password is available to anyone
2918who can sniff network packets or read a protected
2919(i.e., user read-only) file.  If you want real
2920security, get Kerberos.
2921
2922@node GSSAPI authenticated
2923@subsection Direct connection with GSSAPI
2924
2925@cindex GSSAPI
2926@cindex Security, GSSAPI
2927@cindex :gserver:, setting up
2928@cindex Kerberos, using :gserver:
2929GSSAPI is a generic interface to network security
2930systems such as Kerberos 5.
2931If you have a working GSSAPI library, you can have
2932@sc{cvs} connect via a direct @sc{tcp} connection,
2933authenticating with GSSAPI.
2934
2935To do this, @sc{cvs} needs to be compiled with GSSAPI
2936support; when configuring @sc{cvs} it tries to detect
2937whether GSSAPI libraries using Kerberos version 5 are
2938present.  You can also use the @file{--with-gssapi}
2939flag to configure.
2940
2941The connection is authenticated using GSSAPI, but the
2942message stream is @emph{not} authenticated by default.
2943You must use the @code{-a} global option to request
2944stream authentication.
2945
2946The data transmitted is @emph{not} encrypted by
2947default.  Encryption support must be compiled into both
2948the client and the server; use the
2949@file{--enable-encrypt} configure option to turn it on.
2950You must then use the @code{-x} global option to
2951request encryption.
2952
2953GSSAPI connections are handled on the server side by
2954the same server which handles the password
2955authentication server; see @ref{Password authentication
2956server}.  If you are using a GSSAPI mechanism such as
2957Kerberos which provides for strong authentication, you
2958will probably want to disable the ability to
2959authenticate via cleartext passwords.  To do so, create
2960an empty @file{CVSROOT/passwd} password file, and set
2961@code{SystemAuth=no} in the config file
2962(@pxref{config}).
2963
2964The GSSAPI server uses a principal name of
2965cvs/@var{hostname}, where @var{hostname} is the
2966canonical name of the server host.  You will have to
2967set this up as required by your GSSAPI mechanism.
2968
2969To connect using GSSAPI, use the @samp{:gserver:} method.  For
2970example,
2971
2972@example
2973cvs -d :gserver:faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
2974@end example
2975
2976@node Kerberos authenticated
2977@subsection Direct connection with Kerberos
2978
2979@cindex Kerberos, using :kserver:
2980@cindex Security, Kerberos
2981@cindex :kserver:, setting up
2982The easiest way to use Kerberos is to use the Kerberos
2983@code{rsh}, as described in @ref{Connecting via rsh}.
2984The main disadvantage of using rsh is that all the data
2985needs to pass through additional programs, so it may be
2986slower.  So if you have Kerberos installed you can
2987connect via a direct @sc{tcp} connection,
2988authenticating with Kerberos.
2989
2990This section concerns the Kerberos network security
2991system, version 4.  Kerberos version 5 is supported via
2992the GSSAPI generic network security interface, as
2993described in the previous section.
2994
2995To do this, @sc{cvs} needs to be compiled with Kerberos
2996support; when configuring @sc{cvs} it tries to detect
2997whether Kerberos is present or you can use the
2998@file{--with-krb4} flag to configure.
2999
3000The data transmitted is @emph{not} encrypted by
3001default.  Encryption support must be compiled into both
3002the client and server; use the
3003@file{--enable-encryption} configure option to turn it
3004on.  You must then use the @code{-x} global option to
3005request encryption.
3006
3007The CVS client will attempt to connect to port 1999 by default.
3008
3009@cindex kinit
3010When you want to use @sc{cvs}, get a ticket in the
3011usual way (generally @code{kinit}); it must be a ticket
3012which allows you to log into the server machine.  Then
3013you are ready to go:
3014
3015@example
3016cvs -d :kserver:faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
3017@end example
3018
3019Previous versions of @sc{cvs} would fall back to a
3020connection via rsh; this version will not do so.
3021
3022@node Connecting via fork
3023@subsection Connecting with fork
3024
3025@cindex fork, access method
3026@cindex :fork:, setting up
3027This access method allows you to connect to a
3028repository on your local disk via the remote protocol.
3029In other words it does pretty much the same thing as
3030@code{:local:}, but various quirks, bugs and the like are
3031those of the remote @sc{cvs} rather than the local
3032@sc{cvs}.
3033
3034For day-to-day operations you might prefer either
3035@code{:local:} or @code{:fork:}, depending on your
3036preferences.  Of course @code{:fork:} comes in
3037particularly handy in testing or
3038debugging @code{cvs} and the remote protocol.
3039Specifically, we avoid all of the network-related
3040setup/configuration, timeouts, and authentication
3041inherent in the other remote access methods but still
3042create a connection which uses the remote protocol.
3043
3044To connect using the @code{fork} method, use
3045@samp{:fork:} and the pathname to your local
3046repository.  For example:
3047
3048@example
3049cvs -d :fork:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
3050@end example
3051
3052@cindex CVS_SERVER, and :fork:
3053As with @code{:ext:}, the server is called @samp{cvs}
3054by default, or the value of the @code{CVS_SERVER}
3055environment variable.
3056
3057
3058@node Write proxies
3059@subsection Distributing load across several CVS servers
3060
3061@cindex PrimaryServer, in CVSROOT/config
3062@cindex Primary server
3063@cindex Secondary server
3064@cindex proxy, write
3065@cindex write proxy
3066@sc{cvs} can be configured to distribute usage across several @sc{cvs}
3067servers.  This is accomplished by means of one or more @dfn{write proxies}, or
3068@dfn{secondary servers}, for a single @dfn{primary server}.
3069
3070When a @sc{cvs} client accesses a secondary server and only sends read
3071requests, then the secondary server handles the entire request.  If the client
3072sends any write requests, however, the secondary server asks the client to
3073redirect its write request to the primary server, if the client supports
3074redirect requests, and otherwise becomes a transparent proxy for the primary
3075server, which actually handles the write request.
3076
3077In this manner, any number of read-only secondary servers may be configured as
3078write proxies for the primary server, effectively distributing the load from
3079all read operations between the secondary servers and restricting the load on
3080the primary server to write operations and pushing changes to the secondaries.
3081
3082Primary servers will not automatically push changes to secondaries.  This must
3083be configured via @file{loginfo}, @file{postadmin}, @file{posttag}, &
3084@file{postwatch} scripts (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}) like the following:
3085
3086@example
3087ALL	rsync -gopr -essh ./ secondary:/cvsroot/%p &
3088@end example
3089
3090You would probably actually want to lock directories for write on the secondary
3091and for read on the primary before running the @samp{rsync} in the above
3092example, but describing such a setup is beyond the scope of this document.
3093
3094A secondary advantage of a write proxy setup is that users pointing at the
3095secondary server can still execute fast read operations while on a network that
3096connects to the primary over a slow link or even one where the link to the
3097primary is periodically broken.  Only write operations will require the network
3098link to the primary.
3099
3100To configure write proxies, the primary must be specified with the
3101@samp{PrimaryServer} option in @file{CVSROOT/config} (@pxref{config}).  For the
3102transparent proxy mode to work, all secondary servers must also be running the
3103same version of the @sc{cvs} server, or at least one that provides the same
3104list of supported requests to the client as the primary server.  This is not
3105necessary for redirection.
3106
3107Once a primary server is configured, secondary servers may be configured by:
3108
3109@enumerate
3110@item
3111Duplicating the primary repository at the new location.
3112@item
3113Setting up the @file{loginfo}, @file{postadmin}, @file{posttag}, and
3114@file{postwatch} files on the primary to propagate writes to the new secondary.
3115@item
3116Configure remote access to the secondary(ies) as you would configure access
3117to any other CVS server (@pxref{Remote repositories}).
3118@item
3119Ensuring that @code{--allow-root=@var{secondary-cvsroot}} is passed to
3120@strong{all} incovations of the secondary server if the path to the @sc{cvs}
3121repository directory is different on the two servers and you wish to support
3122clients that do not handle the @samp{Redirect} resopnse (CVS 1.12.9 and earlier
3123clients do not handle the @samp{Redirect} response).
3124
3125Please note, again, that writethrough proxy suport requires
3126@code{--allow-root=@var{secondary-cvsroot}} to be specified for @strong{all}
3127incovations of the secondary server, not just @samp{pserver} invocations.
3128This may require a wrapper script for the @sc{cvs} executable
3129on your server machine.
3130@end enumerate
3131
3132
3133@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3134@node Read-only access
3135@section Read-only repository access
3136@cindex Read-only repository access
3137@cindex readers (admin file)
3138@cindex writers (admin file)
3139
3140        It is possible to grant read-only repository
3141access to people using the password-authenticated
3142server (@pxref{Password authenticated}).  (The
3143other access methods do not have explicit support for
3144read-only users because those methods all assume login
3145access to the repository machine anyway, and therefore
3146the user can do whatever local file permissions allow
3147her to do.)
3148
3149        A user who has read-only access can do only
3150those @sc{cvs} operations which do not modify the
3151repository, except for certain ``administrative'' files
3152(such as lock files and the history file).  It may be
3153desirable to use this feature in conjunction with
3154user-aliasing (@pxref{Password authentication server}).
3155
3156Unlike with previous versions of @sc{cvs}, read-only
3157users should be able merely to read the repository, and
3158not to execute programs on the server or otherwise gain
3159unexpected levels of access.  Or to be more accurate,
3160the @emph{known} holes have been plugged.  Because this
3161feature is new and has not received a comprehensive
3162security audit, you should use whatever level of
3163caution seems warranted given your attitude concerning
3164security.
3165
3166        There are two ways to specify read-only access
3167for a user: by inclusion, and by exclusion.
3168
3169        "Inclusion" means listing that user
3170specifically in the @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/readers}
3171file, which is simply a newline-separated list of
3172users.  Here is a sample @file{readers} file:
3173
3174@example
3175melissa
3176splotnik
3177jrandom
3178@end example
3179
3180@noindent
3181        (Don't forget the newline after the last user.)
3182
3183        "Exclusion" means explicitly listing everyone
3184who has @emph{write} access---if the file
3185
3186@example
3187$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/writers
3188@end example
3189
3190@noindent
3191exists, then only
3192those users listed in it have write access, and
3193everyone else has read-only access (of course, even the
3194read-only users still need to be listed in the
3195@sc{cvs} @file{passwd} file).  The
3196@file{writers} file has the same format as the
3197@file{readers} file.
3198
3199        Note: if your @sc{cvs} @file{passwd}
3200file maps cvs users onto system users (@pxref{Password
3201authentication server}), make sure you deny or grant
3202read-only access using the @emph{cvs} usernames, not
3203the system usernames.  That is, the @file{readers} and
3204@file{writers} files contain cvs usernames, which may
3205or may not be the same as system usernames.
3206
3207        Here is a complete description of the server's
3208behavior in deciding whether to grant read-only or
3209read-write access:
3210
3211        If @file{readers} exists, and this user is
3212listed in it, then she gets read-only access.  Or if
3213@file{writers} exists, and this user is NOT listed in
3214it, then she also gets read-only access (this is true
3215even if @file{readers} exists but she is not listed
3216there).  Otherwise, she gets full read-write access.
3217
3218        Of course there is a conflict if the user is
3219listed in both files.  This is resolved in the more
3220conservative way, it being better to protect the
3221repository too much than too little: such a user gets
3222read-only access.
3223
3224@node Server temporary directory
3225@section Temporary directories for the server
3226@cindex Temporary directories, and server
3227@cindex Server, temporary directories
3228
3229While running, the @sc{cvs} server creates temporary
3230directories.  They are named
3231
3232@example
3233cvs-serv@var{pid}
3234@end example
3235
3236@noindent
3237where @var{pid} is the process identification number of
3238the server.
3239They are located in the directory specified by 
3240the @samp{-T} global option (@pxref{Global options}), 
3241the @code{TMPDIR} environment variable (@pxref{Environment variables}), 
3242or, failing that, @file{/tmp}.
3243
3244In most cases the server will remove the temporary
3245directory when it is done, whether it finishes normally
3246or abnormally.  However, there are a few cases in which
3247the server does not or cannot remove the temporary
3248directory, for example:
3249
3250@itemize @bullet
3251@item
3252If the server aborts due to an internal server error,
3253it may preserve the directory to aid in debugging
3254
3255@item
3256If the server is killed in a way that it has no way of
3257cleaning up (most notably, @samp{kill -KILL} on unix).
3258
3259@item
3260If the system shuts down without an orderly shutdown,
3261which tells the server to clean up.
3262@end itemize
3263
3264In cases such as this, you will need to manually remove
3265the @file{cvs-serv@var{pid}} directories.  As long as
3266there is no server running with process identification
3267number @var{pid}, it is safe to do so.
3268
3269@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3270@node Starting a new project
3271@chapter Starting a project with CVS
3272@cindex Starting a project with CVS
3273@cindex Creating a project
3274
3275@comment --moduledb--
3276Because renaming files and moving them between
3277directories is somewhat inconvenient, the first thing
3278you do when you start a new project should be to think
3279through your file organization.  It is not impossible
3280to rename or move files, but it does increase the
3281potential for confusion and @sc{cvs} does have some
3282quirks particularly in the area of renaming
3283directories.  @xref{Moving files}.
3284
3285What to do next depends on the situation at hand.
3286
3287@menu
3288* Setting up the files::        Getting the files into the repository
3289* Defining the module::         How to make a module of the files
3290@end menu
3291@c -- File permissions!
3292
3293@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3294@node Setting up the files
3295@section Setting up the files
3296
3297The first step is to create the files inside the repository.  This can
3298be done in a couple of different ways.
3299
3300@c -- The contributed scripts
3301@menu
3302* From files::                  This method is useful with old projects
3303                                where files already exists.
3304* From other version control systems::  Old projects where you want to
3305                                        preserve history from another system.
3306* From scratch::                Creating a directory tree from scratch.
3307@end menu
3308
3309@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3310@node From files
3311@subsection Creating a directory tree from a number of files
3312@cindex Importing files
3313
3314When you begin using @sc{cvs}, you will probably already have several
3315projects that can be
3316put under @sc{cvs} control.  In these cases the easiest way is to use the
3317@code{import} command.  An example is probably the easiest way to
3318explain how to use it.  If the files you want to install in
3319@sc{cvs} reside in @file{@var{wdir}}, and you want them to appear in the
3320repository as @file{$CVSROOT/yoyodyne/@var{rdir}}, you can do this:
3321
3322@example
3323$ cd @var{wdir}
3324$ cvs import -m "Imported sources" yoyodyne/@var{rdir} yoyo start
3325@end example
3326
3327Unless you supply a log message with the @samp{-m}
3328flag, @sc{cvs} starts an editor and prompts for a
3329message.  The string @samp{yoyo} is a @dfn{vendor tag},
3330and @samp{start} is a @dfn{release tag}.  They may fill
3331no purpose in this context, but since @sc{cvs} requires
3332them they must be present.  @xref{Tracking sources}, for
3333more information about them.
3334
3335You can now verify that it worked, and remove your
3336original source directory.
3337@c FIXME: Need to say more about "verify that it
3338@c worked".  What should the user look for in the output
3339@c from "diff -r"?
3340
3341@example
3342$ cd ..
3343$ cvs checkout yoyodyne/@var{rdir}       # @r{Explanation below}
3344$ diff -r @var{wdir} yoyodyne/@var{rdir}
3345$ rm -r @var{wdir}
3346@end example
3347
3348@noindent
3349Erasing the original sources is a good idea, to make sure that you do
3350not accidentally edit them in @var{wdir}, bypassing @sc{cvs}.
3351Of course, it would be wise to make sure that you have
3352a backup of the sources before you remove them.
3353
3354The @code{checkout} command can either take a module
3355name as argument (as it has done in all previous
3356examples) or a path name relative to @code{$CVSROOT},
3357as it did in the example above.
3358
3359It is a good idea to check that the permissions
3360@sc{cvs} sets on the directories inside @code{$CVSROOT}
3361are reasonable, and that they belong to the proper
3362groups.  @xref{File permissions}.
3363
3364If some of the files you want to import are binary, you
3365may want to use the wrappers features to specify which
3366files are binary and which are not.  @xref{Wrappers}.
3367
3368@c The node name is too long, but I am having trouble
3369@c thinking of something more concise.
3370@node From other version control systems
3371@subsection Creating Files From Other Version Control Systems
3372@cindex Importing files, from other version control systems
3373
3374If you have a project which you are maintaining with
3375another version control system, such as @sc{rcs}, you
3376may wish to put the files from that project into
3377@sc{cvs}, and preserve the revision history of the
3378files.
3379
3380@table @asis
3381@cindex RCS, importing files from
3382@item From RCS
3383If you have been using @sc{rcs}, find the @sc{rcs}
3384files---usually a file named @file{foo.c} will have its
3385@sc{rcs} file in @file{RCS/foo.c,v} (but it could be
3386other places; consult the @sc{rcs} documentation for
3387details).  Then create the appropriate directories in
3388@sc{cvs} if they do not already exist.  Then copy the
3389files into the appropriate directories in the @sc{cvs}
3390repository (the name in the repository must be the name
3391of the source file with @samp{,v} added; the files go
3392directly in the appropriate directory of the repository,
3393not in an @file{RCS} subdirectory).  This is one of the
3394few times when it is a good idea to access the @sc{cvs}
3395repository directly, rather than using @sc{cvs}
3396commands.  Then you are ready to check out a new
3397working directory.
3398@c Someday there probably should be a "cvs import -t
3399@c rcs" or some such.  It could even create magic
3400@c branches.  It could also do something about the case
3401@c where the RCS file had a (non-magic) "0" branch.
3402
3403The @sc{rcs} file should not be locked when you move it
3404into @sc{cvs}; if it is, @sc{cvs} will have trouble
3405letting you operate on it.
3406@c What is the easiest way to unlock your files if you
3407@c have them locked?  Especially if you have a lot of them?
3408@c This is a CVS bug/misfeature; importing RCS files
3409@c should ignore whether they are locked and leave them in
3410@c an unlocked state.  Yet another reason for a separate
3411@c "import RCS file" command.
3412
3413@c How many is "many"? Or do they just import RCS files?
3414@item From another version control system
3415Many version control systems have the ability to export
3416@sc{rcs} files in the standard format.  If yours does,
3417export the @sc{rcs} files and then follow the above
3418instructions.
3419
3420Failing that, probably your best bet is to write a
3421script that will check out the files one revision at a
3422time using the command line interface to the other
3423system, and then check the revisions into @sc{cvs}.
3424The @file{sccs2rcs} script mentioned below may be a
3425useful example to follow.
3426
3427@cindex SCCS, importing files from
3428@item From SCCS
3429There is a script in the @file{contrib} directory of
3430the @sc{cvs} source distribution called @file{sccs2rcs}
3431which converts @sc{sccs} files to @sc{rcs} files.
3432Note: you must run it on a machine which has both
3433@sc{sccs} and @sc{rcs} installed, and like everything
3434else in contrib it is unsupported (your mileage may
3435vary).
3436
3437@cindex PVCS, importing files from
3438@item From PVCS
3439There is a script in the @file{contrib} directory of
3440the @sc{cvs} source distribution called @file{pvcs_to_rcs}
3441which converts @sc{pvcs} archives to @sc{rcs} files.
3442You must run it on a machine which has both
3443@sc{pvcs} and @sc{rcs} installed, and like everything
3444else in contrib it is unsupported (your mileage may
3445vary).  See the comments in the script for details.
3446@end table
3447@c CMZ and/or PATCHY were systems that were used in the
3448@c high energy physics community (especially for
3449@c CERNLIB).  CERN has replaced them with CVS, but the
3450@c CAR format seems to live on as a way to submit
3451@c changes.  There is a program car2cvs which converts
3452@c but I'm not sure where one gets a copy.
3453@c Not sure it is worth mentioning here, since it would
3454@c appear to affect only one particular community.
3455@c Best page for more information is:
3456@c http://wwwcn1.cern.ch/asd/cvs/index.html
3457@c See also:
3458@c http://ecponion.cern.ch/ecpsa/cernlib.html
3459
3460@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3461@node From scratch
3462@subsection Creating a directory tree from scratch
3463
3464@c Also/instead should be documenting
3465@c $ cvs co -l .
3466@c $ mkdir tc
3467@c $ cvs add tc
3468@c $ cd tc
3469@c $ mkdir man
3470@c $ cvs add man
3471@c etc.
3472@c Using import to create the directories only is
3473@c probably a somewhat confusing concept.
3474For a new project, the easiest thing to do is probably
3475to create an empty directory structure, like this:
3476
3477@example
3478$ mkdir tc
3479$ mkdir tc/man
3480$ mkdir tc/testing
3481@end example
3482
3483After that, you use the @code{import} command to create
3484the corresponding (empty) directory structure inside
3485the repository:
3486
3487@example
3488$ cd tc
3489$ cvs import -m "Created directory structure" yoyodyne/@var{dir} yoyo start
3490@end example
3491
3492This will add yoyodyne/@var{dir} as a directory under
3493@code{$CVSROOT}.
3494
3495Use @code{checkout} to get the new project.  Then, use @code{add}
3496to add files (and new directories) as needed.
3497
3498@example
3499$ cd ..
3500$ cvs co yoyodyne/@var{dir}
3501@end example
3502
3503Check that the permissions @sc{cvs} sets on the
3504directories inside @code{$CVSROOT} are reasonable.
3505
3506@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3507@node Defining the module
3508@section Defining the module
3509@cindex Defining a module
3510@cindex Editing the modules file
3511@cindex Module, defining
3512@cindex Modules file, changing
3513
3514The next step is to define the module in the
3515@file{modules} file.  This is not strictly necessary,
3516but modules can be convenient in grouping together
3517related files and directories.
3518
3519In simple cases these steps are sufficient to define a module.
3520
3521@enumerate
3522@item
3523Get a working copy of the modules file.
3524
3525@example
3526$ cvs checkout CVSROOT/modules
3527$ cd CVSROOT
3528@end example
3529
3530@item
3531Edit the file and insert a line that defines the module.  @xref{Intro
3532administrative files}, for an introduction.  @xref{modules}, for a full
3533description of the modules file.  You can use the
3534following line to define the module @samp{tc}:
3535
3536@example
3537tc   yoyodyne/tc
3538@end example
3539
3540@item
3541Commit your changes to the modules file.
3542
3543@example
3544$ cvs commit -m "Added the tc module." modules
3545@end example
3546
3547@item
3548Release the modules module.
3549
3550@example
3551$ cd ..
3552$ cvs release -d CVSROOT
3553@end example
3554@end enumerate
3555
3556@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3557@node Revisions
3558@chapter Revisions
3559
3560For many uses of @sc{cvs}, one doesn't need to worry
3561too much about revision numbers; @sc{cvs} assigns
3562numbers such as @code{1.1}, @code{1.2}, and so on, and
3563that is all one needs to know.  However, some people
3564prefer to have more knowledge and control concerning
3565how @sc{cvs} assigns revision numbers.
3566
3567If one wants to keep track of a set of revisions
3568involving more than one file, such as which revisions
3569went into a particular release, one uses a @dfn{tag},
3570which is a symbolic revision which can be assigned to a
3571numeric revision in each file.
3572
3573@menu
3574* Revision numbers::            The meaning of a revision number
3575* Versions revisions releases::  Terminology used in this manual
3576* Assigning revisions::         Assigning revisions
3577* Tags::                        Tags--Symbolic revisions
3578* Tagging the working directory::  The cvs tag command
3579* Tagging by date/tag::         The cvs rtag command
3580* Modifying tags::              Adding, renaming, and deleting tags
3581* Tagging add/remove::          Tags with adding and removing files
3582* Sticky tags::                 Certain tags are persistent
3583@end menu
3584
3585@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3586@node Revision numbers
3587@section Revision numbers
3588@cindex Revision numbers
3589@cindex Revision tree
3590@cindex Linear development
3591@cindex Number, revision-
3592@cindex Decimal revision number
3593@cindex Branch number
3594@cindex Number, branch
3595
3596Each version of a file has a unique @dfn{revision
3597number}.  Revision numbers look like @samp{1.1},
3598@samp{1.2}, @samp{1.3.2.2} or even @samp{1.3.2.2.4.5}.
3599A revision number always has an even number of
3600period-separated decimal integers.  By default revision
36011.1 is the first revision of a file.  Each successive
3602revision is given a new number by increasing the
3603rightmost number by one.  The following figure displays
3604a few revisions, with newer revisions to the right.
3605
3606@example
3607       +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
3608       ! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !
3609       +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
3610@end example
3611
3612It is also possible to end up with numbers containing
3613more than one period, for example @samp{1.3.2.2}.  Such
3614revisions represent revisions on branches
3615(@pxref{Branching and merging}); such revision numbers
3616are explained in detail in @ref{Branches and
3617revisions}.
3618
3619@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3620@node Versions revisions releases
3621@section Versions, revisions and releases
3622@cindex Revisions, versions and releases
3623@cindex Versions, revisions and releases
3624@cindex Releases, revisions and versions
3625
3626A file can have several versions, as described above.
3627Likewise, a software product can have several versions.
3628A software product is often given a version number such
3629as @samp{4.1.1}.
3630
3631Versions in the first sense are called @dfn{revisions}
3632in this document, and versions in the second sense are
3633called @dfn{releases}.  To avoid confusion, the word
3634@dfn{version} is almost never used in this document.
3635
3636@node Assigning revisions
3637@section Assigning revisions
3638
3639@c We avoid the "major revision" terminology.  It seems
3640@c like jargon.  Hopefully "first number" is clear enough.
3641@c
3642@c Well, in the context of software release numbers,
3643@c "major" and "minor" release or version numbers are
3644@c documented in at least the GNU Coding Standards, but I'm
3645@c still not sure I find that a valid reason to apply the
3646@c terminology to RCS revision numbers.  "First", "Second",
3647@c "subsequent", and so on is almost surely clearer,
3648@c especially to a novice reader. -DRP
3649By default, @sc{cvs} will assign numeric revisions by
3650leaving the first number the same and incrementing the
3651second number.  For example, @code{1.1}, @code{1.2},
3652@code{1.3}, etc.
3653
3654When adding a new file, the second number will always
3655be one and the first number will equal the highest
3656first number of any file in that directory.  For
3657example, the current directory contains files whose
3658highest numbered revisions are @code{1.7}, @code{3.1},
3659and @code{4.12}, then an added file will be given the
3660numeric revision @code{4.1}.
3661(When using client/server @sc{cvs},
3662only files that are actually sent to the server are considered.)
3663
3664@c This is sort of redundant with something we said a
3665@c while ago.  Somewhere we need a better way of
3666@c introducing how the first number can be anything
3667@c except "1", perhaps.  Also I don't think this
3668@c presentation is clear on why we are discussing releases
3669@c and first numbers of numeric revisions in the same
3670@c breath.
3671Normally there is no reason to care
3672about the revision numbers---it is easier to treat them
3673as internal numbers that @sc{cvs} maintains, and tags
3674provide a better way to distinguish between things like
3675release 1 versus release 2 of your product
3676(@pxref{Tags}).  However, if you want to set the
3677numeric revisions, the @samp{-r} option to @code{cvs
3678commit} can do that.  The @samp{-r} option implies the
3679@samp{-f} option, in the sense that it causes the
3680files to be committed even if they are not modified.
3681
3682For example, to bring all your files up to
3683revision 3.0 (including those that haven't changed),
3684you might invoke:
3685
3686@example
3687$ cvs commit -r 3.0
3688@end example
3689
3690Note that the number you specify with @samp{-r} must be
3691larger than any existing revision number.  That is, if
3692revision 3.0 exists, you cannot @samp{cvs commit
3693-r 1.3}.  If you want to maintain several releases in
3694parallel, you need to use a branch (@pxref{Branching and merging}).
3695
3696@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3697@node Tags
3698@section Tags--Symbolic revisions
3699@cindex Tags
3700
3701The revision numbers live a life of their own.  They
3702need not have anything at all to do with the release
3703numbers of your software product.  Depending
3704on how you use @sc{cvs} the revision numbers might change several times
3705between two releases.  As an example, some of the
3706source files that make up @sc{rcs} 5.6 have the following
3707revision numbers:
3708@cindex RCS revision numbers
3709
3710@example
3711ci.c            5.21
3712co.c            5.9
3713ident.c         5.3
3714rcs.c           5.12
3715rcsbase.h       5.11
3716rcsdiff.c       5.10
3717rcsedit.c       5.11
3718rcsfcmp.c       5.9
3719rcsgen.c        5.10
3720rcslex.c        5.11
3721rcsmap.c        5.2
3722rcsutil.c       5.10
3723@end example
3724
3725@cindex tag (subcommand), introduction
3726@cindex Tags, symbolic name
3727@cindex Symbolic name (tag)
3728@cindex Name, symbolic (tag)
3729@cindex HEAD, as reserved tag name
3730@cindex BASE, as reserved tag name
3731You can use the @code{tag} command to give a symbolic name to a
3732certain revision of a file.  You can use the @samp{-v} flag to the
3733@code{status} command to see all tags that a file has, and
3734which revision numbers they represent.  Tag names must
3735start with an uppercase or lowercase letter and can
3736contain uppercase and lowercase letters, digits,
3737@samp{-}, and @samp{_}.  The two tag names @code{BASE}
3738and @code{HEAD} are reserved for use by @sc{cvs}.  It
3739is expected that future names which are special to
3740@sc{cvs} will be specially named, for example by
3741starting with @samp{.}, rather than being named analogously to
3742@code{BASE} and @code{HEAD}, to avoid conflicts with
3743actual tag names.
3744@c Including a character such as % or = has also been
3745@c suggested as the naming convention for future
3746@c special tag names.  Starting with . is nice because
3747@c that is not a legal tag name as far as RCS is concerned.
3748@c FIXME: CVS actually accepts quite a few characters
3749@c in tag names, not just the ones documented above
3750@c (see RCS_check_tag).  RCS
3751@c defines legitimate tag names by listing illegal
3752@c characters rather than legal ones.  CVS is said to lose its
3753@c mind if you try to use "/" (try making such a tag sticky
3754@c and using "cvs status" client/server--see remote
3755@c protocol format for entries line for probable cause).
3756@c TODO: The testsuite
3757@c should test for whatever are documented above as
3758@c officially-OK tag names, and CVS should at least reject
3759@c characters that won't work, like "/".
3760
3761You'll want to choose some convention for naming tags,
3762based on information such as the name of the program
3763and the version number of the release.  For example,
3764one might take the name of the program, immediately
3765followed by the version number with @samp{.} changed to
3766@samp{-}, so that @sc{cvs} 1.9 would be tagged with the name
3767@code{cvs1-9}.  If you choose a consistent convention,
3768then you won't constantly be guessing whether a tag is
3769@code{cvs-1-9} or @code{cvs1_9} or what.  You might
3770even want to consider enforcing your convention in the
3771@file{taginfo} file (@pxref{taginfo}).
3772@c Might be nice to say more about using taginfo this
3773@c way, like giving an example, or pointing out any particular
3774@c issues which arise.
3775
3776@cindex Adding a tag
3777@cindex Tags, example
3778The following example shows how you can add a tag to a
3779file.  The commands must be issued inside your working
3780directory.  That is, you should issue the
3781command in the directory where @file{backend.c}
3782resides.
3783
3784@example
3785$ cvs tag rel-0-4 backend.c
3786T backend.c
3787$ cvs status -v backend.c
3788===================================================================
3789File: backend.c         Status: Up-to-date
3790
3791    Version:            1.4     Tue Dec  1 14:39:01 1992
3792    RCS Version:        1.4     /u/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/backend.c,v
3793    Sticky Tag:         (none)
3794    Sticky Date:        (none)
3795    Sticky Options:     (none)
3796
3797    Existing Tags:
3798        rel-0-4                     (revision: 1.4)
3799
3800@end example
3801
3802For a complete summary of the syntax of @code{cvs tag},
3803including the various options, see @ref{Invoking CVS}.
3804
3805There is seldom reason to tag a file in isolation.  A more common use is
3806to tag all the files that constitute a module with the same tag at
3807strategic points in the development life-cycle, such as when a release
3808is made.
3809
3810@example
3811$ cvs tag rel-1-0 .
3812cvs tag: Tagging .
3813T Makefile
3814T backend.c
3815T driver.c
3816T frontend.c
3817T parser.c
3818@end example
3819
3820@noindent
3821(When you give @sc{cvs} a directory as argument, it generally applies the
3822operation to all the files in that directory, and (recursively), to any
3823subdirectories that it may contain.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.)
3824
3825@cindex Retrieving an old revision using tags
3826@cindex Tags, retrieving old revisions
3827The @code{checkout} command has a flag, @samp{-r}, that lets you check out
3828a certain revision of a module.  This flag makes it easy to
3829retrieve the sources that make up release 1.0 of the module @samp{tc} at
3830any time in the future:
3831
3832@example
3833$ cvs checkout -r rel-1-0 tc
3834@end example
3835
3836@noindent
3837This is useful, for instance, if someone claims that there is a bug in
3838that release, but you cannot find the bug in the current working copy.
3839
3840You can also check out a module as it was on any branch at any given date.
3841@xref{checkout options}.  When specifying @samp{-r} or @samp{-D} to
3842any of these commands, you will need beware of sticky
3843tags; see @ref{Sticky tags}.
3844
3845When you tag more than one file with the same tag you
3846can think about the tag as "a curve drawn through a
3847matrix of filename vs. revision number."  Say we have 5
3848files with the following revisions:
3849
3850@example
3851@group
3852        file1   file2   file3   file4   file5
3853
3854        1.1     1.1     1.1     1.1  /--1.1*      <-*-  TAG
3855        1.2*-   1.2     1.2    -1.2*-
3856        1.3  \- 1.3*-   1.3   / 1.3
3857        1.4          \  1.4  /  1.4
3858                      \-1.5*-   1.5
3859                        1.6
3860@end group
3861@end example
3862
3863At some time in the past, the @code{*} versions were tagged.
3864You can think of the tag as a handle attached to the curve
3865drawn through the tagged revisions.  When you pull on
3866the handle, you get all the tagged revisions.  Another
3867way to look at it is that you "sight" through a set of
3868revisions that is "flat" along the tagged revisions,
3869like this:
3870
3871@example
3872@group
3873        file1   file2   file3   file4   file5
3874
3875                        1.1
3876                        1.2
3877                1.1     1.3                       _
3878        1.1     1.2     1.4     1.1              /
3879        1.2*----1.3*----1.5*----1.2*----1.1*    (--- <--- Look here
3880        1.3             1.6     1.3              \_
3881        1.4                     1.4
3882                                1.5
3883@end group
3884@end example
3885
3886@node Tagging the working directory
3887@section Specifying what to tag from the working directory
3888
3889@cindex tag (subcommand)
3890The example in the previous section demonstrates one of
3891the most common ways to choose which revisions to tag.
3892Namely, running the @code{cvs tag} command without
3893arguments causes @sc{cvs} to select the revisions which
3894are checked out in the current working directory.  For
3895example, if the copy of @file{backend.c} in working
3896directory was checked out from revision 1.4, then
3897@sc{cvs} will tag revision 1.4.  Note that the tag is
3898applied immediately to revision 1.4 in the repository;
3899tagging is not like modifying a file, or other
3900operations in which one first modifies the working
3901directory and then runs @code{cvs commit} to transfer
3902that modification to the repository.
3903
3904One potentially surprising aspect of the fact that
3905@code{cvs tag} operates on the repository is that you
3906are tagging the checked-in revisions, which may differ
3907from locally modified files in your working directory.
3908If you want to avoid doing this by mistake, specify the
3909@samp{-c} option to @code{cvs tag}.  If there are any
3910locally modified files, @sc{cvs} will abort with an
3911error before it tags any files:
3912
3913@example
3914$ cvs tag -c rel-0-4
3915cvs tag: backend.c is locally modified
3916cvs [tag aborted]: correct the above errors first!
3917@end example
3918
3919@node Tagging by date/tag
3920@section Specifying what to tag by date or revision
3921@cindex rtag (subcommand)
3922
3923The @code{cvs rtag} command tags the repository as of a
3924certain date or time (or can be used to tag the latest
3925revision).  @code{rtag} works directly on the
3926repository contents (it requires no prior checkout and
3927does not look for a working directory).
3928
3929The following options specify which date or revision to
3930tag.  See @ref{Common options}, for a complete
3931description of them.
3932
3933@table @code
3934@item -D @var{date}
3935Tag the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
3936
3937@item -f
3938Only useful with the @samp{-D} or @samp{-r}
3939flags.  If no matching revision is found, use the most
3940recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
3941
3942@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
3943Tag the revision already tagged with @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
3944and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
3945existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
3946@end table
3947
3948The @code{cvs tag} command also allows one to specify
3949files by revision or date, using the same @samp{-r},
3950@samp{-D}, and @samp{-f} options.  However, this
3951feature is probably not what you want.  The reason is
3952that @code{cvs tag} chooses which files to tag based on
3953the files that exist in the working directory, rather
3954than the files which existed as of the given tag/date.
3955Therefore, you are generally better off using @code{cvs
3956rtag}.  The exceptions might be cases like:
3957
3958@example
3959cvs tag -r 1.4 stable backend.c
3960@end example
3961
3962@node Modifying tags
3963@section Deleting, moving, and renaming tags
3964
3965@c Also see:
3966@c  "How do I move or rename a magic branch tag?"
3967@c in the FAQ (I think the issues it talks about still
3968@c apply, but this could use some sanity.sh work).
3969
3970Normally one does not modify tags.  They exist in order
3971to record the history of the repository and so deleting
3972them or changing their meaning would, generally, not be
3973what you want.
3974
3975However, there might be cases in which one uses a tag
3976temporarily or accidentally puts one in the wrong
3977place.  Therefore, one might delete, move, or rename a
3978tag.
3979
3980@noindent
3981@strong{WARNING: the commands in this section are
3982dangerous; they permanently discard historical
3983information and it can be difficult or impossible to
3984recover from errors.  If you are a @sc{cvs}
3985administrator, you may consider restricting these
3986commands with the @file{taginfo} file (@pxref{taginfo}).}
3987
3988@cindex Deleting tags
3989@cindex Deleting branch tags
3990@cindex Removing tags
3991@cindex Removing branch tags
3992@cindex Tags, deleting
3993@cindex Branch tags, deleting
3994To delete a tag, specify the @samp{-d} option to either
3995@code{cvs tag} or @code{cvs rtag}.  For example:
3996
3997@example
3998cvs rtag -d rel-0-4 tc
3999@end example
4000
4001@noindent
4002deletes the non-branch tag @code{rel-0-4} from the module @code{tc}.
4003In the event that branch tags are encountered within the repository
4004with the given name, a warning message will be issued and the branch 
4005tag will not be deleted.  If you are absolutely certain you know what
4006you are doing, the @code{-B} option may be specified to allow deletion
4007of branch tags.  In that case, any non-branch tags encountered will
4008trigger warnings and will not be deleted.
4009
4010@noindent
4011@strong{WARNING: Moving branch tags is very dangerous!  If you think
4012you need the @code{-B} option, think again and ask your @sc{cvs}
4013administrator about it (if that isn't you).  There is almost certainly
4014another way to accomplish what you want to accomplish.}
4015
4016@cindex Moving tags
4017@cindex Moving branch tags
4018@cindex Tags, moving
4019@cindex Branch tags, moving
4020When we say @dfn{move} a tag, we mean to make the same
4021name point to different revisions.  For example, the
4022@code{stable} tag may currently point to revision 1.4
4023of @file{backend.c} and perhaps we want to make it
4024point to revision 1.6.  To move a non-branch tag, specify the
4025@samp{-F} option to either @code{cvs tag} or @code{cvs
4026rtag}.  For example, the task just mentioned might be
4027accomplished as:
4028
4029@example
4030cvs tag -r 1.6 -F stable backend.c
4031@end example
4032
4033@noindent
4034If any branch tags are encountered in the repository 
4035with the given name, a warning is issued and the branch
4036tag is not disturbed.  If you are absolutely certain you
4037wish to move the branch tag, the @code{-B} option may be specified.
4038In that case, non-branch tags encountered with the given
4039name are ignored with a warning message.
4040
4041@noindent
4042@strong{WARNING: Moving branch tags is very dangerous!  If you think you
4043need the @code{-B} option, think again and ask your @sc{cvs}
4044administrator about it (if that isn't you).  There is almost certainly
4045another way to accomplish what you want to accomplish.}
4046
4047@cindex Renaming tags
4048@cindex Tags, renaming
4049When we say @dfn{rename} a tag, we mean to make a
4050different name point to the same revisions as the old
4051tag.  For example, one may have misspelled the tag name
4052and want to correct it (hopefully before others are
4053relying on the old spelling).  To rename a tag, first
4054create a new tag using the @samp{-r} option to
4055@code{cvs rtag}, and then delete the old name.  (Caution:
4056this method will not work with branch tags.) 
4057This leaves the new tag on exactly the 
4058same files as the old tag.  For example:
4059
4060@example
4061cvs rtag -r old-name-0-4 rel-0-4 tc
4062cvs rtag -d old-name-0-4 tc
4063@end example
4064
4065@node Tagging add/remove
4066@section Tagging and adding and removing files
4067
4068The subject of exactly how tagging interacts with
4069adding and removing files is somewhat obscure; for the
4070most part @sc{cvs} will keep track of whether files
4071exist or not without too much fussing.  By default,
4072tags are applied to only files which have a revision
4073corresponding to what is being tagged.  Files which did
4074not exist yet, or which were already removed, simply
4075omit the tag, and @sc{cvs} knows to treat the absence
4076of a tag as meaning that the file didn't exist as of
4077that tag.
4078
4079However, this can lose a small amount of information.
4080For example, suppose a file was added and then removed.
4081Then, if the tag is missing for that file, there is no
4082way to know whether the tag refers to the time before
4083the file was added, or the time after it was removed.
4084If you specify the @samp{-r} option to @code{cvs rtag},
4085then @sc{cvs} tags the files which have been removed,
4086and thereby avoids this problem.  For example, one
4087might specify @code{-r HEAD} to tag the head.
4088
4089On the subject of adding and removing files, the
4090@code{cvs rtag} command has a @samp{-a} option which
4091means to clear the tag from removed files that would
4092not otherwise be tagged.  For example, one might
4093specify this option in conjunction with @samp{-F} when
4094moving a tag.  If one moved a tag without @samp{-a},
4095then the tag in the removed files might still refer to
4096the old revision, rather than reflecting the fact that
4097the file had been removed.  I don't think this is
4098necessary if @samp{-r} is specified, as noted above.
4099
4100@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4101@node Sticky tags
4102@section Sticky tags
4103@cindex Sticky tags
4104@cindex Tags, sticky
4105
4106@c A somewhat related issue is per-directory sticky
4107@c tags (see comment at CVS/Tag in node Working
4108@c directory storage); we probably want to say
4109@c something like "you can set a sticky tag for only
4110@c some files, but you don't want to" or some such.
4111
4112Sometimes a working copy's revision has extra data
4113associated with it, for example it might be on a branch
4114(@pxref{Branching and merging}), or restricted to
4115versions prior to a certain date by @samp{checkout -D}
4116or @samp{update -D}.  Because this data persists --
4117that is, it applies to subsequent commands in the
4118working copy -- we refer to it as @dfn{sticky}.
4119
4120Most of the time, stickiness is an obscure aspect of
4121@sc{cvs} that you don't need to think about.  However,
4122even if you don't want to use the feature, you may need
4123to know @emph{something} about sticky tags (for
4124example, how to avoid them!).
4125
4126You can use the @code{status} command to see if any
4127sticky tags or dates are set:
4128
4129@example
4130$ cvs status driver.c
4131===================================================================
4132File: driver.c          Status: Up-to-date
4133
4134    Version:            1.7.2.1 Sat Dec  5 19:35:03 1992
4135    RCS Version:        1.7.2.1 /u/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/driver.c,v
4136    Sticky Tag:         rel-1-0-patches (branch: 1.7.2)
4137    Sticky Date:        (none)
4138    Sticky Options:     (none)
4139
4140@end example
4141
4142@cindex Resetting sticky tags
4143@cindex Sticky tags, resetting
4144@cindex Deleting sticky tags
4145The sticky tags will remain on your working files until
4146you delete them with @samp{cvs update -A}.  The
4147@samp{-A} option merges local changes into the version of the
4148file from the head of the trunk, removing any sticky tags,
4149dates, or options.  See @ref{update} for more on the operation
4150of @code{cvs update}.
4151
4152@cindex Sticky date
4153The most common use of sticky tags is to identify which
4154branch one is working on, as described in
4155@ref{Accessing branches}.  However, non-branch
4156sticky tags have uses as well.  For example,
4157suppose that you want to avoid updating your working
4158directory, to isolate yourself from possibly
4159destabilizing changes other people are making.  You
4160can, of course, just refrain from running @code{cvs
4161update}.  But if you want to avoid updating only a
4162portion of a larger tree, then sticky tags can help.
4163If you check out a certain revision (such as 1.4) it
4164will become sticky.  Subsequent @code{cvs update}
4165commands will
4166not retrieve the latest revision until you reset the
4167tag with @code{cvs update -A}.  Likewise, use of the
4168@samp{-D} option to @code{update} or @code{checkout}
4169sets a @dfn{sticky date}, which, similarly, causes that
4170date to be used for future retrievals.
4171
4172People often want to retrieve an old version of
4173a file without setting a sticky tag.  This can
4174be done with the @samp{-p} option to @code{checkout} or
4175@code{update}, which sends the contents of the file to
4176standard output.  For example:
4177@example
4178$ cvs update -p -r 1.1 file1 >file1
4179===================================================================
4180Checking out file1
4181RCS:  /tmp/cvs-sanity/cvsroot/first-dir/Attic/file1,v
4182VERS: 1.1
4183***************
4184$
4185@end example
4186
4187However, this isn't the easiest way, if you are asking
4188how to undo a previous checkin (in this example, put
4189@file{file1} back to the way it was as of revision
41901.1).  In that case you are better off using the
4191@samp{-j} option to @code{update}; for further
4192discussion see @ref{Merging two revisions}.
4193
4194@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
4195@node Branching and merging
4196@chapter Branching and merging
4197@cindex Branching
4198@cindex Merging
4199@cindex Copying changes
4200@cindex Main trunk and branches
4201@cindex Revision tree, making branches
4202@cindex Branches, copying changes between
4203@cindex Changes, copying between branches
4204@cindex Modifications, copying between branches
4205
4206@sc{cvs} allows you to isolate changes onto a separate
4207line of development, known as a @dfn{branch}.  When you
4208change files on a branch, those changes do not appear
4209on the main trunk or other branches.
4210
4211Later you can move changes from one branch to another
4212branch (or the main trunk) by @dfn{merging}.  Merging
4213involves first running @code{cvs update -j}, to merge
4214the changes into the working directory.
4215You can then commit that revision, and thus effectively
4216copy the changes onto another branch.
4217
4218@menu
4219* Branches motivation::         What branches are good for
4220* Creating a branch::           Creating a branch
4221* Accessing branches::          Checking out and updating branches
4222* Branches and revisions::      Branches are reflected in revision numbers
4223* Magic branch numbers::        Magic branch numbers
4224* Merging a branch::            Merging an entire branch
4225* Merging more than once::      Merging from a branch several times
4226* Merging two revisions::       Merging differences between two revisions
4227* Merging adds and removals::   What if files are added or removed?
4228* Merging and keywords::        Avoiding conflicts due to keyword substitution
4229@end menu
4230
4231@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4232@node Branches motivation
4233@section What branches are good for
4234@cindex Branches motivation
4235@cindex What branches are good for
4236@cindex Motivation for branches
4237
4238@c FIXME: this node mentions one way to use branches,
4239@c but it is by no means the only way.  For example,
4240@c the technique of committing a new feature on a branch,
4241@c until it is ready for the main trunk.  The whole
4242@c thing is generally speaking more akin to the
4243@c "Revision management" node although it isn't clear to
4244@c me whether policy matters should be centralized or
4245@c distributed throughout the relevant sections.
4246Suppose that release 1.0 of tc has been made.  You are continuing to
4247develop tc, planning to create release 1.1 in a couple of months.  After a
4248while your customers start to complain about a fatal bug.  You check
4249out release 1.0 (@pxref{Tags}) and find the bug
4250(which turns out to have a trivial fix).  However, the current revision
4251of the sources are in a state of flux and are not expected to be stable
4252for at least another month.  There is no way to make a
4253bug fix release based on the newest sources.
4254
4255The thing to do in a situation like this is to create a @dfn{branch} on
4256the revision trees for all the files that make up
4257release 1.0 of tc.  You can then make
4258modifications to the branch without disturbing the main trunk.  When the
4259modifications are finished you can elect to either incorporate them on
4260the main trunk, or leave them on the branch.
4261
4262@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4263@node Creating a branch
4264@section Creating a branch
4265@cindex Creating a branch
4266@cindex Branch, creating a
4267@cindex tag (subcommand), creating a branch using
4268@cindex rtag (subcommand), creating a branch using
4269
4270You can create a branch with @code{tag -b}; for
4271example, assuming you're in a working copy:
4272
4273@example
4274$ cvs tag -b rel-1-0-patches
4275@end example
4276
4277@c FIXME: we should be more explicit about the value of
4278@c having a tag on the branchpoint.  For example
4279@c "cvs tag rel-1-0-patches-branchpoint" before
4280@c the "cvs tag -b".  This points out that
4281@c rel-1-0-patches is a pretty awkward name for
4282@c this example (more so than for the rtag example
4283@c below).
4284
4285This splits off a branch based on the current revisions
4286in the working copy, assigning that branch the name
4287@samp{rel-1-0-patches}.
4288
4289It is important to understand that branches get created
4290in the repository, not in the working copy.  Creating a
4291branch based on current revisions, as the above example
4292does, will @emph{not} automatically switch the working
4293copy to be on the new branch.  For information on how
4294to do that, see @ref{Accessing branches}.
4295
4296You can also create a branch without reference to any
4297working copy, by using @code{rtag}:
4298
4299@example
4300$ cvs rtag -b -r rel-1-0 rel-1-0-patches tc
4301@end example
4302
4303@samp{-r rel-1-0} says that this branch should be
4304rooted at the revision that
4305corresponds to the tag @samp{rel-1-0}.  It need not
4306be the most recent revision -- it's often useful to
4307split a branch off an old revision (for example, when
4308fixing a bug in a past release otherwise known to be
4309stable).
4310
4311As with @samp{tag}, the @samp{-b} flag tells
4312@code{rtag} to create a branch (rather than just a
4313symbolic revision name).  Note that the numeric
4314revision number that matches @samp{rel-1-0} will
4315probably be different from file to file.
4316
4317So, the full effect of the command is to create a new
4318branch -- named @samp{rel-1-0-patches} -- in module
4319@samp{tc}, rooted in the revision tree at the point tagged
4320by @samp{rel-1-0}.
4321
4322@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4323@node Accessing branches
4324@section Accessing branches
4325@cindex Check out a branch
4326@cindex Retrieve a branch
4327@cindex Access a branch
4328@cindex Identifying a branch
4329@cindex Branch, check out
4330@cindex Branch, retrieving
4331@cindex Branch, accessing
4332@cindex Branch, identifying
4333
4334You can retrieve a branch in one of two ways: by
4335checking it out fresh from the repository, or by
4336switching an existing working copy over to the branch.
4337
4338To check out a branch from the repository, invoke
4339@samp{checkout} with the @samp{-r} flag, followed by
4340the tag name of the branch (@pxref{Creating a branch}):
4341
4342@example
4343$ cvs checkout -r rel-1-0-patches tc
4344@end example
4345
4346Or, if you already have a working copy, you can switch
4347it to a given branch with @samp{update -r}:
4348
4349@example
4350$ cvs update -r rel-1-0-patches tc
4351@end example
4352
4353@noindent
4354or equivalently:
4355
4356@example
4357$ cd tc
4358$ cvs update -r rel-1-0-patches
4359@end example
4360
4361It does not matter if the working copy was originally
4362on the main trunk or on some other branch -- the above
4363command will switch it to the named branch.  And
4364similarly to a regular @samp{update} command,
4365@samp{update -r} merges any changes you have made,
4366notifying you of conflicts where they occur.
4367
4368Once you have a working copy tied to a particular
4369branch, it remains there until you tell it otherwise.
4370This means that changes checked in from the working
4371copy will add new revisions on that branch, while
4372leaving the main trunk and other branches unaffected.
4373
4374@cindex Branches, sticky
4375To find out what branch a working copy is on, you can
4376use the @samp{status} command.  In its output, look for
4377the field named @samp{Sticky tag} (@pxref{Sticky tags})
4378-- that's @sc{cvs}'s way of telling you the branch, if
4379any, of the current working files:
4380
4381@example
4382$ cvs status -v driver.c backend.c
4383===================================================================
4384File: driver.c          Status: Up-to-date
4385
4386    Version:            1.7     Sat Dec  5 18:25:54 1992
4387    RCS Version:        1.7     /u/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/driver.c,v
4388    Sticky Tag:         rel-1-0-patches (branch: 1.7.2)
4389    Sticky Date:        (none)
4390    Sticky Options:     (none)
4391
4392    Existing Tags:
4393        rel-1-0-patches             (branch: 1.7.2)
4394        rel-1-0                     (revision: 1.7)
4395
4396===================================================================
4397File: backend.c         Status: Up-to-date
4398
4399    Version:            1.4     Tue Dec  1 14:39:01 1992
4400    RCS Version:        1.4     /u/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/backend.c,v
4401    Sticky Tag:         rel-1-0-patches (branch: 1.4.2)
4402    Sticky Date:        (none)
4403    Sticky Options:     (none)
4404
4405    Existing Tags:
4406        rel-1-0-patches             (branch: 1.4.2)
4407        rel-1-0                     (revision: 1.4)
4408        rel-0-4                     (revision: 1.4)
4409
4410@end example
4411
4412Don't be confused by the fact that the branch numbers
4413for each file are different (@samp{1.7.2} and
4414@samp{1.4.2} respectively).  The branch tag is the
4415same, @samp{rel-1-0-patches}, and the files are
4416indeed on the same branch.  The numbers simply reflect
4417the point in each file's revision history at which the
4418branch was made.  In the above example, one can deduce
4419that @samp{driver.c} had been through more changes than
4420@samp{backend.c} before this branch was created.
4421
4422See @ref{Branches and revisions} for details about how
4423branch numbers are constructed.
4424
4425@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4426@node Branches and revisions
4427@section Branches and revisions
4428@cindex Branch number
4429@cindex Number, branch
4430@cindex Revision numbers (branches)
4431
4432Ordinarily, a file's revision history is a linear
4433series of increments (@pxref{Revision numbers}):
4434
4435@example
4436       +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4437       ! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !
4438       +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4439@end example
4440
4441However, @sc{cvs} is not limited to linear development.  The
4442@dfn{revision tree} can be split into @dfn{branches},
4443where each branch is a self-maintained line of
4444development.  Changes made on one branch can easily be
4445moved back to the main trunk.
4446
4447Each branch has a @dfn{branch number}, consisting of an
4448odd number of period-separated decimal integers.  The
4449branch number is created by appending an integer to the
4450revision number where the corresponding branch forked
4451off.  Having branch numbers allows more than one branch
4452to be forked off from a certain revision.
4453
4454@need 3500
4455All revisions on a branch have revision numbers formed
4456by appending an ordinal number to the branch number.
4457The following figure illustrates branching with an
4458example.
4459
4460@example
4461@c This example used to have a 1.2.2.4 revision, which
4462@c might help clarify that development can continue on
4463@c 1.2.2.  Might be worth reinstating if it can be done
4464@c without overfull hboxes.
4465@group
4466                                                      +-------------+
4467                           Branch 1.2.2.3.2 ->        ! 1.2.2.3.2.1 !
4468                                                    / +-------------+
4469                                                   /
4470                                                  /
4471                 +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4472Branch 1.2.2 -> _! 1.2.2.1 !----! 1.2.2.2 !----! 1.2.2.3 !
4473               / +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4474              /
4475             /
4476+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4477! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !  <- The main trunk
4478+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4479                !
4480                !
4481                !   +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4482Branch 1.2.4 -> +---! 1.2.4.1 !----! 1.2.4.2 !----! 1.2.4.3 !
4483                    +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4484
4485@end group
4486@end example
4487
4488@c --   However, at least for me the figure is not enough.  I suggest more
4489@c --   text to accompany it.  "A picture is worth a thousand words", so you
4490@c --   have to make sure the reader notices the couple of hundred words
4491@c --   *you* had in mind more than the others!
4492
4493@c --   Why an even number of segments?  This section implies that this is
4494@c --   how the main trunk is distinguished from branch roots, but you never
4495@c --   explicitly say that this is the purpose of the [by itself rather
4496@c --   surprising] restriction to an even number of segments.
4497
4498The exact details of how the branch number is
4499constructed is not something you normally need to be
4500concerned about, but here is how it works: When
4501@sc{cvs} creates a branch number it picks the first
4502unused even integer, starting with 2.  So when you want
4503to create a branch from revision 6.4 it will be
4504numbered 6.4.2.  All branch numbers ending in a zero
4505(such as 6.4.0) are used internally by @sc{cvs}
4506(@pxref{Magic branch numbers}).  The branch 1.1.1 has a
4507special meaning.  @xref{Tracking sources}.
4508
4509@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4510@node Magic branch numbers
4511@section Magic branch numbers
4512
4513@c Want xref to here from "log"?
4514
4515This section describes a @sc{cvs} feature called
4516@dfn{magic branches}.  For most purposes, you need not
4517worry about magic branches; @sc{cvs} handles them for
4518you.  However, they are visible to you in certain
4519circumstances, so it may be useful to have some idea of
4520how it works.
4521
4522Externally, branch numbers consist of an odd number of
4523dot-separated decimal integers.  @xref{Revision
4524numbers}.  That is not the whole truth, however.  For
4525efficiency reasons @sc{cvs} sometimes inserts an extra 0
4526in the second rightmost position (1.2.4 becomes
45271.2.0.4, 8.9.10.11.12 becomes 8.9.10.11.0.12 and so
4528on).
4529
4530@sc{cvs} does a pretty good job at hiding these so
4531called magic branches, but in a few places the hiding
4532is incomplete:
4533
4534@itemize @bullet
4535@ignore
4536@c This is in ignore as I'm taking their word for it,
4537@c that this was fixed
4538@c a long time ago.  But before deleting this
4539@c entirely, I'd rather verify it (and add a test
4540@c case to the testsuite).
4541@item
4542The magic branch can appear in the output from
4543@code{cvs status} in vanilla @sc{cvs} 1.3.  This is
4544fixed in @sc{cvs} 1.3-s2.
4545
4546@end ignore
4547@item
4548The magic branch number appears in the output from
4549@code{cvs log}.
4550@c What output should appear instead?
4551
4552@item
4553You cannot specify a symbolic branch name to @code{cvs
4554admin}.
4555
4556@end itemize
4557
4558@c Can CVS do this automatically the first time
4559@c you check something in to that branch?  Should
4560@c it?
4561You can use the @code{admin} command to reassign a
4562symbolic name to a branch the way @sc{rcs} expects it
4563to be.  If @code{R4patches} is assigned to the branch
45641.4.2 (magic branch number 1.4.0.2) in file
4565@file{numbers.c} you can do this:
4566
4567@example
4568$ cvs admin -NR4patches:1.4.2 numbers.c
4569@end example
4570
4571It only works if at least one revision is already
4572committed on the branch.  Be very careful so that you
4573do not assign the tag to the wrong number.  (There is
4574no way to see how the tag was assigned yesterday).
4575
4576@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4577@node Merging a branch
4578@section Merging an entire branch
4579@cindex Merging a branch
4580@cindex -j (merging branches)
4581
4582You can merge changes made on a branch into your working copy by giving
4583the @samp{-j @var{branchname}} flag to the @code{update} subcommand.  With one
4584@samp{-j @var{branchname}} option it merges the changes made between the
4585greatest common ancestor (GCA) of the branch and the destination revision (in
4586the simple case below the GCA is the point where the branch forked) and the
4587newest revision on that branch into your working copy.
4588
4589@cindex Join
4590The @samp{-j} stands for ``join''.
4591
4592@cindex Branch merge example
4593@cindex Example, branch merge
4594@cindex Merge, branch example
4595Consider this revision tree:
4596
4597@example
4598+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4599! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !      <- The main trunk
4600+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4601                !
4602                !
4603                !   +---------+    +---------+
4604Branch R1fix -> +---! 1.2.2.1 !----! 1.2.2.2 !
4605                    +---------+    +---------+
4606@end example
4607
4608@noindent
4609The branch 1.2.2 has been given the tag (symbolic name) @samp{R1fix}.  The
4610following example assumes that the module @samp{mod} contains only one
4611file, @file{m.c}.
4612
4613@example
4614$ cvs checkout mod               # @r{Retrieve the latest revision, 1.4}
4615
4616$ cvs update -j R1fix m.c        # @r{Merge all changes made on the branch,}
4617                                 # @r{i.e. the changes between revision 1.2}
4618                                 # @r{and 1.2.2.2, into your working copy}
4619                                 # @r{of the file.}
4620
4621$ cvs commit -m "Included R1fix" # @r{Create revision 1.5.}
4622@end example
4623
4624A conflict can result from a merge operation.  If that
4625happens, you should resolve it before committing the
4626new revision.  @xref{Conflicts example}.
4627
4628If your source files contain keywords (@pxref{Keyword substitution}),
4629you might be getting more conflicts than strictly necessary.  See
4630@ref{Merging and keywords}, for information on how to avoid this.
4631
4632The @code{checkout} command also supports the @samp{-j @var{branchname}} flag.  The
4633same effect as above could be achieved with this:
4634
4635@example
4636$ cvs checkout -j R1fix mod
4637$ cvs commit -m "Included R1fix"
4638@end example
4639
4640It should be noted that @code{update -j @var{tagname}} will also work but may
4641not produce the desired result.  @xref{Merging adds and removals}, for more.
4642
4643@node Merging more than once
4644@section Merging from a branch several times
4645
4646Continuing our example, the revision tree now looks
4647like this:
4648
4649@example
4650+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4651! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !   <- The main trunk
4652+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4653                !                           *
4654                !                          *
4655                !   +---------+    +---------+
4656Branch R1fix -> +---! 1.2.2.1 !----! 1.2.2.2 !
4657                    +---------+    +---------+
4658@end example
4659
4660@noindent
4661where the starred line represents the merge from the
4662@samp{R1fix} branch to the main trunk, as just
4663discussed.
4664
4665Now suppose that development continues on the
4666@samp{R1fix} branch:
4667
4668@example
4669+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4670! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !   <- The main trunk
4671+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4672                !                           *
4673                !                          *
4674                !   +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4675Branch R1fix -> +---! 1.2.2.1 !----! 1.2.2.2 !----! 1.2.2.3 !
4676                    +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4677@end example
4678
4679@noindent
4680and then you want to merge those new changes onto the
4681main trunk.  If you just use the @code{cvs update -j
4682R1fix m.c} command again, @sc{cvs} will attempt to
4683merge again the changes which you have already merged,
4684which can have undesirable side effects.
4685
4686So instead you need to specify that you only want to
4687merge the changes on the branch which have not yet been
4688merged into the trunk.  To do that you specify two
4689@samp{-j} options, and @sc{cvs} merges the changes from
4690the first revision to the second revision.  For
4691example, in this case the simplest way would be
4692
4693@example
4694cvs update -j 1.2.2.2 -j R1fix m.c    # @r{Merge changes from 1.2.2.2 to the}
4695                                      # @r{head of the R1fix branch}
4696@end example
4697
4698The problem with this is that you need to specify the
46991.2.2.2 revision manually.  A slightly better approach
4700might be to use the date the last merge was done:
4701
4702@example
4703cvs update -j R1fix:yesterday -j R1fix m.c
4704@end example
4705
4706Better yet, tag the R1fix branch after every merge into
4707the trunk, and then use that tag for subsequent merges:
4708
4709@example
4710cvs update -j merged_from_R1fix_to_trunk -j R1fix m.c
4711@end example
4712
4713@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4714@node Merging two revisions
4715@section Merging differences between any two revisions
4716@cindex Merging two revisions
4717@cindex Revisions, merging differences between
4718@cindex Differences, merging
4719
4720With two @samp{-j @var{revision}} flags, the @code{update}
4721(and @code{checkout}) command can merge the differences
4722between any two revisions into your working file.
4723
4724@cindex Undoing a change
4725@cindex Removing a change
4726@example
4727$ cvs update -j 1.5 -j 1.3 backend.c
4728@end example
4729
4730@noindent
4731will undo all changes made between revision
47321.3 and 1.5.  Note the order of the revisions!
4733
4734If you try to use this option when operating on
4735multiple files, remember that the numeric revisions will
4736probably be very different between the various files.
4737You almost always use symbolic
4738tags rather than revision numbers when operating on
4739multiple files.
4740
4741@cindex Restoring old version of removed file
4742@cindex Resurrecting old version of dead file
4743Specifying two @samp{-j} options can also undo file
4744removals or additions.  For example, suppose you have
4745a file
4746named @file{file1} which existed as revision 1.1, and
4747you then removed it (thus adding a dead revision 1.2).
4748Now suppose you want to add it again, with the same
4749contents it had previously.  Here is how to do it:
4750
4751@example
4752$ cvs update -j 1.2 -j 1.1 file1
4753U file1
4754$ cvs commit -m test
4755Checking in file1;
4756/tmp/cvs-sanity/cvsroot/first-dir/file1,v  <--  file1
4757new revision: 1.3; previous revision: 1.2
4758done
4759$
4760@end example
4761
4762@node Merging adds and removals
4763@section Merging can add or remove files
4764
4765If the changes which you are merging involve removing
4766or adding some files, @code{update -j} will reflect
4767such additions or removals.
4768
4769@c FIXME: This example needs a lot more explanation.
4770@c We also need other examples for some of the other
4771@c cases (not all--there are too many--as long as we present a
4772@c coherent general principle).
4773For example:
4774@example
4775cvs update -A
4776touch a b c
4777cvs add a b c ; cvs ci -m "added" a b c
4778cvs tag -b branchtag
4779cvs update -r branchtag
4780touch d ; cvs add d
4781rm a ; cvs rm a
4782cvs ci -m "added d, removed a"
4783cvs update -A
4784cvs update -jbranchtag
4785@end example
4786
4787After these commands are executed and a @samp{cvs commit} is done,
4788file @file{a} will be removed and file @file{d} added in the main branch.
4789@c (which was determined by trying it)
4790
4791Note that using a single static tag (@samp{-j @var{tagname}})
4792rather than a dynamic tag (@samp{-j @var{branchname}}) to merge
4793changes from a branch will usually not remove files which were removed on the
4794branch since @sc{cvs} does not automatically add static tags to dead revisions.
4795The exception to this rule occurs when
4796a static tag has been attached to a dead revision manually.  Use the branch tag
4797to merge all changes from the branch or use two static tags as merge endpoints
4798to be sure that all intended changes are propagated in the merge.
4799
4800@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4801@node Merging and keywords
4802@section Merging and keywords
4803@cindex Merging, and keyword substitution
4804@cindex Keyword substitution, and merging
4805@cindex -j (merging branches), and keyword substitution
4806@cindex -kk, to avoid conflicts during a merge
4807
4808If you merge files containing keywords (@pxref{Keyword
4809substitution}), you will normally get numerous
4810conflicts during the merge, because the keywords are
4811expanded differently in the revisions which you are
4812merging.
4813
4814Therefore, you will often want to specify the
4815@samp{-kk} (@pxref{Substitution modes}) switch to the
4816merge command line.  By substituting just the name of
4817the keyword, not the expanded value of that keyword,
4818this option ensures that the revisions which you are
4819merging will be the same as each other, and avoid
4820spurious conflicts.
4821
4822For example, suppose you have a file like this:
4823
4824@example
4825       +---------+
4826      _! 1.1.2.1 !   <-  br1
4827     / +---------+
4828    /
4829   /
4830+-----+    +-----+
4831! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !
4832+-----+    +-----+
4833@end example
4834
4835@noindent
4836and your working directory is currently on the trunk
4837(revision 1.2).  Then you might get the following
4838results from a merge:
4839
4840@example
4841$ cat file1
4842key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.2 $
4843. . .
4844$ cvs update -j br1
4845U file1
4846RCS file: /cvsroot/first-dir/file1,v
4847retrieving revision 1.1
4848retrieving revision 1.1.2.1
4849Merging differences between 1.1 and 1.1.2.1 into file1
4850rcsmerge: warning: conflicts during merge
4851$ cat file1
4852@asis{}<<<<<<< file1
4853key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.2 $
4854@asis{}=======
4855key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.1.2.1 $
4856@asis{}>>>>>>> 1.1.2.1
4857. . .
4858@end example
4859
4860What happened was that the merge tried to merge the
4861differences between 1.1 and 1.1.2.1 into your working
4862directory.  So, since the keyword changed from
4863@code{Revision: 1.1} to @code{Revision: 1.1.2.1},
4864@sc{cvs} tried to merge that change into your working
4865directory, which conflicted with the fact that your
4866working directory had contained @code{Revision: 1.2}.
4867
4868Here is what happens if you had used @samp{-kk}:
4869
4870@example
4871$ cat file1
4872key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.2 $
4873. . .
4874$ cvs update -kk -j br1
4875U file1
4876RCS file: /cvsroot/first-dir/file1,v
4877retrieving revision 1.1
4878retrieving revision 1.1.2.1
4879Merging differences between 1.1 and 1.1.2.1 into file1
4880$ cat file1
4881key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}$
4882. . .
4883@end example
4884
4885What is going on here is that revision 1.1 and 1.1.2.1
4886both expand as plain @code{Revision}, and therefore
4887merging the changes between them into the working
4888directory need not change anything.  Therefore, there
4889is no conflict.
4890
4891@strong{WARNING: In versions of @sc{cvs} prior to 1.12.2, there was a
4892major problem with using @samp{-kk} on merges.  Namely, @samp{-kk}
4893overrode any default keyword expansion mode set in the archive file in
4894the repository.  This could, unfortunately for some users, cause data
4895corruption in binary files (with a default keyword expansion mode set
4896to @samp{-kb}).  Therefore, when a repository contained binary files,
4897conflicts had to be dealt with manually rather than using @samp{-kk} in
4898a merge command.}
4899
4900In @sc{cvs} version 1.12.2 and later, the keyword expansion mode
4901provided on the command line to any @sc{cvs} command no longer
4902overrides the @samp{-kb} keyword expansion mode setting for binary
4903files, though it will still override other default keyword expansion
4904modes.  You can now safely merge using @samp{-kk} to avoid spurious conflicts
4905on lines containing RCS keywords, even when your repository contains
4906binary files.
4907
4908@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
4909@node Recursive behavior
4910@chapter Recursive behavior
4911@cindex Recursive (directory descending)
4912@cindex Directory, descending
4913@cindex Descending directories
4914@cindex Subdirectories
4915
4916Almost all of the subcommands of @sc{cvs} work
4917recursively when you specify a directory as an
4918argument.  For instance, consider this directory
4919structure:
4920
4921@example
4922      @code{$HOME}
4923        |
4924        +--@t{tc}
4925        |   |
4926            +--@t{CVS}
4927            |      (internal @sc{cvs} files)
4928            +--@t{Makefile}
4929            +--@t{backend.c}
4930            +--@t{driver.c}
4931            +--@t{frontend.c}
4932            +--@t{parser.c}
4933            +--@t{man}
4934            |    |
4935            |    +--@t{CVS}
4936            |    |  (internal @sc{cvs} files)
4937            |    +--@t{tc.1}
4938            |
4939            +--@t{testing}
4940                 |
4941                 +--@t{CVS}
4942                 |  (internal @sc{cvs} files)
4943                 +--@t{testpgm.t}
4944                 +--@t{test2.t}
4945@end example
4946
4947@noindent
4948If @file{tc} is the current working directory, the
4949following is true:
4950
4951@itemize @bullet
4952@item
4953@samp{cvs update testing} is equivalent to
4954
4955@example
4956cvs update testing/testpgm.t testing/test2.t
4957@end example
4958
4959@item
4960@samp{cvs update testing man} updates all files in the
4961subdirectories
4962
4963@item
4964@samp{cvs update .} or just @samp{cvs update} updates
4965all files in the @code{tc} directory
4966@end itemize
4967
4968If no arguments are given to @code{update} it will
4969update all files in the current working directory and
4970all its subdirectories.  In other words, @file{.} is a
4971default argument to @code{update}.  This is also true
4972for most of the @sc{cvs} subcommands, not only the
4973@code{update} command.
4974
4975The recursive behavior of the @sc{cvs} subcommands can be
4976turned off with the @samp{-l} option.
4977Conversely, the @samp{-R} option can be used to force recursion if
4978@samp{-l} is specified in @file{~/.cvsrc} (@pxref{~/.cvsrc}).
4979
4980@example
4981$ cvs update -l         # @r{Don't update files in subdirectories}
4982@end example
4983
4984@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
4985@node Adding and removing
4986@chapter Adding, removing, and renaming files and directories
4987
4988In the course of a project, one will often add new
4989files.  Likewise with removing or renaming, or with
4990directories.  The general concept to keep in mind in
4991all these cases is that instead of making an
4992irreversible change you want @sc{cvs} to record the
4993fact that a change has taken place, just as with
4994modifying an existing file.  The exact mechanisms to do
4995this in @sc{cvs} vary depending on the situation.
4996
4997@menu
4998* Adding files::                Adding files
4999* Removing files::              Removing files
5000* Removing directories::        Removing directories
5001* Moving files::                Moving and renaming files
5002* Moving directories::          Moving and renaming directories
5003@end menu
5004
5005@node Adding files
5006@section Adding files to a directory
5007@cindex Adding files
5008
5009To add a new file to a directory, follow these steps.
5010
5011@itemize @bullet
5012@item
5013You must have a working copy of the directory.
5014@xref{Getting the source}.
5015
5016@item
5017Create the new file inside your working copy of the directory.
5018
5019@item
5020Use @samp{cvs add @var{filename}} to tell @sc{cvs} that you
5021want to version control the file.  If the file contains
5022binary data, specify @samp{-kb} (@pxref{Binary files}).
5023
5024@item
5025Use @samp{cvs commit @var{filename}} to actually check
5026in the file into the repository.  Other developers
5027cannot see the file until you perform this step.
5028@end itemize
5029
5030You can also use the @code{add} command to add a new
5031directory.
5032@c FIXCVS and/or FIXME: Adding a directory doesn't
5033@c require the commit step.  This probably can be
5034@c considered a CVS bug, but it is possible we should
5035@c warn people since this behavior probably won't be
5036@c changing right away.
5037
5038Unlike most other commands, the @code{add} command is
5039not recursive.  You have to expcicitly name files and
5040directories that you wish to add to the repository.
5041However, each directory will need to be added
5042separately before you will be able to add new files
5043to those directories.
5044
5045@example
5046$ mkdir -p foo/bar
5047$ cp ~/myfile foo/bar/myfile
5048$ cvs add foo foo/bar
5049$ cvs add foo/bar/myfile
5050@end example
5051
5052@cindex add (subcommand)
5053@deffn Command {cvs add} [@code{-k} kflag] [@code{-m} message] files @dots{}
5054
5055Schedule @var{files} to be added to the repository.
5056The files or directories specified with @code{add} must
5057already exist in the current directory.  To add a whole
5058new directory hierarchy to the source repository (for
5059example, files received from a third-party vendor), use
5060the @code{import} command instead.  @xref{import}.
5061
5062The added files are not placed in the source repository
5063until you use @code{commit} to make the change
5064permanent.  Doing an @code{add} on a file that was
5065removed with the @code{remove} command will undo the
5066effect of the @code{remove}, unless a @code{commit}
5067command intervened.  @xref{Removing files}, for an
5068example.
5069
5070The @samp{-k} option specifies the default way that
5071this file will be checked out; for more information see
5072@ref{Substitution modes}.
5073
5074@c As noted in BUGS, -m is broken client/server (Nov
5075@c 96).  Also see testsuite log2-* tests.
5076The @samp{-m} option specifies a description for the
5077file.  This description appears in the history log (if
5078it is enabled, @pxref{history file}).  It will also be
5079saved in the version history inside the repository when
5080the file is committed.  The @code{log} command displays
5081this description.  The description can be changed using
5082@samp{admin -t}.  @xref{admin}.  If you omit the
5083@samp{-m @var{description}} flag, an empty string will
5084be used.  You will not be prompted for a description.
5085@end deffn
5086
5087For example, the following commands add the file
5088@file{backend.c} to the repository:
5089
5090@c This example used to specify
5091@c     -m "Optimizer and code generation passes."
5092@c to the cvs add command, but that doesn't work
5093@c client/server (see log2 in sanity.sh).  Should fix CVS,
5094@c but also seems strange to document things which
5095@c don't work...
5096@example
5097$ cvs add backend.c
5098$ cvs commit -m "Early version. Not yet compilable." backend.c
5099@end example
5100
5101When you add a file it is added only on the branch
5102which you are working on (@pxref{Branching and merging}).  You can
5103later merge the additions to another branch if you want
5104(@pxref{Merging adds and removals}).
5105@c Should we mention that earlier versions of CVS
5106@c lacked this feature (1.3) or implemented it in a buggy
5107@c way (well, 1.8 had many bugs in cvs update -j)?
5108@c Should we mention the bug/limitation regarding a
5109@c file being a regular file on one branch and a directory
5110@c on another?
5111@c FIXME: This needs an example, or several, here or
5112@c elsewhere, for it to make much sense.
5113@c Somewhere we need to discuss the aspects of death
5114@c support which don't involve branching, I guess.
5115@c Like the ability to re-create a release from a tag.
5116
5117@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5118@node Removing files
5119@section Removing files
5120@cindex Removing files
5121@cindex Deleting files
5122
5123@c FIXME: this node wants to be split into several
5124@c smaller nodes.  Could make these children of
5125@c "Adding and removing", probably (death support could
5126@c be its own section, for example, as could the
5127@c various bits about undoing mistakes in adding and
5128@c removing).
5129Directories change.  New files are added, and old files
5130disappear.  Still, you want to be able to retrieve an
5131exact copy of old releases.
5132
5133Here is what you can do to remove a file,
5134but remain able to retrieve old revisions:
5135
5136@itemize @bullet
5137@c FIXME: should probably be saying something about
5138@c having a working directory in the first place.
5139@item
5140Make sure that you have not made any uncommitted
5141modifications to the file.  @xref{Viewing differences},
5142for one way to do that.  You can also use the
5143@code{status} or @code{update} command.  If you remove
5144the file without committing your changes, you will of
5145course not be able to retrieve the file as it was
5146immediately before you deleted it.
5147
5148@item
5149Remove the file from your working copy of the directory.
5150You can for instance use @code{rm}.
5151
5152@item
5153Use @samp{cvs remove @var{filename}} to tell @sc{cvs} that
5154you really want to delete the file.
5155
5156@item
5157Use @samp{cvs commit @var{filename}} to actually
5158perform the removal of the file from the repository.
5159@end itemize
5160
5161@c FIXME: Somehow this should be linked in with a more
5162@c general discussion of death support.  I don't know
5163@c whether we want to use the term "death support" or
5164@c not (we can perhaps get by without it), but we do
5165@c need to discuss the "dead" state in "cvs log" and
5166@c related subjects.  The current discussion is
5167@c scattered around, and not xref'd to each other.
5168@c FIXME: I think this paragraph wants to be moved
5169@c later down, at least after the first example.
5170When you commit the removal of the file, @sc{cvs}
5171records the fact that the file no longer exists.  It is
5172possible for a file to exist on only some branches and
5173not on others, or to re-add another file with the same
5174name later.  @sc{cvs} will correctly create or not create
5175the file, based on the @samp{-r} and @samp{-D} options
5176specified to @code{checkout} or @code{update}.
5177
5178@c FIXME: This style seems to clash with how we
5179@c document things in general.
5180@cindex Remove (subcommand)
5181@deffn Command {cvs remove} [options] files @dots{}
5182
5183Schedule file(s) to be removed from the repository
5184(files which have not already been removed from the
5185working directory are not processed).  This command
5186does not actually remove the file from the repository
5187until you commit the removal.  For a full list of
5188options, see @ref{Invoking CVS}.
5189@end deffn
5190
5191Here is an example of removing several files:
5192
5193@example
5194$ cd test
5195$ rm *.c
5196$ cvs remove
5197cvs remove: Removing .
5198cvs remove: scheduling a.c for removal
5199cvs remove: scheduling b.c for removal
5200cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove these files permanently
5201$ cvs ci -m "Removed unneeded files"
5202cvs commit: Examining .
5203cvs commit: Committing .
5204@end example
5205
5206As a convenience you can remove the file and @code{cvs
5207remove} it in one step, by specifying the @samp{-f}
5208option.  For example, the above example could also be
5209done like this:
5210
5211@example
5212$ cd test
5213$ cvs remove -f *.c
5214cvs remove: scheduling a.c for removal
5215cvs remove: scheduling b.c for removal
5216cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove these files permanently
5217$ cvs ci -m "Removed unneeded files"
5218cvs commit: Examining .
5219cvs commit: Committing .
5220@end example
5221
5222If you execute @code{remove} for a file, and then
5223change your mind before you commit, you can undo the
5224@code{remove} with an @code{add} command.
5225@ignore
5226@c is this worth saying or not?  Somehow it seems
5227@c confusing to me.
5228Of course,
5229since you have removed your copy of file in the working
5230directory, @sc{cvs} does not necessarily bring back the
5231contents of the file from right before you executed
5232@code{remove}; instead it gets the file from the
5233repository again.
5234@end ignore
5235
5236@c FIXME: what if you change your mind after you commit
5237@c it?  (answer is also "cvs add" but we don't say that...).
5238@c We need some index entries for thinks like "undoing
5239@c removal" too.
5240
5241@example
5242$ ls
5243CVS   ja.h  oj.c
5244$ rm oj.c
5245$ cvs remove oj.c
5246cvs remove: scheduling oj.c for removal
5247cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove this file permanently
5248$ cvs add oj.c
5249U oj.c
5250cvs add: oj.c, version 1.1.1.1, resurrected
5251@end example
5252
5253If you realize your mistake before you run the
5254@code{remove} command you can use @code{update} to
5255resurrect the file:
5256
5257@example
5258$ rm oj.c
5259$ cvs update oj.c
5260cvs update: warning: oj.c was lost
5261U oj.c
5262@end example
5263
5264When you remove a file it is removed only on the branch
5265which you are working on (@pxref{Branching and merging}).  You can
5266later merge the removals to another branch if you want
5267(@pxref{Merging adds and removals}).
5268
5269@node Removing directories
5270@section Removing directories
5271@cindex Removing directories
5272@cindex Directories, removing
5273
5274In concept, removing directories is somewhat similar to
5275removing files---you want the directory to not exist in
5276your current working directories, but you also want to
5277be able to retrieve old releases in which the directory
5278existed.
5279
5280The way that you remove a directory is to remove all
5281the files in it.  You don't remove the directory
5282itself; there is no way to do that.
5283Instead you specify the @samp{-P} option to
5284@code{cvs update} or @code{cvs checkout},
5285which will cause @sc{cvs} to remove empty
5286directories from working directories.
5287(Note that @code{cvs export} always removes empty directories.)
5288Probably the
5289best way to do this is to always specify @samp{-P}; if
5290you want an empty directory then put a dummy file (for
5291example @file{.keepme}) in it to prevent @samp{-P} from
5292removing it.
5293
5294@c I'd try to give a rationale for this, but I'm not
5295@c sure there is a particularly convincing one.  What
5296@c we would _like_ is for CVS to do a better job of version
5297@c controlling whether directories exist, to eliminate the
5298@c need for -P and so that a file can be a directory in
5299@c one revision and a regular file in another.
5300Note that @samp{-P} is implied by the @samp{-r} or @samp{-D}
5301options of @code{checkout}.  This way,
5302@sc{cvs} will be able to correctly create the directory
5303or not depending on whether the particular version you
5304are checking out contains any files in that directory.
5305
5306@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5307@node Moving files
5308@section Moving and renaming files
5309@cindex Moving files
5310@cindex Renaming files
5311@cindex Files, moving
5312
5313Moving files to a different directory or renaming them
5314is not difficult, but some of the ways in which this
5315works may be non-obvious.  (Moving or renaming a
5316directory is even harder.  @xref{Moving directories}.).
5317
5318The examples below assume that the file @var{old} is renamed to
5319@var{new}.
5320
5321@menu
5322* Outside::                     The normal way to Rename
5323* Inside::                      A tricky, alternative way
5324* Rename by copying::           Another tricky, alternative way
5325@end menu
5326
5327@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5328@node Outside
5329@subsection The Normal way to Rename
5330
5331@c More rename issues.  Not sure whether these are
5332@c worth documenting; I'm putting them here because
5333@c it seems to be as good a place as any to try to
5334@c set down the issues.
5335@c * "cvs annotate" will annotate either the new
5336@c file or the old file; it cannot annotate _each
5337@c line_ based on whether it was last changed in the
5338@c new or old file.  Unlike "cvs log", where the
5339@c consequences of having to select either the new
5340@c or old name seem fairly benign, this may be a
5341@c real advantage to having CVS know about renames
5342@c other than as a deletion and an addition.
5343
5344The normal way to move a file is to copy @var{old} to
5345@var{new}, and then issue the normal @sc{cvs} commands
5346to remove @var{old} from the repository, and add
5347@var{new} to it.
5348@c The following sentence is not true: one must cd into
5349@c the directory to run "cvs add".
5350@c  (Both @var{old} and @var{new} could
5351@c contain relative paths, for example @file{foo/bar.c}).
5352
5353@example
5354$ mv @var{old} @var{new}
5355$ cvs remove @var{old}
5356$ cvs add @var{new}
5357$ cvs commit -m "Renamed @var{old} to @var{new}" @var{old} @var{new}
5358@end example
5359
5360This is the simplest way to move a file, it is not
5361error-prone, and it preserves the history of what was
5362done.  Note that to access the history of the file you
5363must specify the old or the new name, depending on what
5364portion of the history you are accessing.  For example,
5365@code{cvs log @var{old}} will give the log up until the
5366time of the rename.
5367
5368When @var{new} is committed its revision numbers will
5369start again, usually at 1.1, so if that bothers you,
5370use the @samp{-r @var{tag}} option to commit.  For more
5371information see @ref{Assigning revisions}.
5372
5373@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5374@node Inside
5375@subsection Moving the history file
5376
5377This method is more dangerous, since it involves moving
5378files inside the repository.  Read this entire section
5379before trying it out!
5380
5381@example
5382$ cd $CVSROOT/@var{dir}
5383$ mv @var{old},v @var{new},v
5384@end example
5385
5386@noindent
5387Advantages:
5388
5389@itemize @bullet
5390@item
5391The log of changes is maintained intact.
5392
5393@item
5394The revision numbers are not affected.
5395@end itemize
5396
5397@noindent
5398Disadvantages:
5399
5400@itemize @bullet
5401@item
5402Old releases cannot easily be fetched from the
5403repository.  (The file will show up as @var{new} even
5404in revisions from the time before it was renamed).
5405
5406@item
5407There is no log information of when the file was renamed.
5408
5409@item
5410Nasty things might happen if someone accesses the history file
5411while you are moving it.  Make sure no one else runs any of the @sc{cvs}
5412commands while you move it.
5413@end itemize
5414
5415@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5416@node Rename by copying
5417@subsection Copying the history file
5418
5419This way also involves direct modifications to the
5420repository.  It is safe, but not without drawbacks.
5421
5422@example
5423# @r{Copy the @sc{rcs} file inside the repository}
5424$ cd $CVSROOT/@var{dir}
5425$ cp @var{old},v @var{new},v
5426# @r{Remove the old file}
5427$ cd ~/@var{dir}
5428$ rm @var{old}
5429$ cvs remove @var{old}
5430$ cvs commit @var{old}
5431# @r{Remove all tags from @var{new}}
5432$ cvs update @var{new}
5433$ cvs log @var{new}             # @r{Remember the non-branch tag names}
5434$ cvs tag -d @var{tag1} @var{new}
5435$ cvs tag -d @var{tag2} @var{new}
5436@dots{}
5437@end example
5438
5439By removing the tags you will be able to check out old
5440revisions.
5441
5442@noindent
5443Advantages:
5444
5445@itemize @bullet
5446@item
5447@c FIXME: Is this true about -D now that we have death
5448@c support?  See 5B.3 in the FAQ.
5449Checking out old revisions works correctly, as long as
5450you use @samp{-r @var{tag}} and not @samp{-D @var{date}}
5451to retrieve the revisions.
5452
5453@item
5454The log of changes is maintained intact.
5455
5456@item
5457The revision numbers are not affected.
5458@end itemize
5459
5460@noindent
5461Disadvantages:
5462
5463@itemize @bullet
5464@item
5465You cannot easily see the history of the file across the rename.
5466
5467@ignore
5468@c Is this true?  I don't see how the revision numbers
5469@c _could_ start over, when new,v is just old,v with
5470@c the tags deleted.
5471@c If there is some need to reinstate this text,
5472@c it is "usually 1.1", not "1.0" and it needs an
5473@c xref to Assigning revisions
5474@item
5475Unless you use the @samp{-r @var{tag}} (@pxref{commit
5476options}) flag when @var{new} is committed its revision
5477numbers will start at 1.0 again.
5478@end ignore
5479@end itemize
5480
5481@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5482@node Moving directories
5483@section Moving and renaming directories
5484@cindex Moving directories
5485@cindex Renaming directories
5486@cindex Directories, moving
5487
5488The normal way to rename or move a directory is to
5489rename or move each file within it as described in
5490@ref{Outside}.  Then check out with the @samp{-P}
5491option, as described in @ref{Removing directories}.
5492
5493If you really want to hack the repository to rename or
5494delete a directory in the repository, you can do it
5495like this:
5496
5497@enumerate
5498@item
5499Inform everyone who has a checked out copy of the directory that the
5500directory will be renamed.  They should commit all their changes in all their
5501copies of the project containing the directory to be removed, and remove
5502all their working copies of said project, before you take the steps below.
5503
5504@item
5505Rename the directory inside the repository.
5506
5507@example
5508$ cd $CVSROOT/@var{parent-dir}
5509$ mv @var{old-dir} @var{new-dir}
5510@end example
5511
5512@item
5513Fix the @sc{cvs} administrative files, if necessary (for
5514instance if you renamed an entire module).
5515
5516@item
5517Tell everyone that they can check out again and continue
5518working.
5519
5520@end enumerate
5521
5522If someone had a working copy the @sc{cvs} commands will
5523cease to work for him, until he removes the directory
5524that disappeared inside the repository.
5525
5526It is almost always better to move the files in the
5527directory instead of moving the directory.  If you move the
5528directory you are unlikely to be able to retrieve old
5529releases correctly, since they probably depend on the
5530name of the directories.
5531
5532@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5533@node History browsing
5534@chapter History browsing
5535@cindex History browsing
5536@cindex Traceability
5537@cindex Isolation
5538
5539@ignore
5540@c This is too long for an introduction (goal is
5541@c one 20x80 character screen), and also mixes up a
5542@c variety of issues (parallel development, history,
5543@c maybe even touches on process control).
5544
5545@c -- @quote{To lose ones history is to lose ones soul.}
5546@c -- ///
5547@c -- ///Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.
5548@c -- ///               -- George Santayana
5549@c -- ///
5550
5551@sc{cvs} tries to make it easy for a group of people to work
5552together.  This is done in two ways:
5553
5554@itemize @bullet
5555@item
5556Isolation---You have your own working copy of the
5557source.  You are not affected by modifications made by
5558others until you decide to incorporate those changes
5559(via the @code{update} command---@pxref{update}).
5560
5561@item
5562Traceability---When something has changed, you can
5563always see @emph{exactly} what changed.
5564@end itemize
5565
5566There are several features of @sc{cvs} that together lead
5567to traceability:
5568
5569@itemize @bullet
5570@item
5571Each revision of a file has an accompanying log
5572message.
5573
5574@item
5575All commits are optionally logged to a central history
5576database.
5577
5578@item
5579Logging information can be sent to a user-defined
5580program (@pxref{loginfo}).
5581@end itemize
5582
5583@c -- More text here.
5584
5585This chapter should talk about the history file, the
5586@code{log} command, the usefulness of ChangeLogs
5587even when you run @sc{cvs}, and things like that.
5588
5589@end ignore
5590
5591@c kind of lame, in a lot of ways the above text inside
5592@c the @ignore motivates this chapter better
5593Once you have used @sc{cvs} to store a version control
5594history---what files have changed when, how, and by
5595whom, there are a variety of mechanisms for looking
5596through the history.
5597
5598@c FIXME: should also be talking about how you look at
5599@c old revisions (e.g. "cvs update -p -r 1.2 foo.c").
5600@menu
5601* log messages::                Log messages
5602* history database::            The history database
5603* user-defined logging::        User-defined logging
5604@end menu
5605
5606@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5607@node log messages
5608@section Log messages
5609
5610@c FIXME: @xref to place where we talk about how to
5611@c specify message to commit.
5612Whenever you commit a file you specify a log message.
5613
5614@c FIXME: bring the information here, and get rid of or
5615@c greatly shrink the "log" node.
5616To look through the log messages which have been
5617specified for every revision which has been committed,
5618use the @code{cvs log} command (@pxref{log}).
5619
5620@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5621@node history database
5622@section The history database
5623
5624@c FIXME: bring the information from the history file
5625@c and history nodes here.  Rewrite it to be motivated
5626@c better (start out by clearly explaining what gets
5627@c logged in history, for example).
5628You can use the history file (@pxref{history file}) to
5629log various @sc{cvs} actions.  To retrieve the
5630information from the history file, use the @code{cvs
5631history} command (@pxref{history}).
5632
5633Note: you can control what is logged to this file by using the
5634@samp{LogHistory} keyword in the @file{CVSROOT/config} file
5635(@pxref{config}).
5636
5637@c
5638@c The history database has many problems:
5639@c * It is very unclear what field means what.  This
5640@c could be improved greatly by better documentation,
5641@c but there are still non-orthogonalities (for
5642@c example, tag does not record the "repository"
5643@c field but most records do).
5644@c * Confusion about files, directories, and modules.
5645@c Some commands record one, some record others.
5646@c * File removal is not logged.  There is an 'R'
5647@c record type documented, but CVS never uses it.
5648@c * Tags are only logged for the "cvs rtag" command,
5649@c not "cvs tag".  The fix for this is not completely
5650@c clear (see above about modules vs. files).
5651@c * Are there other cases of operations that are not
5652@c logged?  One would hope for all changes to the
5653@c repository to be logged somehow (particularly
5654@c operations like tagging, "cvs admin -k", and other
5655@c operations which do not record a history that one
5656@c can get with "cvs log").  Operations on the working
5657@c directory, like export, get, and release, are a
5658@c second category also covered by the current "cvs
5659@c history".
5660@c * The history file does not record the options given
5661@c to a command.  The most serious manifestation of
5662@c this is perhaps that it doesn't record whether a command
5663@c was recursive.  It is not clear to me whether one
5664@c wants to log at a level very close to the command
5665@c line, as a sort of way of logging each command
5666@c (more or less), or whether one wants
5667@c to log more at the level of what was changed (or
5668@c something in between), but either way the current
5669@c information has pretty big gaps.
5670@c * Further details about a tag--like whether it is a
5671@c branch tag or, if a non-branch tag, which branch it
5672@c is on.  One can find out this information about the
5673@c tag as it exists _now_, but if the tag has been
5674@c moved, one doesn't know what it was like at the time
5675@c the history record was written.
5676@c * Whether operating on a particular tag, date, or
5677@c options was implicit (sticky) or explicit.
5678@c
5679@c Another item, only somewhat related to the above, is a
5680@c way to control what is logged in the history file.
5681@c This is probably the only good way to handle
5682@c different people having different ideas about
5683@c information/space tradeoffs.
5684@c
5685@c It isn't really clear that it makes sense to try to
5686@c patch up the history file format as it exists now to
5687@c include all that stuff.  It might be better to
5688@c design a whole new CVSROOT/nhistory file and "cvs
5689@c nhistory" command, or some such, or in some other
5690@c way trying to come up with a clean break from the
5691@c past, which can address the above concerns.  Another
5692@c open question is how/whether this relates to
5693@c taginfo/loginfo/etc.
5694
5695@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5696@node user-defined logging
5697@section User-defined logging
5698
5699@c FIXME: probably should centralize this information
5700@c here, at least to some extent.  Maybe by moving the
5701@c loginfo, etc., nodes here and replacing
5702@c the "user-defined logging" node with one node for
5703@c each method.
5704You can customize @sc{cvs} to log various kinds of
5705actions, in whatever manner you choose.  These
5706mechanisms operate by executing a script at various
5707times.  The script might append a message to a file
5708listing the information and the programmer who created
5709it, or send mail to a group of developers, or, perhaps,
5710post a message to a particular newsgroup.  To log
5711commits, use the @file{loginfo} file (@pxref{loginfo}), and
5712to log tagging operations, use the @file{taginfo} file
5713(@pxref{taginfo}).
5714
5715@c FIXME: What is difference between doing it in the
5716@c modules file and using loginfo/taginfo?  Why should
5717@c user use one or the other?
5718To log commits, checkouts, exports, and tags,
5719respectively, you can also use the @samp{-i},
5720@samp{-o}, @samp{-e}, and @samp{-t} options in the
5721modules file.  For a more flexible way of giving
5722notifications to various users, which requires less in
5723the way of keeping centralized scripts up to date, use
5724the @code{cvs watch add} command (@pxref{Getting
5725Notified}); this command is useful even if you are not
5726using @code{cvs watch on}.
5727
5728@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5729@node Binary files
5730@chapter Handling binary files
5731@cindex Binary files
5732
5733The most common use for @sc{cvs} is to store text
5734files.  With text files, @sc{cvs} can merge revisions,
5735display the differences between revisions in a
5736human-visible fashion, and other such operations.
5737However, if you are willing to give up a few of these
5738abilities, @sc{cvs} can store binary files.  For
5739example, one might store a web site in @sc{cvs}
5740including both text files and binary images.
5741
5742@menu
5743* Binary why::     More details on issues with binary files
5744* Binary howto::   How to store them
5745@end menu
5746
5747@node Binary why
5748@section The issues with binary files
5749
5750While the need to manage binary files may seem obvious
5751if the files that you customarily work with are binary,
5752putting them into version control does present some
5753additional issues.
5754
5755One basic function of version control is to show the
5756differences between two revisions.  For example, if
5757someone else checked in a new version of a file, you
5758may wish to look at what they changed and determine
5759whether their changes are good.  For text files,
5760@sc{cvs} provides this functionality via the @code{cvs
5761diff} command.  For binary files, it may be possible to
5762extract the two revisions and then compare them with a
5763tool external to @sc{cvs} (for example, word processing
5764software often has such a feature).  If there is no
5765such tool, one must track changes via other mechanisms,
5766such as urging people to write good log messages, and
5767hoping that the changes they actually made were the
5768changes that they intended to make.
5769
5770Another ability of a version control system is the
5771ability to merge two revisions.  For @sc{cvs} this
5772happens in two contexts.  The first is when users make
5773changes in separate working directories
5774(@pxref{Multiple developers}).  The second is when one
5775merges explicitly with the @samp{update -j} command
5776(@pxref{Branching and merging}).
5777
5778In the case of text
5779files, @sc{cvs} can merge changes made independently,
5780and signal a conflict if the changes conflict.  With
5781binary files, the best that @sc{cvs} can do is present
5782the two different copies of the file, and leave it to
5783the user to resolve the conflict.  The user may choose
5784one copy or the other, or may run an external merge
5785tool which knows about that particular file format, if
5786one exists.
5787Note that having the user merge relies primarily on the
5788user to not accidentally omit some changes, and thus is
5789potentially error prone.
5790
5791If this process is thought to be undesirable, the best
5792choice may be to avoid merging.  To avoid the merges
5793that result from separate working directories, see the
5794discussion of reserved checkouts (file locking) in
5795@ref{Multiple developers}.  To avoid the merges
5796resulting from branches, restrict use of branches.
5797
5798@node Binary howto
5799@section How to store binary files
5800
5801There are two issues with using @sc{cvs} to store
5802binary files.  The first is that @sc{cvs} by default
5803converts line endings between the canonical form in
5804which they are stored in the repository (linefeed
5805only), and the form appropriate to the operating system
5806in use on the client (for example, carriage return
5807followed by line feed for Windows NT).
5808
5809The second is that a binary file might happen to
5810contain data which looks like a keyword (@pxref{Keyword
5811substitution}), so keyword expansion must be turned
5812off.
5813
5814@c FIXME: the third is that one can't do merges with
5815@c binary files.  xref to Multiple Developers and the
5816@c reserved checkout issues.
5817
5818The @samp{-kb} option available with some @sc{cvs}
5819commands insures that neither line ending conversion
5820nor keyword expansion will be done.
5821
5822Here is an example of how you can create a new file
5823using the @samp{-kb} flag:
5824
5825@example
5826$ echo '$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$' > kotest
5827$ cvs add -kb -m"A test file" kotest
5828$ cvs ci -m"First checkin; contains a keyword" kotest
5829@end example
5830
5831If a file accidentally gets added without @samp{-kb},
5832one can use the @code{cvs admin} command to recover.
5833For example:
5834
5835@example
5836$ echo '$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$' > kotest
5837$ cvs add -m"A test file" kotest
5838$ cvs ci -m"First checkin; contains a keyword" kotest
5839$ cvs admin -kb kotest
5840$ cvs update -A kotest
5841# @r{For non-unix systems:}
5842# @r{Copy in a good copy of the file from outside CVS}
5843$ cvs commit -m "make it binary" kotest
5844@end example
5845
5846@c Trying to describe this for both unix and non-unix
5847@c in the same description is very confusing.  Might
5848@c want to split the two, or just ditch the unix "shortcut"
5849@c (unixheads don't do much with binary files, anyway).
5850@c This used to say "(Try the above example, and do a
5851@c @code{cat kotest} after every command)".  But that
5852@c only really makes sense for the unix case.
5853When you check in the file @file{kotest} the file is
5854not preserved as a binary file, because you did not
5855check it in as a binary file.  The @code{cvs
5856admin -kb} command sets the default keyword
5857substitution method for this file, but it does not
5858alter the working copy of the file that you have.  If you need to
5859cope with line endings (that is, you are using
5860@sc{cvs} on a non-unix system), then you need to
5861check in a new copy of the file, as shown by the
5862@code{cvs commit} command above.
5863On unix, the @code{cvs update -A} command suffices.
5864@c FIXME: should also describe what the *other users*
5865@c need to do, if they have checked out copies which
5866@c have been corrupted by lack of -kb.  I think maybe
5867@c "cvs update -kb" or "cvs
5868@c update -A" would suffice, although the user who
5869@c reported this suggested removing the file, manually
5870@c removing it from CVS/Entries, and then "cvs update"
5871(Note that you can use @code{cvs log} to determine the default keyword
5872substitution method for a file and @code{cvs status} to determine
5873the keyword substitution method for a working copy.)
5874
5875However, in using @code{cvs admin -k} to change the
5876keyword expansion, be aware that the keyword expansion
5877mode is not version controlled.  This means that, for
5878example, that if you have a text file in old releases,
5879and a binary file with the same name in new releases,
5880@sc{cvs} provides no way to check out the file in text
5881or binary mode depending on what version you are
5882checking out.  There is no good workaround for this
5883problem.
5884
5885You can also set a default for whether @code{cvs add}
5886and @code{cvs import} treat a file as binary based on
5887its name; for example you could say that files who
5888names end in @samp{.exe} are binary.  @xref{Wrappers}.
5889There is currently no way to have @sc{cvs} detect
5890whether a file is binary based on its contents.  The
5891main difficulty with designing such a feature is that
5892it is not clear how to distinguish between binary and
5893non-binary files, and the rules to apply would vary
5894considerably with the operating system.
5895@c For example, it would be good on MS-DOS-family OSes
5896@c for anything containing ^Z to be binary.  Having
5897@c characters with the 8th bit set imply binary is almost
5898@c surely a bad idea in the context of ISO-8859-* and
5899@c other such character sets.  On VMS or the Mac, we
5900@c could use the OS's file typing.  This is a
5901@c commonly-desired feature, and something of this sort
5902@c may make sense.  But there are a lot of pitfalls here.
5903@c
5904@c Another, probably better, way to tell is to read the
5905@c file in text mode, write it to a temp file in text
5906@c mode, and then do a binary mode compare of the two
5907@c files.  If they differ, it is a binary file.  This
5908@c might have problems on VMS (or some other system
5909@c with several different text modes), but in general
5910@c should be relatively portable.  The only other
5911@c downside I can think of is that it would be fairly
5912@c slow, but that is perhaps a small price to pay for
5913@c not having your files corrupted.  Another issue is
5914@c what happens if you import a text file with bare
5915@c linefeeds on Windows.  Such files will show up on
5916@c Windows sometimes (I think some native windows
5917@c programs even write them, on occasion).  Perhaps it
5918@c is reasonable to treat such files as binary; after
5919@c all it is something of a presumption to assume that
5920@c the user would want the linefeeds converted to CRLF.
5921
5922@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5923@node Multiple developers
5924@chapter Multiple developers
5925@cindex Multiple developers
5926@cindex Team of developers
5927@cindex File locking
5928@cindex Locking files
5929@cindex Working copy
5930@cindex Reserved checkouts
5931@cindex Unreserved checkouts
5932@cindex RCS-style locking
5933
5934When more than one person works on a software project
5935things often get complicated.  Often, two people try to
5936edit the same file simultaneously.  One solution, known
5937as @dfn{file locking} or @dfn{reserved checkouts}, is
5938to allow only one person to edit each file at a time.
5939This is the only solution with some version control
5940systems, including @sc{rcs} and @sc{sccs}.  Currently
5941the usual way to get reserved checkouts with @sc{cvs}
5942is the @code{cvs admin -l} command (@pxref{admin
5943options}).  This is not as nicely integrated into
5944@sc{cvs} as the watch features, described below, but it
5945seems that most people with a need for reserved
5946checkouts find it adequate.
5947@c Or "find it better than worrying about implementing
5948@c nicely integrated reserved checkouts" or ...?
5949
5950As of @sc{cvs} version 1.12.10, another technique for getting most of the
5951effect of reserved checkouts is to enable advisory locks.  To enable advisory
5952locks, have all developers put "edit -c", "commit -c" in their
5953.cvsrc file, and turn on watches in the repository.  This
5954prevents them from doing a @code{cvs edit} if anyone is
5955already editting the file.  It also may
5956be possible to use plain watches together with suitable
5957procedures (not enforced by software), to avoid having
5958two people edit at the same time.
5959
5960@c Our unreserved checkout model might not
5961@c be quite the same as others.  For example, I
5962@c think that some systems will tend to create a branch
5963@c in the case where CVS prints "up-to-date check failed".
5964@c It isn't clear to me whether we should try to
5965@c explore these subtleties; it could easily just
5966@c confuse people.
5967The default model with @sc{cvs} is known as
5968@dfn{unreserved checkouts}.  In this model, developers
5969can edit their own @dfn{working copy} of a file
5970simultaneously.  The first person that commits his
5971changes has no automatic way of knowing that another
5972has started to edit it.  Others will get an error
5973message when they try to commit the file.  They must
5974then use @sc{cvs} commands to bring their working copy
5975up to date with the repository revision.  This process
5976is almost automatic.
5977
5978@c FIXME? should probably use the word "watch" here, to
5979@c tie this into the text below and above.
5980@sc{cvs} also supports mechanisms which facilitate
5981various kinds of communication, without actually
5982enforcing rules like reserved checkouts do.
5983
5984The rest of this chapter describes how these various
5985models work, and some of the issues involved in
5986choosing between them.
5987
5988@ignore
5989Here is a draft reserved checkout design or discussion
5990of the issues.  This seems like as good a place as any
5991for this.
5992
5993Might want a cvs lock/cvs unlock--in which the names
5994differ from edit/unedit because the network must be up
5995for these to work.  unedit gives an error if there is a
5996reserved checkout in place (so that people don't
5997accidentally leave locks around); unlock gives an error
5998if one is not in place (this is more arguable; perhaps
5999it should act like unedit in that case).
6000
6001On the other hand, might want it so that emacs,
6002scripts, etc., can get ready to edit a file without
6003having to know which model is in use.  In that case we
6004would have a "cvs watch lock" (or .cvsrc?) (that is,
6005three settings, "on", "off", and "lock").  Having cvs
6006watch lock set would cause a get to record in the CVS
6007directory which model is in use, and cause "cvs edit"
6008to change behaviors.  We'd want a way to query which
6009setting is in effect (this would be handy even if it is
6010only "on" or "off" as presently).  If lock is in
6011effect, then commit would require a lock before
6012allowing a checkin; chmod wouldn't suffice (might be
6013debatable--see chmod comment below, in watches--but it
6014is the way people expect RCS to work and I can't think
6015of any significant downside.  On the other hand, maybe
6016it isn't worth bothering, because people who are used
6017to RCS wouldn't think to use chmod anyway).
6018
6019Implementation: use file attributes or use RCS
6020locking.  The former avoids more dependence on RCS
6021behaviors we will need to re-implement as we librarify
6022RCS, and makes it easier to import/export RCS files (in
6023that context, want to ignore the locker field).  But
6024note that RCS locks are per-branch, which is the
6025correct behavior (this is also an issue for the "watch
6026on" features; they should be per-branch too).
6027
6028Here are a few more random notes about implementation
6029details, assuming "cvs watch lock" and
6030
6031CVS/Watched file?  Or try to fit this into CVS/Entries somehow?
6032Cases: (1) file is checked out (unreserved or with watch on) by old
6033version of @sc{cvs}, now we do something with new one, (2) file is checked
6034out by new version, now we do something with old one.
6035
6036Remote protocol would have a "Watched" analogous to "Mode".  Of course
6037it would apply to all Updated-like requests.  How do we keep this
6038setting up to date?  I guess that there wants to be a Watched request,
6039and the server would send a new one if it isn't up to date? (Ugh--hard
6040to implement and slows down "cvs -q update"--is there an easier way?)
6041
6042"cvs edit"--checks CVS/Watched, and if watch lock, then sends
6043"edit-lock" request.  Which comes back with a Checked-in with
6044appropriate Watched (off, on, lock, locked, or some such?), or error
6045message if already locked.
6046
6047"cvs commit"--only will commit if off/on/locked.  lock is not OK.
6048
6049Doc:
6050note that "cvs edit" must be connected to network if watch lock is in
6051effect.
6052
6053Talk about what to do if someone has locked a file and you want to
6054edit that file.  (breaking locks, or lack thereof).
6055
6056
6057One other idea (which could work along with the
6058existing "cvs admin -l" reserved checkouts, as well as
6059the above):
6060
6061"cvs editors" could show who has the file locked, if
6062someone does.
6063
6064@end ignore
6065
6066@menu
6067* File status::                 A file can be in several states
6068* Updating a file::             Bringing a file up-to-date
6069* Conflicts example::           An informative example
6070* Informing others::            To cooperate you must inform
6071* Concurrency::                 Simultaneous repository access
6072* Watches::                     Mechanisms to track who is editing files
6073* Choosing a model::            Reserved or unreserved checkouts?
6074@end menu
6075
6076@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
6077@node File status
6078@section File status
6079@cindex File status
6080@cindex Status of a file
6081
6082@c Shouldn't this start with an example or something,
6083@c introducing the unreserved checkout model?  Before we
6084@c dive into listing states?
6085Based on what operations you have performed on a
6086checked out file, and what operations others have
6087performed to that file in the repository, one can
6088classify a file in a number of states.  The states, as
6089reported by the @code{status} command, are:
6090
6091@c The order of items is chosen to group logically
6092@c similar outputs together.
6093@c People who want alphabetical can use the index...
6094@table @asis
6095@cindex Up-to-date
6096@item Up-to-date
6097The file is identical with the latest revision in the
6098repository for the branch in use.
6099@c FIXME: should we clarify "in use"?  The answer is
6100@c sticky tags, and trying to distinguish branch sticky
6101@c tags from non-branch sticky tags seems rather awkward
6102@c here.
6103@c FIXME: What happens with non-branch sticky tags?  Is
6104@c a stuck file "Up-to-date" or "Needs checkout" or what?
6105
6106@item Locally Modified
6107@cindex Locally Modified
6108You have edited the file, and not yet committed your changes.
6109
6110@item Locally Added
6111@cindex Locally Added
6112You have added the file with @code{add}, and not yet
6113committed your changes.
6114@c There are many cases involving the file being
6115@c added/removed/modified in the working directory, and
6116@c added/removed/modified in the repository, which we
6117@c don't try to describe here.  I'm not sure that "cvs
6118@c status" produces a non-confusing output in most of
6119@c those cases.
6120
6121@item Locally Removed
6122@cindex Locally Removed
6123You have removed the file with @code{remove}, and not yet
6124committed your changes.
6125
6126@item Needs Checkout
6127@cindex Needs Checkout
6128Someone else has committed a newer revision to the
6129repository.  The name is slightly misleading; you will
6130ordinarily use @code{update} rather than
6131@code{checkout} to get that newer revision.
6132
6133@item Needs Patch
6134@cindex Needs Patch
6135@c See also newb-123j0 in sanity.sh (although that case
6136@c should probably be changed rather than documented).
6137Like Needs Checkout, but the @sc{cvs} server will send
6138a patch rather than the entire file.  Sending a patch or
6139sending an entire file accomplishes the same thing.
6140
6141@item Needs Merge
6142@cindex Needs Merge
6143Someone else has committed a newer revision to the repository, and you
6144have also made modifications to the file.
6145
6146@item Unresolved Conflict
6147@cindex Unresolved Conflict
6148@c FIXCVS - This file status needs to be changed to some more informative
6149@c text that distinguishes it more clearly from each of the Locally Added,
6150@c File had conflicts on merge, and Unknown status types, but an exact and
6151@c succinct wording escapes me at the moment.
6152A file with the same name as this new file has been added to the repository
6153from a second workspace.  This file will need to be moved out of the way
6154to allow an @code{update} to complete.
6155
6156@item File had conflicts on merge
6157@cindex File had conflicts on merge
6158@c is it worth saying that this message was "Unresolved
6159@c Conflict" in CVS 1.9 and earlier?  I'm inclined to
6160@c think that is unnecessarily confusing to new users.
6161This is like Locally Modified, except that a previous
6162@code{update} command gave a conflict.  If you have not
6163already done so, you need to
6164resolve the conflict as described in @ref{Conflicts example}.
6165
6166@item Unknown
6167@cindex Unknown
6168@sc{cvs} doesn't know anything about this file.  For
6169example, you have created a new file and have not run
6170@code{add}.
6171@c
6172@c "Entry Invalid" and "Classify Error" are also in the
6173@c status.c.  The latter definitely indicates a CVS bug
6174@c (should it be worded more like "internal error" so
6175@c people submit bug reports if they see it?).  The former
6176@c I'm not as sure; I haven't tracked down whether/when it
6177@c appears in "cvs status" output.
6178
6179@end table
6180
6181To help clarify the file status, @code{status} also
6182reports the @code{Working revision} which is the
6183revision that the file in the working directory derives
6184from, and the @code{Repository revision} which is the
6185latest revision in the repository for the branch in
6186use.
6187The @samp{Commit Identifier} reflects the unique commitid
6188of the @code{commit}.
6189@c FIXME: should we clarify "in use"?  The answer is
6190@c sticky tags, and trying to distinguish branch sticky
6191@c tags from non-branch sticky tags seems rather awkward
6192@c here.
6193@c FIXME: What happens with non-branch sticky tags?
6194@c What is the Repository Revision there?  See the
6195@c comment at vn_rcs in cvs.h, which is kind of
6196@c confused--we really need to document better what this
6197@c field contains.
6198@c Q: Should we document "New file!" and other such
6199@c outputs or are they self-explanatory?
6200@c FIXME: what about the date to the right of "Working
6201@c revision"?  It doesn't appear with client/server and
6202@c seems unnecessary (redundant with "ls -l") so
6203@c perhaps it should be removed for non-client/server too?
6204@c FIXME: Need some examples.
6205@c FIXME: Working revision can also be something like
6206@c "-1.3" for a locally removed file.  Not at all
6207@c self-explanatory (and it is possible that CVS should
6208@c be changed rather than documenting this).
6209
6210@c Would be nice to have an @example showing output
6211@c from cvs status, with comments showing the xref
6212@c where each part of the output is described.  This
6213@c might fit in nicely if it is desirable to split this
6214@c node in two; one to introduce "cvs status" and one
6215@c to list each of the states.
6216The options to @code{status} are listed in
6217@ref{Invoking CVS}.  For information on its @code{Sticky tag}
6218and @code{Sticky date} output, see @ref{Sticky tags}.
6219For information on its @code{Sticky options} output,
6220see the @samp{-k} option in @ref{update options}.
6221
6222You can think of the @code{status} and @code{update}
6223commands as somewhat complementary.  You use
6224@code{update} to bring your files up to date, and you
6225can use @code{status} to give you some idea of what an
6226@code{update} would do (of course, the state of the
6227repository might change before you actually run
6228@code{update}).  In fact, if you want a command to
6229display file status in a more brief format than is
6230displayed by the @code{status} command, you can invoke
6231
6232@cindex update, to display file status
6233@example
6234$ cvs -n -q update
6235@end example
6236
6237The @samp{-n} option means to not actually do the
6238update, but merely to display statuses; the @samp{-q}
6239option avoids printing the name of each directory.  For
6240more information on the @code{update} command, and
6241these options, see @ref{Invoking CVS}.
6242
6243@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
6244@node Updating a file
6245@section Bringing a file up to date
6246@cindex Bringing a file up to date
6247@cindex Updating a file
6248@cindex Merging a file
6249@cindex Update, introduction
6250
6251When you want to update or merge a file, use the @code{cvs update -d}
6252command.  For files that are not up to date this is roughly equivalent
6253to a @code{checkout} command: the newest revision of the file is
6254extracted from the repository and put in your working directory.  The
6255@code{-d} option, not necessary with @code{checkout}, tells @sc{cvs}
6256that you wish it to create directories added by other developers.
6257
6258Your modifications to a file are never lost when you
6259use @code{update}.  If no newer revision exists,
6260running @code{update} has no effect.  If you have
6261edited the file, and a newer revision is available,
6262@sc{cvs} will merge all changes into your working copy.
6263
6264For instance, imagine that you checked out revision 1.4 and started
6265editing it.  In the meantime someone else committed revision 1.5, and
6266shortly after that revision 1.6.  If you run @code{update} on the file
6267now, @sc{cvs} will incorporate all changes between revision 1.4 and 1.6 into
6268your file.
6269
6270@cindex Overlap
6271If any of the changes between 1.4 and 1.6 were made too
6272close to any of the changes you have made, an
6273@dfn{overlap} occurs.  In such cases a warning is
6274printed, and the resulting file includes both
6275versions of the lines that overlap, delimited by
6276special markers.
6277@xref{update}, for a complete description of the
6278@code{update} command.
6279
6280@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
6281@node Conflicts example
6282@section Conflicts example
6283@cindex Merge, an example
6284@cindex Example of merge
6285@cindex driver.c (merge example)
6286
6287Suppose revision 1.4 of @file{driver.c} contains this:
6288
6289@example
6290#include <stdio.h>
6291
6292void main()
6293@{
6294    parse();
6295    if (nerr == 0)
6296        gencode();
6297    else
6298        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6299    exit(nerr == 0 ? 0 : 1);
6300@}
6301@end example
6302
6303@noindent
6304Revision 1.6 of @file{driver.c} contains this:
6305
6306@example
6307#include <stdio.h>
6308
6309int main(int argc,
6310         char **argv)
6311@{
6312    parse();
6313    if (argc != 1)
6314    @{
6315        fprintf(stderr, "tc: No args expected.\n");
6316        exit(1);
6317    @}
6318    if (nerr == 0)
6319        gencode();
6320    else
6321        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6322    exit(!!nerr);
6323@}
6324@end example
6325
6326@noindent
6327Your working copy of @file{driver.c}, based on revision
63281.4, contains this before you run @samp{cvs update}:
6329@c -- Really include "cvs"?
6330
6331@example
6332#include <stdlib.h>
6333#include <stdio.h>
6334
6335void main()
6336@{
6337    init_scanner();
6338    parse();
6339    if (nerr == 0)
6340        gencode();
6341    else
6342        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6343    exit(nerr == 0 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
6344@}
6345@end example
6346
6347@noindent
6348You run @samp{cvs update}:
6349@c -- Really include "cvs"?
6350
6351@example
6352$ cvs update driver.c
6353RCS file: /usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/driver.c,v
6354retrieving revision 1.4
6355retrieving revision 1.6
6356Merging differences between 1.4 and 1.6 into driver.c
6357rcsmerge warning: overlaps during merge
6358cvs update: conflicts found in driver.c
6359C driver.c
6360@end example
6361
6362@noindent
6363@cindex Conflicts (merge example)
6364@sc{cvs} tells you that there were some conflicts.
6365Your original working file is saved unmodified in
6366@file{.#driver.c.1.4}.  The new version of
6367@file{driver.c} contains this:
6368
6369@example
6370#include <stdlib.h>
6371#include <stdio.h>
6372
6373int main(int argc,
6374         char **argv)
6375@{
6376    init_scanner();
6377    parse();
6378    if (argc != 1)
6379    @{
6380        fprintf(stderr, "tc: No args expected.\n");
6381        exit(1);
6382    @}
6383    if (nerr == 0)
6384        gencode();
6385    else
6386        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6387@asis{}<<<<<<< driver.c
6388    exit(nerr == 0 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
6389@asis{}=======
6390    exit(!!nerr);
6391@asis{}>>>>>>> 1.6
6392@}
6393@end example
6394
6395@noindent
6396@cindex Markers, conflict
6397@cindex Conflict markers
6398@cindex <<<<<<<
6399@cindex >>>>>>>
6400@cindex =======
6401
6402Note how all non-overlapping modifications are incorporated in your working
6403copy, and that the overlapping section is clearly marked with
6404@samp{<<<<<<<}, @samp{=======} and @samp{>>>>>>>}.
6405
6406@cindex Resolving a conflict
6407@cindex Conflict resolution
6408You resolve the conflict by editing the file, removing the markers and
6409the erroneous line.  Suppose you end up with this file:
6410@c -- Add xref to the pcl-cvs manual when it talks
6411@c -- about this.
6412@example
6413#include <stdlib.h>
6414#include <stdio.h>
6415
6416int main(int argc,
6417         char **argv)
6418@{
6419    init_scanner();
6420    parse();
6421    if (argc != 1)
6422    @{
6423        fprintf(stderr, "tc: No args expected.\n");
6424        exit(1);
6425    @}
6426    if (nerr == 0)
6427        gencode();
6428    else
6429        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6430    exit(nerr == 0 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
6431@}
6432@end example
6433
6434@noindent
6435You can now go ahead and commit this as revision 1.7.
6436
6437@example
6438$ cvs commit -m "Initialize scanner. Use symbolic exit values." driver.c
6439Checking in driver.c;
6440/usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/driver.c,v  <--  driver.c
6441new revision: 1.7; previous revision: 1.6
6442done
6443@end example
6444
6445For your protection, @sc{cvs} will refuse to check in a
6446file if a conflict occurred and you have not resolved
6447the conflict.  Currently to resolve a conflict, you
6448must change the timestamp on the file.  In previous
6449versions of @sc{cvs}, you also needed to
6450insure that the file contains no conflict markers.
6451Because
6452your file may legitimately contain conflict markers (that
6453is, occurrences of @samp{>>>>>>> } at the start of a
6454line that don't mark a conflict), the current
6455version of @sc{cvs} will print a warning and proceed to
6456check in the file.
6457@c The old behavior was really icky; the only way out
6458@c was to start hacking on
6459@c the @code{CVS/Entries} file or other such workarounds.
6460@c
6461@c If the timestamp thing isn't considered nice enough,
6462@c maybe there should be a "cvs resolved" command
6463@c which clears the conflict indication.  For a nice user
6464@c interface, this should be invoked by an interactive
6465@c merge tool like emerge rather than by the user
6466@c directly--such a tool can verify that the user has
6467@c really dealt with each conflict.
6468
6469@cindex emerge
6470If you use release 1.04 or later of pcl-cvs (a @sc{gnu}
6471Emacs front-end for @sc{cvs}) you can use an Emacs
6472package called emerge to help you resolve conflicts.
6473See the documentation for pcl-cvs.
6474
6475@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
6476@node Informing others
6477@section Informing others about commits
6478@cindex Informing others
6479@cindex Spreading information
6480@cindex Mail, automatic mail on commit
6481
6482It is often useful to inform others when you commit a
6483new revision of a file.  The @samp{-i} option of the
6484@file{modules} file, or the @file{loginfo} file, can be
6485used to automate this process.  @xref{modules}.
6486@xref{loginfo}.  You can use these features of @sc{cvs}
6487to, for instance, instruct @sc{cvs} to mail a
6488message to all developers, or post a message to a local
6489newsgroup.
6490@c -- More text would be nice here.
6491
6492@node Concurrency
6493@section Several developers simultaneously attempting to run CVS
6494
6495@cindex Locks, cvs, introduction
6496@c For a discussion of *why* CVS creates locks, see
6497@c the comment at the start of src/lock.c
6498If several developers try to run @sc{cvs} at the same
6499time, one may get the following message:
6500
6501@example
6502[11:43:23] waiting for bach's lock in /usr/local/cvsroot/foo
6503@end example
6504
6505@cindex #cvs.rfl, removing
6506@cindex #cvs.wfl, removing
6507@cindex #cvs.lock, removing
6508@sc{cvs} will try again every 30 seconds, and either
6509continue with the operation or print the message again,
6510if it still needs to wait.  If a lock seems to stick
6511around for an undue amount of time, find the person
6512holding the lock and ask them about the cvs command
6513they are running.  If they aren't running a cvs
6514command, look in the repository directory mentioned in
6515the message and remove files which they own whose names
6516start with @file{#cvs.rfl},
6517@file{#cvs.wfl}, or @file{#cvs.lock}.
6518
6519Note that these locks are to protect @sc{cvs}'s
6520internal data structures and have no relationship to
6521the word @dfn{lock} in the sense used by
6522@sc{rcs}---which refers to reserved checkouts
6523(@pxref{Multiple developers}).
6524
6525Any number of people can be reading from a given
6526repository at a time; only when someone is writing do
6527the locks prevent other people from reading or writing.
6528
6529@cindex Atomic transactions, lack of
6530@cindex Transactions, atomic, lack of
6531@c the following talks about what one might call commit/update
6532@c atomicity.
6533@c Probably also should say something about
6534@c commit/commit atomicity, that is, "An update will
6535@c not get partial versions of more than one commit".
6536@c CVS currently has this property and I guess we can
6537@c make it a documented feature.
6538@c For example one person commits
6539@c a/one.c and b/four.c and another commits a/two.c and
6540@c b/three.c.  Then an update cannot get the new a/one.c
6541@c and a/two.c and the old b/four.c and b/three.c.
6542One might hope for the following property:
6543
6544@quotation
6545If someone commits some changes in one cvs command,
6546then an update by someone else will either get all the
6547changes, or none of them.
6548@end quotation
6549
6550@noindent
6551but @sc{cvs} does @emph{not} have this property.  For
6552example, given the files
6553
6554@example
6555a/one.c
6556a/two.c
6557b/three.c
6558b/four.c
6559@end example
6560
6561@noindent
6562if someone runs
6563
6564@example
6565cvs ci a/two.c b/three.c
6566@end example
6567
6568@noindent
6569and someone else runs @code{cvs update} at the same
6570time, the person running @code{update} might get only
6571the change to @file{b/three.c} and not the change to
6572@file{a/two.c}.
6573
6574@node Watches
6575@section Mechanisms to track who is editing files
6576@cindex Watches
6577
6578For many groups, use of @sc{cvs} in its default mode is
6579perfectly satisfactory.  Users may sometimes go to
6580check in a modification only to find that another
6581modification has intervened, but they deal with it and
6582proceed with their check in.  Other groups prefer to be
6583able to know who is editing what files, so that if two
6584people try to edit the same file they can choose to
6585talk about who is doing what when rather than be
6586surprised at check in time.  The features in this
6587section allow such coordination, while retaining the
6588ability of two developers to edit the same file at the
6589same time.
6590
6591@c Some people might ask why CVS does not enforce the
6592@c rule on chmod, by requiring a cvs edit before a cvs
6593@c commit.  The main reason is that it could always be
6594@c circumvented--one could edit the file, and
6595@c then when ready to check it in, do the cvs edit and put
6596@c in the new contents and do the cvs commit.  One
6597@c implementation note: if we _do_ want to have cvs commit
6598@c require a cvs edit, we should store the state on
6599@c whether the cvs edit has occurred in the working
6600@c directory, rather than having the server try to keep
6601@c track of what working directories exist.
6602@c FIXME: should the above discussion be part of the
6603@c manual proper, somewhere, not just in a comment?
6604For maximum benefit developers should use @code{cvs
6605edit} (not @code{chmod}) to make files read-write to
6606edit them, and @code{cvs release} (not @code{rm}) to
6607discard a working directory which is no longer in use,
6608but @sc{cvs} is not able to enforce this behavior.
6609
6610If a development team wants stronger enforcement of
6611watches and all team members are using a @sc{cvs} client version 1.12.10 or
6612greater to access a @sc{cvs} server version 1.12.10 or greater, they can
6613enable advisory locks.  To enable advisory locks, have all developers
6614put "edit -c" and "commit -c" into all .cvsrc files,
6615and make files default to read only by turning on watches
6616or putting "cvs -r" into all .cvsrc files.
6617This prevents multiple people from editting a file at
6618the same time (unless explicitly overriden with @samp{-f}).
6619
6620@c I'm a little dissatisfied with this presentation,
6621@c because "watch on"/"edit"/"editors" are one set of
6622@c functionality, and "watch add"/"watchers" is another
6623@c which is somewhat orthogonal even though they interact in
6624@c various ways.  But I think it might be
6625@c confusing to describe them separately (e.g. "watch
6626@c add" with loginfo).  I don't know.
6627
6628@menu
6629* Setting a watch::             Telling CVS to watch certain files
6630* Getting Notified::            Telling CVS to notify you
6631* Editing files::               How to edit a file which is being watched
6632* Watch information::           Information about who is watching and editing
6633* Watches Compatibility::       Watches interact poorly with CVS 1.6 or earlier
6634@end menu
6635
6636@node Setting a watch
6637@subsection Telling CVS to watch certain files
6638
6639To enable the watch features, you first specify that
6640certain files are to be watched.
6641
6642@cindex watch on (subcommand)
6643@deffn Command {cvs watch on} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6644
6645@cindex Read-only files, and watches
6646Specify that developers should run @code{cvs edit}
6647before editing @var{files}.  @sc{cvs} will create working
6648copies of @var{files} read-only, to remind developers
6649to run the @code{cvs edit} command before working on
6650them.
6651
6652If @var{files} includes the name of a directory, @sc{cvs}
6653arranges to watch all files added to the corresponding
6654repository directory, and sets a default for files
6655added in the future; this allows the user to set
6656notification policies on a per-directory basis.  The
6657contents of the directory are processed recursively,
6658unless the @code{-l} option is given.
6659The @code{-R} option can be used to force recursion if the @code{-l}
6660option is set in @file{~/.cvsrc} (@pxref{~/.cvsrc}).
6661
6662If @var{files} is omitted, it defaults to the current directory.
6663
6664@cindex watch off (subcommand)
6665@end deffn
6666
6667@deffn Command {cvs watch off} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6668
6669Do not create @var{files} read-only on checkout; thus,
6670developers will not be reminded to use @code{cvs edit}
6671and @code{cvs unedit}.
6672@ignore
6673@sc{cvs} will check out @var{files}
6674read-write as usual, unless other permissions override
6675due to the @code{PreservePermissions} option being
6676enabled in the @file{config} administrative file
6677(@pxref{Special Files}, @pxref{config})
6678@end ignore
6679
6680The @var{files} and options are processed as for @code{cvs
6681watch on}.
6682
6683@end deffn
6684
6685@node Getting Notified
6686@subsection Telling CVS to notify you
6687
6688You can tell @sc{cvs} that you want to receive
6689notifications about various actions taken on a file.
6690You can do this without using @code{cvs watch on} for
6691the file, but generally you will want to use @code{cvs
6692watch on}, to remind developers to use the @code{cvs edit}
6693command.
6694
6695@cindex watch add (subcommand)
6696@deffn Command {cvs watch add} [@code{-lR}] [@code{-a} @var{action}]@dots{} [@var{files}]@dots{}
6697
6698Add the current user to the list of people to receive notification of
6699work done on @var{files}.
6700
6701The @code{-a} option specifies what kinds of events @sc{cvs} should notify
6702the user about.  @var{action} is one of the following:
6703
6704@table @code
6705
6706@item edit
6707Another user has applied the @code{cvs edit} command (described
6708below) to a watched file.
6709
6710@item commit
6711Another user has committed changes to one of the named @var{files}.
6712
6713@item unedit
6714Another user has abandoned editing a file (other than by committing changes).
6715They can do this in several ways, by:
6716
6717@itemize @bullet
6718
6719@item
6720applying the @code{cvs unedit} command (described below) to the file
6721
6722@item
6723applying the @code{cvs release} command (@pxref{release}) to the file's parent directory
6724(or recursively to a directory more than one level up)
6725
6726@item
6727deleting the file and allowing @code{cvs update} to recreate it
6728
6729@end itemize
6730
6731@item all
6732All of the above.
6733
6734@item none
6735None of the above.  (This is useful with @code{cvs edit},
6736described below.)
6737
6738@end table
6739
6740The @code{-a} option may appear more than once, or not at all.  If
6741omitted, the action defaults to @code{all}.
6742
6743The @var{files} and options are processed as for
6744@code{cvs watch on}.
6745
6746@end deffn
6747
6748
6749@cindex watch remove (subcommand)
6750@deffn Command {cvs watch remove} [@code{-lR}] [@code{-a} @var{action}]@dots{} [@var{files}]@dots{}
6751
6752Remove a notification request established using @code{cvs watch add};
6753the arguments are the same.  If the @code{-a} option is present, only
6754watches for the specified actions are removed.
6755
6756@end deffn
6757
6758@cindex notify (admin file)
6759When the conditions exist for notification, @sc{cvs}
6760calls the @file{notify} administrative file.  Edit
6761@file{notify} as one edits the other administrative
6762files (@pxref{Intro administrative files}).  This
6763file follows the usual conventions for administrative
6764files (@pxref{syntax}), where each line is a regular
6765expression followed by a command to execute.  The
6766command should contain a single occurrence of @samp{%s}
6767which will be replaced by the user to notify; the rest
6768of the information regarding the notification will be
6769supplied to the command on standard input.  The
6770standard thing to put in the @code{notify} file is the
6771single line:
6772
6773@example
6774ALL mail %s -s "CVS notification"
6775@end example
6776
6777@noindent
6778This causes users to be notified by electronic mail.
6779@c FIXME: should it be this hard to set up this
6780@c behavior (and the result when one fails to do so,
6781@c silent failure to notify, so non-obvious)?  Should
6782@c CVS give a warning if no line in notify matches (and
6783@c document the use of "DEFAULT :" for the case where
6784@c skipping the notification is indeed desired)?
6785
6786@cindex users (admin file)
6787Note that if you set this up in the straightforward
6788way, users receive notifications on the server machine.
6789One could of course write a @file{notify} script which
6790directed notifications elsewhere, but to make this
6791easy, @sc{cvs} allows you to associate a notification
6792address for each user.  To do so create a file
6793@file{users} in @file{CVSROOT} with a line for each
6794user in the format @var{user}:@var{value}.  Then
6795instead of passing the name of the user to be notified
6796to @file{notify}, @sc{cvs} will pass the @var{value}
6797(normally an email address on some other machine).
6798
6799@sc{cvs} does not notify you for your own changes.
6800Currently this check is done based on whether the user
6801name of the person taking the action which triggers
6802notification matches the user name of the person
6803getting notification.  In fact, in general, the watches
6804features only track one edit by each user.  It probably
6805would be more useful if watches tracked each working
6806directory separately, so this behavior might be worth
6807changing.
6808@c "behavior might be worth changing" is an effort to
6809@c point to future directions while also not promising
6810@c that "they" (as in "why don't they fix CVS to....")
6811@c will do this.
6812@c one implementation issue is identifying whether a
6813@c working directory is same or different.  Comparing
6814@c pathnames/hostnames is hopeless, but having the server
6815@c supply a serial number which the client stores in the
6816@c CVS directory as a magic cookie should work.
6817
6818@node Editing files
6819@subsection How to edit a file which is being watched
6820
6821@cindex Checkout, as term for getting ready to edit
6822Since a file which is being watched is checked out
6823read-only, you cannot simply edit it.  To make it
6824read-write, and inform others that you are planning to
6825edit it, use the @code{cvs edit} command.  Some systems
6826call this a @dfn{checkout}, but @sc{cvs} uses that term
6827for obtaining a copy of the sources (@pxref{Getting the
6828source}), an operation which those systems call a
6829@dfn{get} or a @dfn{fetch}.
6830@c Issue to think about: should we transition CVS
6831@c towards the "get" terminology?  "cvs get" is already a
6832@c synonym for "cvs checkout" and that section of the
6833@c manual refers to "Getting the source".  If this is
6834@c done, needs to be done gingerly (for example, we should
6835@c still accept "checkout" in .cvsrc files indefinitely
6836@c even if the CVS's messages are changed from "cvs checkout: "
6837@c to "cvs get: ").
6838@c There is a concern about whether "get" is not as
6839@c good for novices because it is a more general term
6840@c than "checkout" (and thus arguably harder to assign
6841@c a technical meaning for).
6842
6843@cindex edit (subcommand)
6844@deffn Command {cvs edit} [@code{-lR}] [@code{-a} @var{action}]@dots{} [@var{files}]@dots{}
6845
6846Prepare to edit the working files @var{files}.  @sc{cvs} makes the
6847@var{files} read-write, and notifies users who have requested
6848@code{edit} notification for any of @var{files}.
6849
6850The @code{cvs edit} command accepts the same options as the
6851@code{cvs watch add} command, and establishes a temporary watch for the
6852user on @var{files}; @sc{cvs} will remove the watch when @var{files} are
6853@code{unedit}ed or @code{commit}ted.  If the user does not wish to
6854receive notifications, she should specify @code{-a none}.
6855
6856The @var{files} and the options are processed as for the @code{cvs
6857watch} commands.
6858
6859There are two additional options that @code{cvs edit} understands as of
6860@sc{cvs} client and server versions 1.12.10 but @code{cvs watch} does not.
6861The first is @code{-c}, which causes @code{cvs edit} to fail if anyone else
6862is editting the file.  This is probably only useful when @samp{edit -c} and
6863@samp{commit -c} are specified in all developers' @file{.cvsrc} files.  This
6864behavior may be overriden this via the @code{-f} option, which overrides
6865@code{-c} and allows multiple edits to succeed.
6866
6867@ignore
6868@strong{Caution: If the @code{PreservePermissions}
6869option is enabled in the repository (@pxref{config}),
6870@sc{cvs} will not change the permissions on any of the
6871@var{files}.  The reason for this change is to ensure
6872that using @samp{cvs edit} does not interfere with the
6873ability to store file permissions in the @sc{cvs}
6874repository.}
6875@end ignore
6876
6877@end deffn
6878
6879Normally when you are done with a set of changes, you
6880use the @code{cvs commit} command, which checks in your
6881changes and returns the watched files to their usual
6882read-only state.  But if you instead decide to abandon
6883your changes, or not to make any changes, you can use
6884the @code{cvs unedit} command.
6885
6886@cindex unedit (subcommand)
6887@cindex Abandoning work
6888@cindex Reverting to repository version
6889@deffn Command {cvs unedit} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6890
6891Abandon work on the working files @var{files}, and revert them to the
6892repository versions on which they are based.  @sc{cvs} makes those
6893@var{files} read-only for which users have requested notification using
6894@code{cvs watch on}.  @sc{cvs} notifies users who have requested @code{unedit}
6895notification for any of @var{files}.
6896
6897The @var{files} and options are processed as for the
6898@code{cvs watch} commands.
6899
6900If watches are not in use, the @code{unedit} command
6901probably does not work, and the way to revert to the
6902repository version is with the command @code{cvs update -C file}
6903(@pxref{update}).
6904The meaning is
6905not precisely the same; the latter may also
6906bring in some changes which have been made in the
6907repository since the last time you updated.
6908@c It would be a useful enhancement to CVS to make
6909@c unedit work in the non-watch case as well.
6910@end deffn
6911
6912When using client/server @sc{cvs}, you can use the
6913@code{cvs edit} and @code{cvs unedit} commands even if
6914@sc{cvs} is unable to successfully communicate with the
6915server; the notifications will be sent upon the next
6916successful @sc{cvs} command.
6917
6918@node Watch information
6919@subsection Information about who is watching and editing
6920
6921@cindex watchers (subcommand)
6922@deffn Command {cvs watchers} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6923
6924List the users currently watching changes to @var{files}.  The report
6925includes the files being watched, and the mail address of each watcher.
6926
6927The @var{files} and options are processed as for the
6928@code{cvs watch} commands.
6929
6930@end deffn
6931
6932
6933@cindex editors (subcommand)
6934@deffn Command {cvs editors} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6935
6936List the users currently working on @var{files}.  The report
6937includes the mail address of each user, the time when the user began
6938working with the file, and the host and path of the working directory
6939containing the file.
6940
6941The @var{files} and options are processed as for the
6942@code{cvs watch} commands.
6943
6944@end deffn
6945
6946@node Watches Compatibility
6947@subsection Using watches with old versions of CVS
6948
6949@cindex CVS 1.6, and watches
6950If you use the watch features on a repository, it
6951creates @file{CVS} directories in the repository and
6952stores the information about watches in that directory.
6953If you attempt to use @sc{cvs} 1.6 or earlier with the
6954repository, you get an error message such as the
6955following (all on one line):
6956
6957@example
6958cvs update: cannot open CVS/Entries for reading:
6959No such file or directory
6960@end example
6961
6962@noindent
6963and your operation will likely be aborted.  To use the
6964watch features, you must upgrade all copies of @sc{cvs}
6965which use that repository in local or server mode.  If
6966you cannot upgrade, use the @code{watch off} and
6967@code{watch remove} commands to remove all watches, and
6968that will restore the repository to a state which
6969@sc{cvs} 1.6 can cope with.
6970
6971@node Choosing a model
6972@section Choosing between reserved or unreserved checkouts
6973@cindex Choosing, reserved or unreserved checkouts
6974
6975Reserved and unreserved checkouts each have pros and
6976cons.  Let it be said that a lot of this is a matter of
6977opinion or what works given different groups' working
6978styles, but here is a brief description of some of the
6979issues.  There are many ways to organize a team of
6980developers.  @sc{cvs} does not try to enforce a certain
6981organization.  It is a tool that can be used in several
6982ways.
6983
6984Reserved checkouts can be very counter-productive.  If
6985two persons want to edit different parts of a file,
6986there may be no reason to prevent either of them from
6987doing so.  Also, it is common for someone to take out a
6988lock on a file, because they are planning to edit it,
6989but then forget to release the lock.
6990
6991@c "many groups"?  specifics?  cites to papers on this?
6992@c some way to weasel-word it a bit more so we don't
6993@c need facts :-)?
6994People, especially people who are familiar with
6995reserved checkouts, often wonder how often conflicts
6996occur if unreserved checkouts are used, and how
6997difficult they are to resolve.  The experience with
6998many groups is that they occur rarely and usually are
6999relatively straightforward to resolve.
7000
7001The rarity of serious conflicts may be surprising, until one realizes
7002that they occur only when two developers disagree on the proper design
7003for a given section of code; such a disagreement suggests that the
7004team has not been communicating properly in the first place.  In order
7005to collaborate under @emph{any} source management regimen, developers
7006must agree on the general design of the system; given this agreement,
7007overlapping changes are usually straightforward to merge.
7008
7009In some cases unreserved checkouts are clearly
7010inappropriate.  If no merge tool exists for the kind of
7011file you are managing (for example word processor files
7012or files edited by Computer Aided Design programs), and
7013it is not desirable to change to a program which uses a
7014mergeable data format, then resolving conflicts is
7015going to be unpleasant enough that you generally will
7016be better off to simply avoid the conflicts instead, by
7017using reserved checkouts.
7018
7019The watches features described above in @ref{Watches}
7020can be considered to be an intermediate model between
7021reserved checkouts and unreserved checkouts.  When you
7022go to edit a file, it is possible to find out who else
7023is editing it.  And rather than having the system
7024simply forbid both people editing the file, it can tell
7025you what the situation is and let you figure out
7026whether it is a problem in that particular case or not.
7027Therefore, for some groups watches can be
7028considered the best of both the reserved checkout and unreserved
7029checkout worlds.
7030
7031As of @sc{cvs} client and server versions 1.12.10, you may also enable
7032advisory locks by putting @samp{edit -c} and @samp{commit -c} in all
7033developers' @file{.cvsrc} files.  After this is done, @code{cvs edit}
7034will fail if there are any other editors, and @code{cvs commit} will
7035fail if the committer has not registered to edit the file via @code{cvs edit}.
7036This is most effective in conjunction with files checked out read-only by
7037default, which may be enabled by turning on watches in the repository or by
7038putting @samp{cvs -r} in all @file{.cvsrc} files.
7039
7040
7041@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7042@node Revision management
7043@chapter Revision management
7044@cindex Revision management
7045
7046@c -- This chapter could be expanded a lot.
7047@c -- Experiences are very welcome!
7048
7049If you have read this far, you probably have a pretty
7050good grasp on what @sc{cvs} can do for you.  This
7051chapter talks a little about things that you still have
7052to decide.
7053
7054If you are doing development on your own using @sc{cvs}
7055you could probably skip this chapter.  The questions
7056this chapter takes up become more important when more
7057than one person is working in a repository.
7058
7059@menu
7060* When to commit::              Some discussion on the subject
7061@end menu
7062
7063@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7064@node When to commit
7065@section When to commit?
7066@cindex When to commit
7067@cindex Committing, when to
7068@cindex Policy
7069
7070Your group should decide which policy to use regarding
7071commits.  Several policies are possible, and as your
7072experience with @sc{cvs} grows you will probably find
7073out what works for you.
7074
7075If you commit files too quickly you might commit files
7076that do not even compile.  If your partner updates his
7077working sources to include your buggy file, he will be
7078unable to compile the code.  On the other hand, other
7079persons will not be able to benefit from the
7080improvements you make to the code if you commit very
7081seldom, and conflicts will probably be more common.
7082
7083It is common to only commit files after making sure
7084that they can be compiled.  Some sites require that the
7085files pass a test suite.  Policies like this can be
7086enforced using the commitinfo file
7087(@pxref{commitinfo}), but you should think twice before
7088you enforce such a convention.  By making the
7089development environment too controlled it might become
7090too regimented and thus counter-productive to the real
7091goal, which is to get software written.
7092
7093@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7094@node Keyword substitution
7095@chapter Keyword substitution
7096@cindex Keyword substitution
7097@cindex Keyword expansion
7098@cindex Identifying files
7099
7100@comment   Be careful when editing this chapter.
7101@comment   Remember that this file is kept under
7102@comment   version control, so we must not accidentally
7103@comment   include a valid keyword in the running text.
7104
7105As long as you edit source files inside a working
7106directory you can always find out the state of
7107your files via @samp{cvs status} and @samp{cvs log}.
7108But as soon as you export the files from your
7109development environment it becomes harder to identify
7110which revisions they are.
7111
7112@sc{cvs} can use a mechanism known as @dfn{keyword
7113substitution} (or @dfn{keyword expansion}) to help
7114identifying the files.  Embedded strings of the form
7115@code{$@var{keyword}$} and
7116@code{$@var{keyword}:@dots{}$} in a file are replaced
7117with strings of the form
7118@code{$@var{keyword}:@var{value}$} whenever you obtain
7119a new revision of the file.
7120
7121@menu
7122* Keyword list::                   Keywords
7123* Using keywords::                 Using keywords
7124* Avoiding substitution::          Avoiding substitution
7125* Substitution modes::             Substitution modes
7126* Configuring keyword expansion::  Configuring keyword expansion
7127* Log keyword::                    Problems with the $@splitrcskeyword{Log}$ keyword.
7128@end menu
7129
7130@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7131@node Keyword list
7132@section Keyword List
7133@cindex Keyword List
7134
7135@c FIXME: need some kind of example here I think,
7136@c perhaps in a
7137@c "Keyword intro" node.  The intro in the "Keyword
7138@c substitution" node itself seems OK, but to launch
7139@c into a list of the keywords somehow seems too abrupt.
7140
7141This is a list of the keywords:
7142
7143@table @code
7144@cindex Author keyword
7145@item $@splitrcskeyword{Author}$
7146The login name of the user who checked in the revision.
7147
7148@cindex CVSHeader keyword
7149@item $@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$
7150A standard header (similar to $@splitrcskeyword{Header}$, but with
7151the CVS root stripped off). It contains the relative
7152pathname of the @sc{rcs} file to the CVS root, the
7153revision number, the date (UTC), the author, the state,
7154and the locker (if locked). Files will normally never
7155be locked when you use @sc{cvs}.
7156
7157Note that this keyword has only been recently
7158introduced to @sc{cvs} and may cause problems with
7159existing installations if $@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$ is already
7160in the files for a different purpose. This keyword may
7161be excluded using the @code{KeywordExpand=eCVSHeader}
7162in the @file{CVSROOT/config} file. 
7163See @ref{Configuring keyword expansion} for more details.
7164
7165@cindex Date keyword
7166@item $@splitrcskeyword{Date}$
7167The date and time (UTC) the revision was checked in.
7168
7169@cindex Header keyword
7170@item $@splitrcskeyword{Header}$
7171A standard header containing the full pathname of the
7172@sc{rcs} file, the revision number, the date (UTC), the
7173author, the state, and the locker (if locked).  Files
7174will normally never be locked when you use @sc{cvs}.
7175
7176@cindex Id keyword
7177@item $@splitrcskeyword{Id}$
7178Same as @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Header}$}, except that the @sc{rcs}
7179filename is without a path.
7180
7181@cindex Name keyword
7182@item $@splitrcskeyword{Name}$
7183Tag name used to check out this file.  The keyword is
7184expanded only if one checks out with an explicit tag
7185name.  For example, when running the command @code{cvs
7186co -r first}, the keyword expands to @samp{Name: first}.
7187
7188@cindex Locker keyword
7189@item $@splitrcskeyword{Locker}$
7190The login name of the user who locked the revision
7191(empty if not locked, which is the normal case unless
7192@code{cvs admin -l} is in use).
7193
7194@cindex Log keyword
7195@cindex MaxCommentLeaderLength
7196@cindex UseArchiveCommentLeader
7197@cindex Log keyword, configuring substitution behavior
7198@item $@splitrcskeyword{Log}$
7199The log message supplied during commit, preceded by a
7200header containing the @sc{rcs} filename, the revision
7201number, the author, and the date (UTC).  Existing log
7202messages are @emph{not} replaced.  Instead, the new log
7203message is inserted after @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}:@dots{}$}.
7204By default, each new line is prefixed with the same string which
7205precedes the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword, unless it exceeds the
7206@code{MaxCommentLeaderLength} set in @file{CVSROOT/config}.
7207
7208For example, if the file contains:
7209
7210@example
7211  /* Here is what people have been up to:
7212   *
7213   * $@splitrcskeyword{Log}: frob.c,v $
7214   * Revision 1.1  1997/01/03 14:23:51  joe
7215   * Add the superfrobnicate option
7216   *
7217   */
7218@end example
7219
7220@noindent
7221then additional lines which are added when expanding
7222the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword will be preceded by @samp{   * }.
7223Unlike previous versions of @sc{cvs} and @sc{rcs}, the
7224@dfn{comment leader} from the @sc{rcs} file is not used.
7225The @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword is useful for
7226accumulating a complete change log in a source file,
7227but for several reasons it can be problematic.
7228
7229If the prefix of the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword turns out to be
7230longer than @code{MaxCommentLeaderLength}, CVS will skip expansion of this
7231keyword unless @code{UseArchiveCommentLeader} is also set in
7232@file{CVSROOT/config} and a @samp{comment leader} is set in the RCS archive
7233file, in which case the comment leader will be used instead.  For more on
7234setting the comment leader in the RCS archive file, @xref{admin}.  For more
7235on configuring the default @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} substitution
7236behavior, @xref{config}.
7237
7238@xref{Log keyword}.
7239
7240@cindex RCSfile keyword
7241@item $@splitrcskeyword{RCSfile}$
7242The name of the RCS file without a path.
7243
7244@cindex Revision keyword
7245@item $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}$
7246The revision number assigned to the revision.
7247
7248@cindex Source keyword
7249@item $@splitrcskeyword{Source}$
7250The full pathname of the RCS file.
7251
7252@cindex State keyword
7253@item $@splitrcskeyword{State}$
7254The state assigned to the revision.  States can be
7255assigned with @code{cvs admin -s}---see @ref{admin options}.
7256
7257@cindex Local keyword
7258@item Local keyword
7259The @code{LocalKeyword} option in the @file{CVSROOT/config} file
7260may be used to specify a local keyword which is to be
7261used as an alias for one of the keywords: $@splitrcskeyword{Id}$,
7262$@splitrcskeyword{Header}$, or $@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$. For
7263example, if the @file{CVSROOT/config} file contains
7264a line with @code{LocalKeyword=MYBSD=CVSHeader}, then a
7265file with the local keyword $@splitrcskeyword{MYBSD}$ will be
7266expanded as if it were a $@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$ keyword. If
7267the src/frob.c file contained this keyword, it might
7268look something like this:
7269
7270@example
7271  /*
7272   * $@splitrcskeyword{MYBSD}: src/frob.c,v 1.1 2003/05/04 09:27:45 john Exp $ 
7273   */
7274@end example
7275
7276Many repositories make use of a such a ``local
7277keyword'' feature. An old patch to @sc{cvs} provided
7278the @code{LocalKeyword} feature using a @code{tag=}
7279option and called this the ``custom tag'' or ``local
7280tag'' feature. It was used in conjunction with the
7281what they called the @code{tagexpand=} option. In
7282@sc{cvs} this other option is known as the
7283@code{KeywordExpand} option. 
7284See @ref{Configuring keyword expansion} for more
7285details.
7286
7287Examples from popular projects include:
7288$@splitrcskeyword{FreeBSD}$, $@splitrcskeyword{NetBSD}$,
7289$@splitrcskeyword{OpenBSD}$, $@splitrcskeyword{XFree86}$,
7290$@splitrcskeyword{Xorg}$.
7291
7292The advantage of this is that you can include your
7293local version information in a file using this local
7294keyword without disrupting the upstream version
7295information (which may be a different local keyword or
7296a standard keyword). Allowing bug reports and the like
7297to more properly identify the source of the original
7298bug to the third-party and reducing the number of
7299conflicts that arise during an import of a new version.
7300
7301All keyword expansion except the local keyword may be
7302disabled using the @code{KeywordExpand} option in
7303the @file{CVSROOT/config} file---see 
7304@ref{Configuring keyword expansion} for more details.
7305
7306@end table
7307
7308@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7309@node Using keywords
7310@section Using keywords
7311
7312To include a keyword string you simply include the
7313relevant text string, such as @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$}, inside the
7314file, and commit the file.  @sc{cvs} will automatically (Or,
7315more accurately, as part of the update run that
7316automatically happens after a commit.)
7317expand the string as part of the commit operation.
7318
7319It is common to embed the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$} string in
7320the source files so that it gets passed through to
7321generated files.  For example, if you are managing
7322computer program source code, you might include a
7323variable which is initialized to contain that string.
7324Or some C compilers may provide a @code{#pragma ident}
7325directive.  Or a document management system might
7326provide a way to pass a string through to generated
7327files.
7328
7329@c Would be nice to give an example, but doing this in
7330@c portable C is not possible and the problem with
7331@c picking any one language (VMS HELP files, Ada,
7332@c troff, whatever) is that people use CVS for all
7333@c kinds of files.
7334
7335@cindex Ident (shell command)
7336The @code{ident} command (which is part of the @sc{rcs}
7337package) can be used to extract keywords and their
7338values from a file.  This can be handy for text files,
7339but it is even more useful for extracting keywords from
7340binary files.
7341
7342@example
7343$ ident samp.c
7344samp.c:
7345     $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: samp.c,v 1.5 1993/10/19 14:57:32 ceder Exp $
7346$ gcc samp.c
7347$ ident a.out
7348a.out:
7349     $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: samp.c,v 1.5 1993/10/19 14:57:32 ceder Exp $
7350@end example
7351
7352@cindex What (shell command)
7353S@sc{ccs} is another popular revision control system.
7354It has a command, @code{what}, which is very similar to
7355@code{ident} and used for the same purpose.  Many sites
7356without @sc{rcs} have @sc{sccs}.  Since @code{what}
7357looks for the character sequence @code{@@(#)} it is
7358easy to include keywords that are detected by either
7359command.  Simply prefix the keyword with the
7360magic @sc{sccs} phrase, like this:
7361
7362@example
7363static char *id="@@(#) $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: ab.c,v 1.5 1993/10/19 14:57:32 ceder Exp $";
7364@end example
7365
7366@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7367@node Avoiding substitution
7368@section Avoiding substitution
7369
7370Keyword substitution has its disadvantages.  Sometimes
7371you might want the literal text string
7372@samp{$@splitrcskeyword{Author}$} to appear inside a file without
7373@sc{cvs} interpreting it as a keyword and expanding it
7374into something like @samp{$@splitrcskeyword{Author}: ceder $}.
7375
7376There is unfortunately no way to selectively turn off
7377keyword substitution.  You can use @samp{-ko}
7378(@pxref{Substitution modes}) to turn off keyword
7379substitution entirely.
7380
7381In many cases you can avoid using keywords in
7382the source, even though they appear in the final
7383product.  For example, the source for this manual
7384contains @samp{$@@asis@{@}Author$} whenever the text
7385@samp{$@splitrcskeyword{Author}$} should appear.  In @code{nroff}
7386and @code{troff} you can embed the null-character
7387@code{\&} inside the keyword for a similar effect.
7388
7389It is also possible to specify an explicit list of
7390keywords to include or exclude using the
7391@code{KeywordExpand} option in the
7392@file{CVSROOT/config} file--see @ref{Configuring keyword expansion}
7393for more details. This feature is intended primarily
7394for use with the @code{LocalKeyword} option--see
7395@ref{Keyword list}.
7396
7397@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7398@node Substitution modes
7399@section Substitution modes
7400@cindex Keyword substitution, changing modes
7401@cindex -k (keyword substitution)
7402@cindex Kflag
7403
7404@c FIXME: This could be made more coherent, by expanding it
7405@c with more examples or something.
7406Each file has a stored default substitution mode, and
7407each working directory copy of a file also has a
7408substitution mode.  The former is set by the @samp{-k}
7409option to @code{cvs add} and @code{cvs admin}; the
7410latter is set by the @samp{-k} or @samp{-A} options to @code{cvs
7411checkout} or @code{cvs update}.
7412@code{cvs diff} and @code{cvs rdiff} also
7413have @samp{-k} options.
7414For some examples,
7415see @ref{Binary files}, and @ref{Merging and keywords}.
7416@c The fact that -A is overloaded to mean both reset
7417@c sticky options and reset sticky tags/dates is
7418@c somewhat questionable.  Perhaps there should be
7419@c separate options to reset sticky options (e.g. -k
7420@c A") and tags/dates (someone suggested -r HEAD could
7421@c do this instead of setting a sticky tag of "HEAD"
7422@c as in the status quo but I haven't thought much
7423@c about that idea.  Of course -r .reset or something
7424@c could be coined if this needs to be a new option).
7425@c On the other hand, having -A mean "get things back
7426@c into the state after a fresh checkout" has a certain
7427@c appeal, and maybe there is no sufficient reason for
7428@c creeping featurism in this area.
7429
7430The modes available are:
7431
7432@table @samp
7433@item -kkv
7434Generate keyword strings using the default form, e.g.
7435@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 5.7 $} for the @code{Revision}
7436keyword.
7437
7438@item -kkvl
7439Like @samp{-kkv}, except that a locker's name is always
7440inserted if the given revision is currently locked.
7441The locker's name is only relevant if @code{cvs admin
7442-l} is in use.
7443
7444@item -kk
7445Generate only keyword names in keyword strings; omit
7446their values.  For example, for the @code{Revision}
7447keyword, generate the string @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}$}
7448instead of @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 5.7 $}.  This option
7449is useful to ignore differences due to keyword
7450substitution when comparing different revisions of a
7451file (@pxref{Merging and keywords}).
7452
7453@item -ko
7454Generate the old keyword string, present in the working
7455file just before it was checked in.  For example, for
7456the @code{Revision} keyword, generate the string
7457@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.1 $} instead of
7458@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 5.7 $} if that is how the
7459string appeared when the file was checked in.
7460
7461@item -kb
7462Like @samp{-ko}, but also inhibit conversion of line
7463endings between the canonical form in which they are
7464stored in the repository (linefeed only), and the form
7465appropriate to the operating system in use on the
7466client.  For systems, like unix, which use linefeed
7467only to terminate lines, this is very similar to
7468@samp{-ko}.  For more information on binary files, see
7469@ref{Binary files}.  In @sc{cvs} version 1.12.2 and later
7470@samp{-kb}, as set by @code{cvs add}, @code{cvs admin}, or
7471@code{cvs import} may not be overridden by a @samp{-k} option
7472specified on the command line.
7473
7474@item -kv
7475Generate only keyword values for keyword strings.  For
7476example, for the @code{Revision} keyword, generate the string
7477@code{5.7} instead of @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 5.7 $}.
7478This can help generate files in programming languages
7479where it is hard to strip keyword delimiters like
7480@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: $} from a string.  However,
7481further keyword substitution cannot be performed once
7482the keyword names are removed, so this option should be
7483used with care.
7484
7485One often would like to use @samp{-kv} with @code{cvs
7486export}---@pxref{export}.  But be aware that doesn't
7487handle an export containing binary files correctly.
7488
7489@end table
7490
7491@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7492@node Configuring keyword expansion
7493@section Configuring Keyword Expansion
7494@cindex Configuring keyword expansion
7495
7496In a repository that includes third-party software on
7497vendor branches, it is sometimes helpful to configure
7498CVS to use a local keyword instead of the standard
7499$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$ or $@splitrcskeyword{Header}$ keywords. Examples from
7500real projects include $@splitrcskeyword{Xorg}$, $@splitrcskeyword{XFree86}$,
7501$@splitrcskeyword{FreeBSD}$, $@splitrcskeyword{NetBSD}$,
7502$@splitrcskeyword{OpenBSD}$, and even $@splitrcskeyword{dotat}$.
7503The advantage of this is that
7504you can include your local version information in a
7505file using this local keyword (sometimes called a
7506``custom tag'' or a ``local tag'') without disrupting
7507the upstream version information (which may be a
7508different local keyword or a standard keyword). In
7509these cases, it is typically desirable to disable the
7510expansion of all keywords except the configured local
7511keyword.
7512
7513The @code{KeywordExpand} option in the
7514@file{CVSROOT/config} file is intended to allow for the
7515either the explicit exclusion of a keyword or list of
7516keywords, or for the explicit inclusion of a keyword or
7517a list of keywords. This list may include the
7518@code{LocalKeyword} that has been configured.
7519
7520The @code{KeywordExpand} option is followed by
7521@code{=} and the next character may either be @code{i}
7522to start an inclusion list or @code{e} to start an
7523exclusion list. If the following lines were added to
7524the @file{CVSROOT/config} file:
7525
7526@example
7527        # Add a "MyBSD" keyword and restrict keyword
7528        # expansion
7529        LocalKeyword=MyBSD=CVSHeader
7530        KeywordExpand=iMyBSD
7531@end example
7532
7533then only the $@splitrcskeyword{MyBSD}$ keyword would be expanded.
7534A list may be used. The this example:
7535
7536@example
7537        # Add a "MyBSD" keyword and restrict keyword
7538        # expansion to the MyBSD, Name and Date keywords.
7539        LocalKeyword=MyBSD=CVSHeader
7540        KeywordExpand=iMyBSD,Name,Date
7541@end example
7542
7543would allow $@splitrcskeyword{MyBSD}$, $@splitrcskeyword{Name}$, and
7544$@splitrcskeyword{Date}$ to be expanded.
7545
7546It is also possible to configure an exclusion list
7547using the following:
7548
7549@example
7550        # Do not expand the non-RCS keyword CVSHeader
7551        KeywordExpand=eCVSHeader
7552@end example
7553
7554This allows @sc{cvs} to ignore the recently introduced
7555$@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$ keyword and retain all of the
7556others. The exclusion entry could also contain the
7557standard RCS keyword list, but this could be confusing
7558to users that expect RCS keywords to be expanded, so
7559care should be taken to properly set user expectations
7560for a repository that is configured in that manner.
7561
7562If there is a desire to not have any RCS keywords
7563expanded and not use the @code{-ko} flags everywhere,
7564an administrator may disable all keyword expansion
7565using the @file{CVSROOT/config} line:
7566
7567@example
7568	# Do not expand any RCS keywords
7569	KeywordExpand=i
7570@end example
7571
7572this could be confusing to users that expect RCS
7573keywords like $@splitrcskeyword{Id}$ to be expanded properly,
7574so care should be taken to properly set user
7575expectations for a repository so configured.
7576
7577It should be noted that a patch to provide both the
7578@code{KeywordExpand} and @code{LocalKeyword} features
7579has been around a long time. However, that patch
7580implemented these features using @code{tag=} and
7581@code{tagexpand=} keywords and those keywords are NOT
7582recognized.
7583
7584@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7585@node Log keyword
7586@section Problems with the $@splitrcskeyword{Log}$ keyword.
7587
7588The @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword is somewhat
7589controversial.  As long as you are working on your
7590development system the information is easily accessible
7591even if you do not use the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$}
7592keyword---just do a @code{cvs log}.  Once you export
7593the file the history information might be useless
7594anyhow.
7595
7596A more serious concern is that @sc{cvs} is not good at
7597handling @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} entries when a branch is
7598merged onto the main trunk.  Conflicts often result
7599from the merging operation.
7600@c Might want to check whether the CVS implementation
7601@c of RCS_merge has this problem the same way rcsmerge
7602@c does.  I would assume so....
7603
7604People also tend to "fix" the log entries in the file
7605(correcting spelling mistakes and maybe even factual
7606errors).  If that is done the information from
7607@code{cvs log} will not be consistent with the
7608information inside the file.  This may or may not be a
7609problem in real life.
7610
7611It has been suggested that the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$}
7612keyword should be inserted @emph{last} in the file, and
7613not in the files header, if it is to be used at all.
7614That way the long list of change messages will not
7615interfere with everyday source file browsing.
7616
7617@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7618@node Tracking sources
7619@chapter Tracking third-party sources
7620@cindex Third-party sources
7621@cindex Tracking sources
7622
7623@c FIXME: Need discussion of added and removed files.
7624@c FIXME: This doesn't really adequately introduce the
7625@c concepts of "vendor" and "you".  They don't *have*
7626@c to be separate organizations or separate people.
7627@c We want a description which is somewhat more based on
7628@c the technical issues of which sources go where, but
7629@c also with enough examples of how this relates to
7630@c relationships like customer-supplier, developer-QA,
7631@c maintainer-contributor, or whatever, to make it
7632@c seem concrete.
7633If you modify a program to better fit your site, you
7634probably want to include your modifications when the next
7635release of the program arrives.  @sc{cvs} can help you with
7636this task.
7637
7638@cindex Vendor
7639@cindex Vendor branch
7640@cindex Branch, vendor-
7641In the terminology used in @sc{cvs}, the supplier of the
7642program is called a @dfn{vendor}.  The unmodified
7643distribution from the vendor is checked in on its own
7644branch, the @dfn{vendor branch}.  @sc{cvs} reserves branch
76451.1.1 for this use.
7646
7647When you modify the source and commit it, your revision
7648will end up on the main trunk.  When a new release is
7649made by the vendor, you commit it on the vendor branch
7650and copy the modifications onto the main trunk.
7651
7652Use the @code{import} command to create and update
7653the vendor branch.  When you import a new file,
7654(usually) the vendor branch is made the `head' revision, so
7655anyone that checks out a copy of the file gets that
7656revision.  When a local modification is committed it is
7657placed on the main trunk, and made the `head'
7658revision.
7659
7660@menu
7661* First import::                Importing for the first time
7662* Update imports::              Updating with the import command
7663* Reverting local changes::     Reverting to the latest vendor release
7664* Binary files in imports::     Binary files require special handling
7665* Keywords in imports::         Keyword substitution might be undesirable
7666* Multiple vendor branches::    What if you get sources from several places?
7667@end menu
7668
7669@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7670@node First import
7671@section Importing for the first time
7672@cindex Importing modules
7673
7674@c Should mention naming conventions for vendor tags,
7675@c release tags, and perhaps directory names.
7676Use the @code{import} command to check in the sources
7677for the first time.  When you use the @code{import}
7678command to track third-party sources, the @dfn{vendor
7679tag} and @dfn{release tags} are useful.  The
7680@dfn{vendor tag} is a symbolic name for the branch
7681(which is always 1.1.1, unless you use the @samp{-b
7682@var{branch}} flag---see @ref{Multiple vendor branches}.).  The
7683@dfn{release tags} are symbolic names for a particular
7684release, such as @samp{FSF_0_04}.
7685
7686@c I'm not completely sure this belongs here.  But
7687@c we need to say it _somewhere_ reasonably obvious; it
7688@c is a common misconception among people first learning CVS
7689Note that @code{import} does @emph{not} change the
7690directory in which you invoke it.  In particular, it
7691does not set up that directory as a @sc{cvs} working
7692directory; if you want to work with the sources import
7693them first and then check them out into a different
7694directory (@pxref{Getting the source}).
7695
7696@cindex wdiff (import example)
7697Suppose you have the sources to a program called
7698@code{wdiff} in a directory @file{wdiff-0.04},
7699and are going to make private modifications that you
7700want to be able to use even when new releases are made
7701in the future.  You start by importing the source to
7702your repository:
7703
7704@example
7705$ cd wdiff-0.04
7706$ cvs import -m "Import of FSF v. 0.04" fsf/wdiff FSF_DIST WDIFF_0_04
7707@end example
7708
7709The vendor tag is named @samp{FSF_DIST} in the above
7710example, and the only release tag assigned is
7711@samp{WDIFF_0_04}.
7712@c FIXME: Need to say where fsf/wdiff comes from.
7713
7714@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7715@node Update imports
7716@section Updating with the import command
7717
7718When a new release of the source arrives, you import it into the
7719repository with the same @code{import} command that you used to set up
7720the repository in the first place.  The only difference is that you
7721specify a different release tag this time:
7722
7723@example
7724$ tar xfz wdiff-0.05.tar.gz
7725$ cd wdiff-0.05
7726$ cvs import -m "Import of FSF v. 0.05" fsf/wdiff FSF_DIST WDIFF_0_05
7727@end example
7728
7729@strong{WARNING: If you use a release tag that already exists in one of the
7730repository archives, files removed by an import may not be detected.}
7731
7732For files that have not been modified locally, the newly created
7733revision becomes the head revision.  If you have made local
7734changes, @code{import} will warn you that you must merge the changes
7735into the main trunk, and tell you to use @samp{checkout -j} to do so:
7736
7737@c FIXME: why "wdiff" here and "fsf/wdiff" in the
7738@c "import"?  I think the assumption is that one has
7739@c "wdiff fsf/wdiff" or some such in modules, but it
7740@c would be better to not use modules in this example.
7741@example
7742$ cvs checkout -jFSF_DIST:yesterday -jFSF_DIST wdiff
7743@end example
7744
7745@noindent
7746The above command will check out the latest revision of
7747@samp{wdiff}, merging the changes made on the vendor branch @samp{FSF_DIST}
7748since yesterday into the working copy.  If any conflicts arise during
7749the merge they should be resolved in the normal way (@pxref{Conflicts
7750example}).  Then, the modified files may be committed.
7751
7752However, it is much better to use the two release tags rather than using
7753a date on the branch as suggested above:
7754
7755@example
7756$ cvs checkout -jWDIFF_0_04 -jWDIFF_0_05 wdiff
7757@end example
7758
7759@noindent
7760The reason this is better is that
7761using a date, as suggested above, assumes that you do
7762not import more than one release of a product per day.
7763More importantly, using the release tags allows @sc{cvs} to detect files
7764that were removed between the two vendor releases and mark them for
7765removal.  Since @code{import} has no way to detect removed files, you
7766should do a merge like this even if @code{import} doesn't tell you to.
7767
7768@node Reverting local changes
7769@section Reverting to the latest vendor release
7770
7771You can also revert local changes completely and return
7772to the latest vendor release by changing the `head'
7773revision back to the vendor branch on all files.  For
7774example, if you have a checked-out copy of the sources
7775in @file{~/work.d/wdiff}, and you want to revert to the
7776vendor's version for all the files in that directory,
7777you would type:
7778
7779@example
7780$ cd ~/work.d/wdiff
7781$ cvs admin -bFSF_DIST .
7782@end example
7783
7784@noindent
7785You must specify the @samp{-bFSF_DIST} without any space
7786after the @samp{-b}.  @xref{admin options}.
7787
7788@node Binary files in imports
7789@section How to handle binary files with cvs import
7790
7791Use the @samp{-k} wrapper option to tell import which
7792files are binary.  @xref{Wrappers}.
7793
7794@node Keywords in imports
7795@section How to handle keyword substitution with cvs import
7796
7797The sources which you are importing may contain
7798keywords (@pxref{Keyword substitution}).  For example,
7799the vendor may use @sc{cvs} or some other system
7800which uses similar keyword expansion syntax.  If you
7801just import the files in the default fashion, then
7802the keyword expansions supplied by the vendor will
7803be replaced by keyword expansions supplied by your
7804own copy of @sc{cvs}.  It may be more convenient to
7805maintain the expansions supplied by the vendor, so
7806that this information can supply information about
7807the sources that you imported from the vendor.
7808
7809To maintain the keyword expansions supplied by the
7810vendor, supply the @samp{-ko} option to @code{cvs
7811import} the first time you import the file.
7812This will turn off keyword expansion
7813for that file entirely, so if you want to be more
7814selective you'll have to think about what you want
7815and use the @samp{-k} option to @code{cvs update} or
7816@code{cvs admin} as appropriate.
7817@c Supplying -ko to import if the file already existed
7818@c has no effect.  Not clear to me whether it should
7819@c or not.
7820
7821@node Multiple vendor branches
7822@section Multiple vendor branches
7823
7824All the examples so far assume that there is only one
7825vendor from which you are getting sources.  In some
7826situations you might get sources from a variety of
7827places.  For example, suppose that you are dealing with
7828a project where many different people and teams are
7829modifying the software.  There are a variety of ways to
7830handle this, but in some cases you have a bunch of
7831source trees lying around and what you want to do more
7832than anything else is just to all put them in @sc{cvs} so
7833that you at least have them in one place.
7834
7835For handling situations in which there may be more than
7836one vendor, you may specify the @samp{-b} option to
7837@code{cvs import}.  It takes as an argument the vendor
7838branch to import to.  The default is @samp{-b 1.1.1}.
7839
7840For example, suppose that there are two teams, the red
7841team and the blue team, that are sending you sources.
7842You want to import the red team's efforts to branch
78431.1.1 and use the vendor tag RED.  You want to import
7844the blue team's efforts to branch 1.1.3 and use the
7845vendor tag BLUE.  So the commands you might use are:
7846
7847@example
7848$ cvs import dir RED RED_1-0
7849$ cvs import -b 1.1.3 dir BLUE BLUE_1-5
7850@end example
7851
7852Note that if your vendor tag does not match your
7853@samp{-b} option, @sc{cvs} will not detect this case!  For
7854example,
7855
7856@example
7857$ cvs import -b 1.1.3 dir RED RED_1-0
7858@end example
7859
7860@noindent
7861Be careful; this kind of mismatch is sure to sow
7862confusion or worse.  I can't think of a useful purpose
7863for the ability to specify a mismatch here, but if you
7864discover such a use, don't.  @sc{cvs} is likely to make this
7865an error in some future release.
7866
7867@c Probably should say more about the semantics of
7868@c multiple branches.  What about the default branch?
7869@c What about joining (perhaps not as useful with
7870@c multiple branches, or perhaps it is.  Either way
7871@c should be mentioned).
7872
7873@c I'm not sure about the best location for this.  In
7874@c one sense, it might belong right after we've introduced
7875@c CVS's basic version control model, because people need
7876@c to figure out builds right away.  The current location
7877@c is based on the theory that it kind of akin to the
7878@c "Revision management" section.
7879@node Builds
7880@chapter How your build system interacts with CVS
7881@cindex Builds
7882@cindex make
7883
7884As mentioned in the introduction, @sc{cvs} does not
7885contain software for building your software from source
7886code.  This section describes how various aspects of
7887your build system might interact with @sc{cvs}.
7888
7889@c Is there a way to discuss this without reference to
7890@c tools other than CVS?  I'm not sure there is; I
7891@c wouldn't think that people who learn CVS first would
7892@c even have this concern.
7893One common question, especially from people who are
7894accustomed to @sc{rcs}, is how to make their build get
7895an up to date copy of the sources.  The answer to this
7896with @sc{cvs} is two-fold.  First of all, since
7897@sc{cvs} itself can recurse through directories, there
7898is no need to modify your @file{Makefile} (or whatever
7899configuration file your build tool uses) to make sure
7900each file is up to date.  Instead, just use two
7901commands, first @code{cvs -q update} and then
7902@code{make} or whatever the command is to invoke your
7903build tool.  Secondly, you do not necessarily
7904@emph{want} to get a copy of a change someone else made
7905until you have finished your own work.  One suggested
7906approach is to first update your sources, then
7907implement, build and
7908test the change you were thinking of, and then commit
7909your sources (updating first if necessary).  By
7910periodically (in between changes, using the approach
7911just described) updating your entire tree, you ensure
7912that your sources are sufficiently up to date.
7913
7914@cindex Bill of materials
7915One common need is to record which versions of which
7916source files went into a particular build.  This kind
7917of functionality is sometimes called @dfn{bill of
7918materials} or something similar.  The best way to do
7919this with @sc{cvs} is to use the @code{tag} command to
7920record which versions went into a given build
7921(@pxref{Tags}).
7922
7923Using @sc{cvs} in the most straightforward manner
7924possible, each developer will have a copy of the entire
7925source tree which is used in a particular build.  If
7926the source tree is small, or if developers are
7927geographically dispersed, this is the preferred
7928solution.  In fact one approach for larger projects is
7929to break a project down into smaller
7930@c I say subsystem instead of module because they may or
7931@c may not use the modules file.
7932separately-compiled subsystems, and arrange a way of
7933releasing them internally so that each developer need
7934check out only those subsystems which they are
7935actively working on.
7936
7937Another approach is to set up a structure which allows
7938developers to have their own copies of some files, and
7939for other files to access source files from a central
7940location.  Many people have come up with some such a
7941@c two such people are paul@sander.cupertino.ca.us (for
7942@c a previous employer)
7943@c and gunnar.tornblom@se.abb.com (spicm and related tools),
7944@c but as far as I know
7945@c no one has nicely packaged or released such a system (or
7946@c instructions for constructing one).
7947system using features such as the symbolic link feature
7948found in many operating systems, or the @code{VPATH}
7949feature found in many versions of @code{make}.  One build
7950tool which is designed to help with this kind of thing
7951is Odin (see
7952@code{ftp://ftp.cs.colorado.edu/pub/distribs/odin}).
7953@c Should we be saying more about Odin?  Or how you use
7954@c it with CVS?  Also, the Prime Time Freeware for Unix
7955@c disk (see http://www.ptf.com/) has Odin (with a nice
7956@c paragraph summarizing it on the web), so that might be a
7957@c semi-"official" place to point people.
7958@c
7959@c Of course, many non-CVS systems have this kind of
7960@c functionality, for example OSF's ODE
7961@c (http://www.osf.org/ode/) or mk
7962@c (http://www.grin.net/~pzi/mk-3.18.4.docs/mk_toc.html
7963@c He has changed providers in the past; a search engine search
7964@c for "Peter Ziobrzynski" probably won't get too many
7965@c spurious hits :-).  A more stable URL might be
7966@c ftp://ftp.uu.net/pub/cmvc/mk).  But I'm not sure
7967@c there is any point in mentioning them here unless they
7968@c can work with CVS.
7969
7970@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7971@node Special Files
7972@chapter Special Files
7973
7974@cindex Special files
7975@cindex Device nodes
7976@cindex Ownership, saving in CVS
7977@cindex Permissions, saving in CVS
7978@cindex Hard links
7979@cindex Symbolic links
7980
7981In normal circumstances, @sc{cvs} works only with regular
7982files.  Every file in a project is assumed to be
7983persistent; it must be possible to open, read and close
7984them; and so on.  @sc{cvs} also ignores file permissions and
7985ownerships, leaving such issues to be resolved by the
7986developer at installation time.  In other words, it is
7987not possible to "check in" a device into a repository;
7988if the device file cannot be opened, @sc{cvs} will refuse to
7989handle it.  Files also lose their ownerships and
7990permissions during repository transactions.
7991
7992@ignore
7993If the configuration variable @code{PreservePermissions}
7994(@pxref{config}) is set in the repository, @sc{cvs} will
7995save the following file characteristics in the
7996repository:
7997
7998@itemize @bullet
7999@item user and group ownership
8000@item permissions
8001@item major and minor device numbers
8002@item symbolic links
8003@item hard link structure
8004@end itemize
8005
8006Using the @code{PreservePermissions} option affects the
8007behavior of @sc{cvs} in several ways.  First, some of the
8008new operations supported by @sc{cvs} are not accessible to
8009all users.  In particular, file ownership and special
8010file characteristics may only be changed by the
8011superuser.  When the @code{PreservePermissions}
8012configuration variable is set, therefore, users will
8013have to be `root' in order to perform @sc{cvs} operations.
8014
8015When @code{PreservePermissions} is in use, some @sc{cvs}
8016operations (such as @samp{cvs status}) will not
8017recognize a file's hard link structure, and so will
8018emit spurious warnings about mismatching hard links.
8019The reason is that @sc{cvs}'s internal structure does not
8020make it easy for these operations to collect all the
8021necessary data about hard links, so they check for file
8022conflicts with inaccurate data.
8023
8024A more subtle difference is that @sc{cvs} considers a file
8025to have changed only if its contents have changed
8026(specifically, if the modification time of the working
8027file does not match that of the repository's file).
8028Therefore, if only the permissions, ownership or hard
8029linkage have changed, or if a device's major or minor
8030numbers have changed, @sc{cvs} will not notice.  In order to
8031commit such a change to the repository, you must force
8032the commit with @samp{cvs commit -f}.  This also means
8033that if a file's permissions have changed and the
8034repository file is newer than the working copy,
8035performing @samp{cvs update} will silently change the
8036permissions on the working copy.
8037
8038Changing hard links in a @sc{cvs} repository is particularly
8039delicate.  Suppose that file @file{foo} is linked to
8040file @file{old}, but is later relinked to file
8041@file{new}.  You can wind up in the unusual situation
8042where, although @file{foo}, @file{old} and @file{new}
8043have all had their underlying link patterns changed,
8044only @file{foo} and @file{new} have been modified, so
8045@file{old} is not considered a candidate for checking
8046in.  It can be very easy to produce inconsistent
8047results this way.  Therefore, we recommend that when it
8048is important to save hard links in a repository, the
8049prudent course of action is to @code{touch} any file
8050whose linkage or status has changed since the last
8051checkin.  Indeed, it may be wise to @code{touch *}
8052before each commit in a directory with complex hard
8053link structures.
8054
8055It is worth noting that only regular files may
8056be merged, for reasons that hopefully are obvious.  If
8057@samp{cvs update} or @samp{cvs checkout -j} attempts to
8058merge a symbolic link with a regular file, or two
8059device files for different kinds of devices, @sc{cvs} will
8060report a conflict and refuse to perform the merge.  At
8061the same time, @samp{cvs diff} will not report any
8062differences between these files, since no meaningful
8063textual comparisons can be made on files which contain
8064no text.
8065
8066The @code{PreservePermissions} features do not work
8067with client/server @sc{cvs}.  Another limitation is
8068that hard links must be to other files within the same
8069directory; hard links across directories are not
8070supported.
8071@end ignore
8072
8073@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
8074@c ----- START MAN 1 -----
8075@node CVS commands
8076@appendix Guide to CVS commands
8077
8078This appendix describes the overall structure of
8079@sc{cvs} commands, and describes some commands in
8080detail (others are described elsewhere; for a quick
8081reference to @sc{cvs} commands, @pxref{Invoking CVS}).
8082@c The idea is that we want to move the commands which
8083@c are described here into the main body of the manual,
8084@c in the process reorganizing the manual to be
8085@c organized around what the user wants to do, not
8086@c organized around CVS commands.
8087@c
8088@c Note that many users do expect a manual which is
8089@c organized by command.  At least some users do.
8090@c One good addition to the "organized by command"
8091@c section (if any) would be "see also" links.
8092@c The awk manual might be a good example; it has a
8093@c reference manual which is more verbose than Invoking
8094@c CVS but probably somewhat less verbose than CVS
8095@c Commands.
8096
8097@menu
8098* Structure::                   Overall structure of CVS commands
8099* Exit status::                 Indicating CVS's success or failure
8100* ~/.cvsrc::                    Default options with the ~/.cvsrc file
8101* Global options::              Options you give to the left of cvs_command
8102* Common options::              Options you give to the right of cvs_command
8103* Date input formats::		Acceptable formats for date specifications
8104* add::                         Add files and directories to the repository
8105* admin::                       Administration
8106* annotate::                    What revision modified each line of a file?
8107* checkout::                    Checkout sources for editing
8108* commit::                      Check files into the repository
8109* diff::                        Show differences between revisions
8110* export::                      Export sources from CVS, similar to checkout
8111* history::                     Show status of files and users
8112* import::                      Import sources into CVS, using vendor branches
8113* init::                        Initialize a repository
8114* log::                         Show log messages for files
8115* ls & rls::                    List files in the repository
8116* rdiff::                       'patch' format diffs between releases
8117* release::                     Indicate that a directory is no longer in use
8118* remove::                      Remove files from active development
8119* server & pserver::            Act as a server for a client on stdin/stdout
8120* tag & rtag::                  Mark project snapshot for later retrieval
8121* update::                      Bring work tree in sync with repository
8122@end menu
8123
8124@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8125@node Structure
8126@appendixsec Overall structure of CVS commands
8127@cindex Structure
8128@cindex CVS command structure
8129@cindex Command structure
8130@cindex Format of CVS commands
8131
8132The overall format of all @sc{cvs} commands is:
8133
8134@example
8135cvs [ cvs_options ] cvs_command [ command_options ] [ command_args ]
8136@end example
8137
8138@table @code
8139@item cvs
8140The name of the @sc{cvs} program.
8141
8142@item cvs_options
8143Some options that affect all sub-commands of @sc{cvs}.  These are
8144described below.
8145
8146@item cvs_command
8147One of several different sub-commands.  Some of the commands have
8148aliases that can be used instead; those aliases are noted in the
8149reference manual for that command.  There are only two situations
8150where you may omit @samp{cvs_command}: @samp{cvs -H} elicits a
8151list of available commands, and @samp{cvs -v} displays version
8152information on @sc{cvs} itself.
8153
8154@item command_options
8155Options that are specific for the command.
8156
8157@item command_args
8158Arguments to the commands.
8159@end table
8160
8161There is unfortunately some confusion between
8162@code{cvs_options} and @code{command_options}.
8163When given as a @code{cvs_option}, some options only
8164affect some of the commands.  When given as a
8165@code{command_option} it may have a different meaning, and
8166be accepted by more commands.  In other words, do not
8167take the above categorization too seriously.  Look at
8168the documentation instead.
8169
8170@node Exit status
8171@appendixsec CVS's exit status
8172@cindex Exit status, of CVS
8173
8174@sc{cvs} can indicate to the calling environment whether it
8175succeeded or failed by setting its @dfn{exit status}.
8176The exact way of testing the exit status will vary from
8177one operating system to another.  For example in a unix
8178shell script the @samp{$?} variable will be 0 if the
8179last command returned a successful exit status, or
8180greater than 0 if the exit status indicated failure.
8181
8182If @sc{cvs} is successful, it returns a successful status;
8183if there is an error, it prints an error message and
8184returns a failure status.  The one exception to this is
8185the @code{cvs diff} command.  It will return a
8186successful status if it found no differences, or a
8187failure status if there were differences or if there
8188was an error.  Because this behavior provides no good
8189way to detect errors, in the future it is possible that
8190@code{cvs diff} will be changed to behave like the
8191other @sc{cvs} commands.
8192@c It might seem like checking whether cvs -q diff
8193@c produces empty or non-empty output can tell whether
8194@c there were differences or not.  But it seems like
8195@c there are cases with output but no differences
8196@c (testsuite basica-8b).  It is not clear to me how
8197@c useful it is for a script to be able to check
8198@c whether there were differences.
8199@c FIXCVS? In previous versions of CVS, cvs diff
8200@c returned 0 for no differences, 1 for differences, or
8201@c 2 for errors.  Is this behavior worth trying to
8202@c bring back (but what does it mean for VMS?)?
8203
8204@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8205@node ~/.cvsrc
8206@appendixsec Default options and the ~/.cvsrc file
8207@cindex .cvsrc file
8208@cindex Option defaults
8209
8210There are some @code{command_options} that are used so
8211often that you might have set up an alias or some other
8212means to make sure you always specify that option.  One
8213example (the one that drove the implementation of the
8214@file{.cvsrc} support, actually) is that many people find the
8215default output of the @samp{diff} command to be very
8216hard to read, and that either context diffs or unidiffs
8217are much easier to understand.
8218
8219The @file{~/.cvsrc} file is a way that you can add
8220default options to @code{cvs_commands} within cvs,
8221instead of relying on aliases or other shell scripts.
8222
8223The format of the @file{~/.cvsrc} file is simple.  The
8224file is searched for a line that begins with the same
8225name as the @code{cvs_command} being executed.  If a
8226match is found, then the remainder of the line is split
8227up (at whitespace characters) into separate options and
8228added to the command arguments @emph{before} any
8229options from the command line.
8230
8231If a command has two names (e.g., @code{checkout} and
8232@code{co}), the official name, not necessarily the one
8233used on the command line, will be used to match against
8234the file.  So if this is the contents of the user's
8235@file{~/.cvsrc} file:
8236
8237@example
8238log -N
8239diff -uN
8240rdiff -u
8241update -Pd
8242checkout -P
8243release -d
8244@end example
8245
8246@noindent
8247the command @samp{cvs checkout foo} would have the
8248@samp{-P} option added to the arguments, as well as
8249@samp{cvs co foo}.
8250
8251With the example file above, the output from @samp{cvs
8252diff foobar} will be in unidiff format.  @samp{cvs diff
8253-c foobar} will provide context diffs, as usual.
8254Getting "old" format diffs would be slightly more
8255complicated, because @code{diff} doesn't have an option
8256to specify use of the "old" format, so you would need
8257@samp{cvs -f diff foobar}.
8258
8259In place of the command name you can use @code{cvs} to
8260specify global options (@pxref{Global options}).  For
8261example the following line in @file{.cvsrc}
8262
8263@example
8264cvs -z6
8265@end example
8266
8267@noindent
8268causes @sc{cvs} to use compression level 6.
8269
8270@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8271@node Global options
8272@appendixsec Global options
8273@cindex Options, global
8274@cindex Global options
8275@cindex Left-hand options
8276
8277The available @samp{cvs_options} (that are given to the
8278left of @samp{cvs_command}) are:
8279
8280@table @code
8281@item --allow-root=@var{rootdir}
8282May be invoked multiple times to specify one legal @sc{cvsroot} directory with
8283each invocation.  Also causes CVS to preparse the configuration file for each
8284specified root, which can be useful when configuring write proxies,  See
8285@ref{Password authentication server} & @ref{Write proxies}.
8286
8287@cindex Authentication, stream
8288@cindex Stream authentication
8289@item -a
8290Authenticate all communication between the client and
8291the server.  Only has an effect on the @sc{cvs} client.
8292As of this writing, this is only implemented when using
8293a GSSAPI connection (@pxref{GSSAPI authenticated}).
8294Authentication prevents certain sorts of attacks
8295involving hijacking the active @sc{tcp} connection.
8296Enabling authentication does not enable encryption.
8297
8298@cindex RCSBIN, overriding
8299@cindex Overriding RCSBIN
8300@item -b @var{bindir}
8301In @sc{cvs} 1.9.18 and older, this specified that
8302@sc{rcs} programs are in the @var{bindir} directory.
8303Current versions of @sc{cvs} do not run @sc{rcs}
8304programs; for compatibility this option is accepted,
8305but it does nothing.
8306
8307@cindex TMPDIR, environment variable
8308@cindex temporary file directory, set via command line
8309@cindex temporary file directory, set via environment variable
8310@cindex temporary file directory, set via config
8311@cindex temporary files, location of
8312@item -T @var{tempdir}
8313Use @var{tempdir} as the directory where temporary files are
8314located.
8315
8316The @sc{cvs} client and server store temporary files in a temporary directory.
8317The path to this temporary directory is set via, in order of precedence:
8318
8319@itemize @bullet
8320@item
8321The argument to the global @samp{-T} option.
8322
8323@item
8324The value set for @code{TmpDir} in the config file (server only -
8325@pxref{config}).
8326
8327@item
8328The contents of the @code{$TMPDIR} environment variable (@code{%TMPDIR%} on
8329Windows - @pxref{Environment variables}).
8330
8331@item
8332/tmp
8333
8334@end itemize
8335
8336Temporary directories should always be specified as an absolute pathname.
8337When running a CVS client, @samp{-T} affects only the local process;
8338specifying @samp{-T} for the client has no effect on the server and
8339vice versa.
8340
8341@cindex CVSROOT, overriding
8342@cindex Overriding CVSROOT
8343@item -d @var{cvs_root_directory}
8344Use @var{cvs_root_directory} as the root directory
8345pathname of the repository.  Overrides the setting of
8346the @code{$CVSROOT} environment variable.  @xref{Repository}.
8347
8348@cindex EDITOR, overriding
8349@cindex Overriding EDITOR
8350@item -e @var{editor}
8351Use @var{editor} to enter revision log information.  Overrides the
8352setting of the @code{$CVSEDITOR} and @code{$EDITOR}
8353environment variables.  For more information, see
8354@ref{Committing your changes}.
8355
8356@item -f
8357Do not read the @file{~/.cvsrc} file.  This
8358option is most often used because of the
8359non-orthogonality of the @sc{cvs} option set.  For
8360example, the @samp{cvs log} option @samp{-N} (turn off
8361display of tag names) does not have a corresponding
8362option to turn the display on.  So if you have
8363@samp{-N} in the @file{~/.cvsrc} entry for @samp{log},
8364you may need to use @samp{-f} to show the tag names.
8365
8366@item -H
8367@itemx --help
8368Display usage information about the specified @samp{cvs_command}
8369(but do not actually execute the command).  If you don't specify
8370a command name, @samp{cvs -H} displays overall help for
8371@sc{cvs}, including a list of other help options.
8372@c It seems to me it is better to document it this way
8373@c rather than trying to update this documentation
8374@c every time that we add a --help-foo option.  But
8375@c perhaps that is confusing...
8376
8377@cindex Read-only repository mode
8378@item -R
8379Turns on read-only repository mode.  This allows one to check out from a
8380read-only repository, such as within an anoncvs server, or from a @sc{cd-rom}
8381repository.
8382
8383Same effect as if the @code{CVSREADONLYFS} environment
8384variable is set. Using @samp{-R} can also considerably
8385speed up checkouts over NFS.
8386
8387@cindex Read-only mode
8388@item -n
8389Do not change any files.  Attempt to execute the
8390@samp{cvs_command}, but only to issue reports; do not remove,
8391update, or merge any existing files, or create any new files.
8392
8393Note that @sc{cvs} will not necessarily produce exactly
8394the same output as without @samp{-n}.  In some cases
8395the output will be the same, but in other cases
8396@sc{cvs} will skip some of the processing that would
8397have been required to produce the exact same output.
8398
8399@item -Q
8400Cause the command to be really quiet; the command will only
8401generate output for serious problems.
8402
8403@item -q
8404Cause the command to be somewhat quiet; informational messages,
8405such as reports of recursion through subdirectories, are
8406suppressed.
8407
8408@cindex Read-only files, and -r
8409@item -r
8410Make new working files read-only.  Same effect
8411as if the @code{$CVSREAD} environment variable is set
8412(@pxref{Environment variables}).  The default is to
8413make working files writable, unless watches are on
8414(@pxref{Watches}).
8415
8416@item -s @var{variable}=@var{value}
8417Set a user variable (@pxref{Variables}).
8418
8419@cindex Trace
8420@item -t
8421Trace program execution; display messages showing the steps of
8422@sc{cvs} activity.  Particularly useful with @samp{-n} to explore the
8423potential impact of an unfamiliar command.
8424
8425@item -v
8426@item --version
8427Display version and copyright information for @sc{cvs}.
8428
8429@cindex CVSREAD, overriding
8430@cindex Overriding CVSREAD
8431@item -w
8432Make new working files read-write.  Overrides the
8433setting of the @code{$CVSREAD} environment variable.
8434Files are created read-write by default, unless @code{$CVSREAD} is
8435set or @samp{-r} is given.
8436@c Note that -w only overrides -r and CVSREAD; it has
8437@c no effect on files which are readonly because of
8438@c "cvs watch on".  My guess is that is the way it
8439@c should be (or should "cvs -w get" on a watched file
8440@c be the same as a get and a cvs edit?), but I'm not
8441@c completely sure whether to document it this way.
8442
8443@item -x
8444@cindex Encryption
8445Encrypt all communication between the client and the
8446server.  Only has an effect on the @sc{cvs} client.  As
8447of this writing, this is only implemented when using a
8448GSSAPI connection (@pxref{GSSAPI authenticated}) or a
8449Kerberos connection (@pxref{Kerberos authenticated}).
8450Enabling encryption implies that message traffic is
8451also authenticated.  Encryption support is not
8452available by default; it must be enabled using a
8453special configure option, @file{--enable-encryption},
8454when you build @sc{cvs}.
8455
8456@item -z @var{level}
8457@cindex Compression
8458@cindex Gzip
8459Request compression @var{level} for network traffic.
8460@sc{cvs} interprets @var{level} identically to the @code{gzip} program.
8461Valid levels are 1 (high speed, low compression) to
84629 (low speed, high compression), or 0 to disable
8463compression (the default).  Data sent to the server will
8464be compressed at the requested level and the client will request
8465the server use the same compression level for data returned.  The
8466server will use the closest level allowed by the server administrator to
8467compress returned data.  This option only has an effect when passed to
8468the @sc{cvs} client.
8469@end table
8470
8471@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8472@node Common options
8473@appendixsec Common command options
8474@cindex Common options
8475@cindex Right-hand options
8476
8477This section describes the @samp{command_options} that
8478are available across several @sc{cvs} commands.  These
8479options are always given to the right of
8480@samp{cvs_command}. Not all
8481commands support all of these options; each option is
8482only supported for commands where it makes sense.
8483However, when a command has one of these options you
8484can almost always count on the same behavior of the
8485option as in other commands.  (Other command options,
8486which are listed with the individual commands, may have
8487different behavior from one @sc{cvs} command to the other).
8488
8489@strong{Note: the @samp{history} command is an exception; it supports
8490many options that conflict even with these standard options.}
8491
8492@table @code
8493@cindex Dates
8494@cindex Time
8495@cindex Specifying dates
8496@item -D @var{date_spec}
8497Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date_spec}.
8498@var{date_spec} is a single argument, a date description
8499specifying a date in the past.
8500
8501The specification is @dfn{sticky} when you use it to make a
8502private copy of a source file; that is, when you get a working
8503file using @samp{-D}, @sc{cvs} records the date you specified, so that
8504further updates in the same directory will use the same date
8505(for more information on sticky tags/dates, @pxref{Sticky tags}).
8506
8507@samp{-D} is available with the @code{annotate}, @code{checkout},
8508@code{diff}, @code{export}, @code{history}, @code{ls},
8509@code{rdiff}, @code{rls}, @code{rtag}, @code{tag}, and @code{update} commands.
8510(The @code{history} command uses this option in a
8511slightly different way; @pxref{history options}).
8512
8513For a complete description of the date formats accepted by @sc{cvs},
8514@ref{Date input formats}.
8515@c What other formats should we accept?  I don't want
8516@c to start accepting a whole mess of non-standard
8517@c new formats (there are a lot which are in wide use in
8518@c one context or another), but practicality does
8519@c dictate some level of flexibility.
8520@c * POSIX.2 (e.g. touch, ls output, date) and other
8521@c POSIX and/or de facto unix standards (e.g. at).  The
8522@c practice here is too inconsistent to be of any use.
8523@c * VMS dates.  This is not a formal standard, but
8524@c there is a published specification (see SYS$ASCTIM
8525@c and SYS$BINTIM in the _VMS System Services Reference
8526@c Manual_), it is implemented consistently in VMS
8527@c utilities, and VMS users will expect CVS running on
8528@c VMS to support this format (and if we're going to do
8529@c that, better to make CVS support it on all
8530@c platforms.  Maybe).
8531@c
8532@c One more note: In output, CVS should consistently
8533@c use one date format, and that format should be one that
8534@c it accepts in input as well.  The former isn't
8535@c really true (see survey below), and I'm not
8536@c sure that either of those formats is accepted in
8537@c input.
8538@c
8539@c cvs log
8540@c   current 1996/01/02 13:45:31
8541@c   Internet 02 Jan 1996 13:45:31 UT
8542@c   ISO 1996-01-02 13:45:31
8543@c cvs ann
8544@c   current 02-Jan-96
8545@c   Internet-like 02 Jan 96
8546@c   ISO 96-01-02
8547@c cvs status
8548@c   current Tue Jun 11 02:54:53 1996
8549@c   Internet [Tue,] 11 Jun 1996 02:54:53
8550@c   ISO 1996-06-11 02:54:53
8551@c   note: date possibly should be omitted entirely for
8552@c   other reasons.
8553@c cvs editors
8554@c   current Tue Jun 11 02:54:53 1996 GMT
8555@c cvs history
8556@c   current 06/11 02:54 +0000
8557@c any others?
8558@c There is a good chance the proper solution has to
8559@c involve at least some level of letting the user
8560@c decide which format (with the default being the
8561@c formats CVS has always used; changing these might be
8562@c _very_ disruptive since scripts may very well be
8563@c parsing them).
8564@c
8565@c Another random bit of prior art concerning dates is
8566@c the strptime function which takes templates such as
8567@c "%m/%d/%y", and apparent a variant of getdate()
8568@c which also honors them.  See
8569@c X/Open CAE Specification, System Interfaces and
8570@c Headers Issue 4, Version 2 (September 1994), in the
8571@c entry for getdate() on page 231
8572
8573Remember to quote the argument to the @samp{-D}
8574flag so that your shell doesn't interpret spaces as
8575argument separators.  A command using the @samp{-D}
8576flag can look like this:
8577
8578@example
8579$ cvs diff -D "1 hour ago" cvs.texinfo
8580@end example
8581
8582@cindex Forcing a tag match
8583@item -f
8584When you specify a particular date or tag to @sc{cvs} commands, they
8585normally ignore files that do not contain the tag (or did not
8586exist prior to the date) that you specified.  Use the @samp{-f} option
8587if you want files retrieved even when there is no match for the
8588tag or date.  (The most recent revision of the file
8589will be used).
8590
8591Note that even with @samp{-f}, a tag that you specify
8592must exist (that is, in some file, not necessary in
8593every file).  This is so that @sc{cvs} will continue to
8594give an error if you mistype a tag name.
8595
8596@need 800
8597@samp{-f} is available with these commands:
8598@code{annotate}, @code{checkout}, @code{export},
8599@code{rdiff}, @code{rtag}, and @code{update}.
8600
8601@strong{WARNING:  The @code{commit} and @code{remove}
8602commands also have a
8603@samp{-f} option, but it has a different behavior for
8604those commands.  See @ref{commit options}, and
8605@ref{Removing files}.}
8606
8607@item -k @var{kflag}
8608Override the default processing of RCS keywords other than
8609@samp{-kb}.  @xref{Keyword substitution}, for the meaning of
8610@var{kflag}.  Used with the @code{checkout} and @code{update}
8611commands, your @var{kflag} specification is
8612@dfn{sticky}; that is, when you use this option
8613with a @code{checkout} or @code{update} command,
8614@sc{cvs} associates your selected @var{kflag} with any files
8615it operates on, and continues to use that @var{kflag} with future
8616commands on the same files until you specify otherwise.
8617
8618The @samp{-k} option is available with the @code{add},
8619@code{checkout}, @code{diff}, @code{export}, @code{import},
8620@code{rdiff}, and @code{update} commands.
8621
8622@strong{WARNING: Prior to CVS version 1.12.2, the @samp{-k} flag
8623overrode the @samp{-kb} indication for a binary file.  This could
8624sometimes corrupt binary files.  @xref{Merging and keywords}, for
8625more.}
8626
8627@item -l
8628Local; run only in current working directory, rather than
8629recursing through subdirectories.
8630
8631Available with the following commands: @code{annotate}, @code{checkout},
8632@code{commit}, @code{diff}, @code{edit}, @code{editors}, @code{export},
8633@code{log}, @code{rdiff}, @code{remove}, @code{rtag},
8634@code{status}, @code{tag}, @code{unedit}, @code{update}, @code{watch},
8635and @code{watchers}.
8636
8637@cindex Editor, avoiding invocation of
8638@cindex Avoiding editor invocation
8639@item -m @var{message}
8640Use @var{message} as log information, instead of
8641invoking an editor.
8642
8643Available with the following commands: @code{add},
8644@code{commit} and @code{import}.
8645
8646@item -n
8647Do not run any tag program.  (A program can be
8648specified to run in the modules
8649database (@pxref{modules}); this option bypasses it).
8650
8651@strong{Note: this is not the same as the @samp{cvs -n}
8652program option, which you can specify to the left of a cvs command!}
8653
8654Available with the @code{checkout}, @code{commit}, @code{export},
8655and @code{rtag} commands.
8656
8657@item -P
8658Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Removing directories}.
8659
8660@item -p
8661Pipe the files retrieved from the repository to standard output,
8662rather than writing them in the current directory.  Available
8663with the @code{checkout} and @code{update} commands.
8664
8665@item -R
8666Process directories recursively.  This is the default for all @sc{cvs}
8667commands, with the exception of @code{ls} & @code{rls}.
8668
8669Available with the following commands: @code{annotate}, @code{checkout},
8670@code{commit}, @code{diff}, @code{edit}, @code{editors}, @code{export},
8671@code{ls}, @code{rdiff}, @code{remove}, @code{rls}, @code{rtag},
8672@code{status}, @code{tag}, @code{unedit}, @code{update}, @code{watch},
8673and @code{watchers}.
8674
8675@item -r @var{tag}
8676@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
8677@cindex HEAD, special tag
8678@cindex BASE, special tag
8679Use the revision specified by the @var{tag} argument (and the @var{date}
8680argument for the commands which accept it) instead of the
8681default @dfn{head} revision.  As well as arbitrary tags defined
8682with the @code{tag} or @code{rtag} command, two special tags are
8683always available: @samp{HEAD} refers to the most recent version
8684available in the repository, and @samp{BASE} refers to the
8685revision you last checked out into the current working directory.
8686
8687@c FIXME: What does HEAD really mean?  I believe that
8688@c the current answer is the head of the default branch
8689@c for all cvs commands except diff.  For diff, it
8690@c seems to be (a) the head of the trunk (or the default
8691@c branch?) if there is no sticky tag, (b) the head of the
8692@c branch for the sticky tag, if there is a sticky tag.
8693@c (b) is ugly as it differs
8694@c from what HEAD means for other commands, but people
8695@c and/or scripts are quite possibly used to it.
8696@c See "head" tests in sanity.sh.
8697@c Probably the best fix is to introduce two new
8698@c special tags, ".thead" for the head of the trunk,
8699@c and ".bhead" for the head of the current branch.
8700@c Then deprecate HEAD.  This has the advantage of
8701@c not surprising people with a change to HEAD, and a
8702@c side benefit of also phasing out the poorly-named
8703@c HEAD (see discussion of reserved tag names in node
8704@c "Tags").  Of course, .thead and .bhead should be
8705@c carefully implemented (with the implementation the
8706@c same for "diff" as for everyone else), test cases
8707@c written (similar to the ones in "head"), new tests
8708@c cases written for things like default branches, &c.
8709
8710The tag specification is sticky when you use this
8711with @code{checkout} or @code{update} to make your own
8712copy of a file: @sc{cvs} remembers the tag and continues to use it on
8713future update commands, until you specify otherwise (for more information
8714on sticky tags/dates, @pxref{Sticky tags}).
8715
8716The tag can be either a symbolic or numeric tag, as
8717described in @ref{Tags}, or the name of a branch, as
8718described in @ref{Branching and merging}.
8719When @var{tag} is the name of a
8720branch, some commands accept the optional @var{date} argument to specify
8721the revision as of the given date on the branch.
8722When a command expects a specific revision,
8723the name of a branch is interpreted as the most recent
8724revision on that branch.
8725
8726Specifying the @samp{-q} global option along with the
8727@samp{-r} command option is often useful, to suppress
8728the warning messages when the @sc{rcs} file
8729does not contain the specified tag.
8730
8731@strong{Note: this is not the same as the overall @samp{cvs -r} option,
8732which you can specify to the left of a @sc{cvs} command!}
8733
8734@samp{-r @var{tag}} is available with the @code{commit} and @code{history}
8735commands.
8736
8737@samp{-r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]} is available with the @code{annotate},
8738@code{checkout}, @code{diff}, @code{export}, @code{rdiff}, @code{rtag},
8739and @code{update} commands.
8740
8741@item -W
8742Specify file names that should be filtered.  You can
8743use this option repeatedly.  The spec can be a file
8744name pattern of the same type that you can specify in
8745the @file{.cvswrappers} file.
8746Available with the following commands: @code{import},
8747and @code{update}.
8748
8749@end table
8750
8751@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8752@include getdate-cvs.texi
8753
8754@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8755@node add
8756@appendixsec add---Add files and directories to the repository
8757@cindex add (subcommand)
8758
8759@itemize @bullet
8760@item
8761Synopsis: add [-k rcs-kflag] [-m message] files...
8762@item
8763Requires: repository, working directory.
8764@item
8765Changes: repository, working directory.
8766@end itemize
8767
8768The @code{add} command is used to present new files
8769and directories for addition into the @sc{cvs}
8770repository.  When @code{add} is used on a directory,
8771a new directory is created in the repository
8772immediately.  When used on a file, only the working
8773directory is updated.  Changes to the repository are
8774not made until the @code{commit} command is used on
8775the newly added file. 
8776
8777The @code{add} command also resurrects files that
8778have been previously removed.  This can be done
8779before or after the @code{commit} command is used
8780to finalize the removal of files.  Resurrected files
8781are restored into the working directory at the time
8782the @code{add} command is executed.
8783
8784@menu
8785* add options::             add options
8786* add examples::            add examples
8787@end menu
8788
8789@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8790@node add options
8791@appendixsubsec add options
8792
8793These standard options are supported by @code{add}
8794(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
8795them):
8796
8797@table @code
8798@item -k @var{kflag}
8799Process keywords according to @var{kflag}.  See
8800@ref{Keyword substitution}.
8801This option is sticky; future updates of
8802this file in this working directory will use the same
8803@var{kflag}.  The @code{status} command can be viewed
8804to see the sticky options.  For more information on
8805the @code{status} command, @xref{Invoking CVS}.
8806
8807@item -m @var{message}
8808Use @var{message} as the log message, instead of
8809invoking an editor.
8810@end table
8811
8812@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8813@node add examples
8814@appendixsubsec add examples
8815
8816@appendixsubsubsec Adding a directory
8817
8818@example
8819$ mkdir doc
8820$ cvs add doc
8821Directory /path/to/repository/doc added to the repository
8822@end example
8823
8824@appendixsubsubsec Adding a file
8825
8826@example
8827
8828$ >TODO
8829$ cvs add TODO
8830cvs add: scheduling file `TODO' for addition
8831cvs add: use 'cvs commit' to add this file permanently
8832@end example
8833
8834@appendixsubsubsec Undoing a @code{remove} command
8835
8836@example
8837$ rm -f makefile
8838$ cvs remove makefile
8839cvs remove: scheduling `makefile' for removal
8840cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove this file permanently
8841$ cvs add makefile
8842U makefile
8843cvs add: makefile, version 1.2, resurrected
8844@end example
8845
8846@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8847@node admin
8848@appendixsec admin---Administration
8849@cindex Admin (subcommand)
8850
8851@itemize @bullet
8852@item
8853Requires: repository, working directory.
8854@item
8855Changes: repository.
8856@item
8857Synonym: rcs
8858@end itemize
8859
8860This is the @sc{cvs} interface to assorted
8861administrative facilities.  Some of them have
8862questionable usefulness for @sc{cvs} but exist for
8863historical purposes.  Some of the questionable options
8864are likely to disappear in the future.  This command
8865@emph{does} work recursively, so extreme care should be
8866used.
8867
8868@cindex cvsadmin
8869@cindex UserAdminOptions, in CVSROOT/config
8870On unix, if there is a group named @code{cvsadmin},
8871only members of that group can run @code{cvs admin}
8872commands, except for those specified using the
8873@code{UserAdminOptions} configuration option in the
8874@file{CVSROOT/config} file.  Options specified using
8875@code{UserAdminOptions} can be run by any user.  See
8876@ref{config} for more on @code{UserAdminOptions}.
8877
8878The @code{cvsadmin} group should exist on the server,
8879or any system running the non-client/server @sc{cvs}.
8880To disallow @code{cvs admin} for all users, create a
8881group with no users in it.  On NT, the @code{cvsadmin}
8882feature does not exist and all users
8883can run @code{cvs admin}.
8884
8885@menu
8886* admin options::               admin options
8887@end menu
8888
8889@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8890@node admin options
8891@appendixsubsec admin options
8892
8893Some of these options have questionable usefulness for
8894@sc{cvs} but exist for historical purposes.  Some even
8895make it impossible to use @sc{cvs} until you undo the
8896effect!
8897
8898@table @code
8899@item -A@var{oldfile}
8900Might not work together with @sc{cvs}.  Append the
8901access list of @var{oldfile} to the access list of the
8902@sc{rcs} file.
8903
8904@item -a@var{logins}
8905Might not work together with @sc{cvs}.  Append the
8906login names appearing in the comma-separated list
8907@var{logins} to the access list of the @sc{rcs} file.
8908
8909@item -b[@var{rev}]
8910Set the default branch to @var{rev}.  In @sc{cvs}, you
8911normally do not manipulate default branches; sticky
8912tags (@pxref{Sticky tags}) are a better way to decide
8913which branch you want to work on.  There is one reason
8914to run @code{cvs admin -b}: to revert to the vendor's
8915version when using vendor branches (@pxref{Reverting
8916local changes}).
8917There can be no space between @samp{-b} and its argument.
8918@c Hmm, we don't document the usage where rev is
8919@c omitted.  Maybe that usage can/should be deprecated
8920@c (and replaced with -bHEAD or something?) (so we can toss
8921@c the optional argument).  Note that -bHEAD does not
8922@c work, as of 17 Sep 1997, but probably will once "cvs
8923@c admin" is internal to CVS.
8924
8925@cindex Comment leader
8926@item -c@var{string}
8927Sets the comment leader to @var{string}.  The comment
8928leader is not used by current versions of @sc{cvs} or
8929@sc{rcs} 5.7.  Therefore, you can almost surely not
8930worry about it.  @xref{Keyword substitution}.
8931
8932@item -e[@var{logins}]
8933Might not work together with @sc{cvs}.  Erase the login
8934names appearing in the comma-separated list
8935@var{logins} from the access list of the RCS file.  If
8936@var{logins} is omitted, erase the entire access list.
8937There can be no space between @samp{-e} and its argument.
8938
8939@item -I
8940Run interactively, even if the standard input is not a
8941terminal.  This option does not work with the
8942client/server @sc{cvs} and is likely to disappear in
8943a future release of @sc{cvs}.
8944
8945@item -i
8946Useless with @sc{cvs}.  This creates and initializes a
8947new @sc{rcs} file, without depositing a revision.  With
8948@sc{cvs}, add files with the @code{cvs add} command
8949(@pxref{Adding files}).
8950
8951@item -k@var{subst}
8952Set the default keyword
8953substitution to @var{subst}.  @xref{Keyword
8954substitution}.  Giving an explicit @samp{-k} option to
8955@code{cvs update}, @code{cvs export}, or @code{cvs
8956checkout} overrides this default.
8957
8958@item -l[@var{rev}]
8959Lock the revision with number @var{rev}.  If a branch
8960is given, lock the latest revision on that branch.  If
8961@var{rev} is omitted, lock the latest revision on the
8962default branch.  There can be no space between
8963@samp{-l} and its argument.
8964
8965This can be used in conjunction with the
8966@file{rcslock.pl} script in the @file{contrib}
8967directory of the @sc{cvs} source distribution to
8968provide reserved checkouts (where only one user can be
8969editing a given file at a time).  See the comments in
8970that file for details (and see the @file{README} file
8971in that directory for disclaimers about the unsupported
8972nature of contrib).  According to comments in that
8973file, locking must set to strict (which is the default).
8974
8975@item -L
8976Set locking to strict.  Strict locking means that the
8977owner of an RCS file is not exempt from locking for
8978checkin.  For use with @sc{cvs}, strict locking must be
8979set; see the discussion under the @samp{-l} option above.
8980
8981@cindex Changing a log message
8982@cindex Replacing a log message
8983@cindex Correcting a log message
8984@cindex Fixing a log message
8985@cindex Log message, correcting
8986@item -m@var{rev}:@var{msg}
8987Replace the log message of revision @var{rev} with
8988@var{msg}.
8989
8990@c The rcs -M option, to suppress sending mail, has never been
8991@c documented as a cvs admin option.
8992
8993@item -N@var{name}[:[@var{rev}]]
8994Act like @samp{-n}, except override any previous
8995assignment of @var{name}.  For use with magic branches,
8996see @ref{Magic branch numbers}.
8997
8998@item -n@var{name}[:[@var{rev}]]
8999Associate the symbolic name @var{name} with the branch
9000or revision @var{rev}.  It is normally better to use
9001@samp{cvs tag} or @samp{cvs rtag} instead.  Delete the
9002symbolic name if both @samp{:} and @var{rev} are
9003omitted; otherwise, print an error message if
9004@var{name} is already associated with another number.
9005If @var{rev} is symbolic, it is expanded before
9006association.  A @var{rev} consisting of a branch number
9007followed by a @samp{.} stands for the current latest
9008revision in the branch.  A @samp{:} with an empty
9009@var{rev} stands for the current latest revision on the
9010default branch, normally the trunk.  For example,
9011@samp{cvs admin -n@var{name}:} associates @var{name} with the
9012current latest revision of all the RCS files;
9013this contrasts with @samp{cvs admin -n@var{name}:$} which
9014associates @var{name} with the revision numbers
9015extracted from keyword strings in the corresponding
9016working files.
9017
9018@cindex Deleting revisions
9019@cindex Outdating revisions
9020@cindex Saving space
9021@item -o@var{range}
9022Deletes (@dfn{outdates}) the revisions given by
9023@var{range}.
9024
9025Note that this command can be quite dangerous unless
9026you know @emph{exactly} what you are doing (for example
9027see the warnings below about how the
9028@var{rev1}:@var{rev2} syntax is confusing).
9029
9030If you are short on disc this option might help you.
9031But think twice before using it---there is no way short
9032of restoring the latest backup to undo this command!
9033If you delete different revisions than you planned,
9034either due to carelessness or (heaven forbid) a @sc{cvs}
9035bug, there is no opportunity to correct the error
9036before the revisions are deleted.  It probably would be
9037a good idea to experiment on a copy of the repository
9038first.
9039
9040Specify @var{range} in one of the following ways:
9041
9042@table @code
9043@item @var{rev1}::@var{rev2}
9044Collapse all revisions between rev1 and rev2, so that
9045@sc{cvs} only stores the differences associated with going
9046from rev1 to rev2, not intermediate steps.  For
9047example, after @samp{-o 1.3::1.5} one can retrieve
9048revision 1.3, revision 1.5, or the differences to get
9049from 1.3 to 1.5, but not the revision 1.4, or the
9050differences between 1.3 and 1.4.  Other examples:
9051@samp{-o 1.3::1.4} and @samp{-o 1.3::1.3} have no
9052effect, because there are no intermediate revisions to
9053remove.
9054
9055@item ::@var{rev}
9056Collapse revisions between the beginning of the branch
9057containing @var{rev} and @var{rev} itself.  The
9058branchpoint and @var{rev} are left intact.  For
9059example, @samp{-o ::1.3.2.6} deletes revision 1.3.2.1,
9060revision 1.3.2.5, and everything in between, but leaves
90611.3 and 1.3.2.6 intact.
9062
9063@item @var{rev}::
9064Collapse revisions between @var{rev} and the end of the
9065branch containing @var{rev}.  Revision @var{rev} is
9066left intact but the head revision is deleted.
9067
9068@item @var{rev}
9069Delete the revision @var{rev}.  For example, @samp{-o
90701.3} is equivalent to @samp{-o 1.2::1.4}.
9071
9072@item @var{rev1}:@var{rev2}
9073Delete the revisions from @var{rev1} to @var{rev2},
9074inclusive, on the same branch.  One will not be able to
9075retrieve @var{rev1} or @var{rev2} or any of the
9076revisions in between.  For example, the command
9077@samp{cvs admin -oR_1_01:R_1_02 .} is rarely useful.
9078It means to delete revisions up to, and including, the
9079tag R_1_02.  But beware!  If there are files that have not
9080changed between R_1_02 and R_1_03 the file will have
9081@emph{the same} numerical revision number assigned to
9082the tags R_1_02 and R_1_03.  So not only will it be
9083impossible to retrieve R_1_02; R_1_03 will also have to
9084be restored from the tapes!  In most cases you want to
9085specify @var{rev1}::@var{rev2} instead.
9086
9087@item :@var{rev}
9088Delete revisions from the beginning of the
9089branch containing @var{rev} up to and including
9090@var{rev}.
9091
9092@item @var{rev}:
9093Delete revisions from revision @var{rev}, including
9094@var{rev} itself, to the end of the branch containing
9095@var{rev}.
9096@end table
9097
9098None of the revisions to be deleted may have
9099branches or locks.
9100
9101If any of the revisions to be deleted have symbolic
9102names, and one specifies one of the @samp{::} syntaxes,
9103then @sc{cvs} will give an error and not delete any
9104revisions.  If you really want to delete both the
9105symbolic names and the revisions, first delete the
9106symbolic names with @code{cvs tag -d}, then run
9107@code{cvs admin -o}.  If one specifies the
9108non-@samp{::} syntaxes, then @sc{cvs} will delete the
9109revisions but leave the symbolic names pointing to
9110nonexistent revisions.  This behavior is preserved for
9111compatibility with previous versions of @sc{cvs}, but
9112because it isn't very useful, in the future it may
9113change to be like the @samp{::} case.
9114
9115Due to the way @sc{cvs} handles branches @var{rev}
9116cannot be specified symbolically if it is a branch.
9117@xref{Magic branch numbers}, for an explanation.
9118@c FIXME: is this still true?  I suspect not.
9119
9120Make sure that no-one has checked out a copy of the
9121revision you outdate.  Strange things will happen if he
9122starts to edit it and tries to check it back in.  For
9123this reason, this option is not a good way to take back
9124a bogus commit; commit a new revision undoing the bogus
9125change instead (@pxref{Merging two revisions}).
9126
9127@item -q
9128Run quietly; do not print diagnostics.
9129
9130@item -s@var{state}[:@var{rev}]
9131Useful with @sc{cvs}.  Set the state attribute of the
9132revision @var{rev} to @var{state}.  If @var{rev} is a
9133branch number, assume the latest revision on that
9134branch.  If @var{rev} is omitted, assume the latest
9135revision on the default branch.  Any identifier is
9136acceptable for @var{state}.  A useful set of states is
9137@samp{Exp} (for experimental), @samp{Stab} (for
9138stable), and @samp{Rel} (for released).  By default,
9139the state of a new revision is set to @samp{Exp} when
9140it is created.  The state is visible in the output from
9141@var{cvs log} (@pxref{log}), and in the
9142@samp{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} and @samp{$@splitrcskeyword{State}$} keywords
9143(@pxref{Keyword substitution}).  Note that @sc{cvs}
9144uses the @code{dead} state for its own purposes (@pxref{Attic}); to
9145take a file to or from the @code{dead} state use
9146commands like @code{cvs remove} and @code{cvs add}
9147(@pxref{Adding and removing}), not @code{cvs admin -s}.
9148
9149@item -t[@var{file}]
9150Useful with @sc{cvs}.  Write descriptive text from the
9151contents of the named @var{file} into the RCS file,
9152deleting the existing text.  The @var{file} pathname
9153may not begin with @samp{-}.  The descriptive text can be seen in the
9154output from @samp{cvs log} (@pxref{log}).
9155There can be no space between @samp{-t} and its argument.
9156
9157If @var{file} is omitted,
9158obtain the text from standard input, terminated by
9159end-of-file or by a line containing @samp{.} by itself.
9160Prompt for the text if interaction is possible; see
9161@samp{-I}.
9162
9163@item -t-@var{string}
9164Similar to @samp{-t@var{file}}. Write descriptive text
9165from the @var{string} into the @sc{rcs} file, deleting
9166the existing text.
9167There can be no space between @samp{-t} and its argument.
9168
9169@c The rcs -T option, do not update last-mod time for
9170@c minor changes, has never been documented as a
9171@c cvs admin option.
9172
9173@item -U
9174Set locking to non-strict.  Non-strict locking means
9175that the owner of a file need not lock a revision for
9176checkin.  For use with @sc{cvs}, strict locking must be
9177set; see the discussion under the @samp{-l} option
9178above.
9179
9180@item -u[@var{rev}]
9181See the option @samp{-l} above, for a discussion of
9182using this option with @sc{cvs}.  Unlock the revision
9183with number @var{rev}.  If a branch is given, unlock
9184the latest revision on that branch.  If @var{rev} is
9185omitted, remove the latest lock held by the caller.
9186Normally, only the locker of a revision may unlock it;
9187somebody else unlocking a revision breaks the lock.
9188This causes the original locker to be sent a @code{commit}
9189notification (@pxref{Getting Notified}).
9190There can be no space between @samp{-u} and its argument.
9191
9192@item -V@var{n}
9193In previous versions of @sc{cvs}, this option meant to
9194write an @sc{rcs} file which would be acceptable to
9195@sc{rcs} version @var{n}, but it is now obsolete and
9196specifying it will produce an error.
9197@c Note that -V without an argument has never been
9198@c documented as a cvs admin option.
9199
9200@item -x@var{suffixes}
9201In previous versions of @sc{cvs}, this was documented
9202as a way of specifying the names of the @sc{rcs}
9203files.  However, @sc{cvs} has always required that the
9204@sc{rcs} files used by @sc{cvs} end in @samp{,v}, so
9205this option has never done anything useful.
9206
9207@c The rcs -z option, to specify the timezone, has
9208@c never been documented as a cvs admin option.
9209@end table
9210
9211@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
9212@node annotate
9213@appendixsec annotate---What revision modified each line of a file?
9214@cindex annotate (subcommand)
9215
9216@itemize @bullet
9217@item
9218Synopsis: annotate [options] files@dots{}
9219@item
9220Requires: repository.
9221@item
9222Changes: nothing.
9223@end itemize
9224
9225For each file in @var{files}, print the head revision
9226of the trunk, together with information on the last
9227modification for each line.  
9228
9229@menu
9230* annotate options::            annotate options
9231* annotate example::            annotate example
9232@end menu
9233
9234@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9235@node annotate options
9236@appendixsubsec annotate options
9237
9238These standard options are supported by @code{annotate}
9239(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
9240them):
9241
9242@table @code
9243@item -l
9244Local directory only, no recursion.
9245
9246@item -R
9247Process directories recursively.
9248
9249@item -f
9250Use head revision if tag/date not found.
9251
9252@item -F
9253Annotate binary files.
9254
9255@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
9256Annotate file as of specified revision/tag or, when @var{date} is specified
9257and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
9258existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
9259
9260@item -D @var{date}
9261Annotate file as of specified date.
9262@end table
9263
9264@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9265@node annotate example
9266@appendixsubsec annotate example
9267
9268For example:
9269
9270@example
9271$ cvs annotate ssfile
9272Annotations for ssfile
9273***************
92741.1          (mary     27-Mar-96): ssfile line 1
92751.2          (joe      28-Mar-96): ssfile line 2
9276@end example
9277
9278The file @file{ssfile} currently contains two lines.
9279The @code{ssfile line 1} line was checked in by
9280@code{mary} on March 27.  Then, on March 28, @code{joe}
9281added a line @code{ssfile line 2}, without modifying
9282the @code{ssfile line 1} line.  This report doesn't
9283tell you anything about lines which have been deleted
9284or replaced; you need to use @code{cvs diff} for that
9285(@pxref{diff}).
9286
9287The options to @code{cvs annotate} are listed in
9288@ref{Invoking CVS}, and can be used to select the files
9289and revisions to annotate.  The options are described
9290in more detail there and in @ref{Common options}.
9291
9292@c FIXME: maybe an example using the options?  Just
9293@c what it means to select a revision might be worth a
9294@c few words of explanation ("you want to see who
9295@c changed this line *before* 1.4"...).
9296
9297@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
9298@node checkout
9299@appendixsec checkout---Check out sources for editing
9300@cindex checkout (subcommand)
9301@cindex co (subcommand)
9302
9303@itemize @bullet
9304@item
9305Synopsis: checkout [options] modules@dots{}
9306@item
9307Requires: repository.
9308@item
9309Changes: working directory.
9310@item
9311Synonyms: co, get
9312@end itemize
9313
9314Create or update a working directory containing copies of the
9315source files specified by @var{modules}.  You must execute
9316@code{checkout} before using most of the other @sc{cvs}
9317commands, since most of them operate on your working
9318directory.
9319
9320The @var{modules} are either
9321symbolic names for some
9322collection of source directories and files, or paths to
9323directories or files in the repository.  The symbolic
9324names are defined in the @samp{modules} file.
9325@xref{modules}.
9326@c Needs an example, particularly of the non-"modules"
9327@c case but probably of both.
9328
9329@c FIXME: this seems like a very odd place to introduce
9330@c people to how CVS works.  The bit about unreserved
9331@c checkouts is also misleading as it depends on how
9332@c things are set up.
9333Depending on the modules you specify, @code{checkout} may
9334recursively create directories and populate them with
9335the appropriate source files.  You can then edit these
9336source files at any time (regardless of whether other
9337software developers are editing their own copies of the
9338sources); update them to include new changes applied by
9339others to the source repository; or commit your work as
9340a permanent change to the source repository.
9341
9342Note that @code{checkout} is used to create
9343directories.  The top-level directory created is always
9344added to the directory where @code{checkout} is
9345invoked, and usually has the same name as the specified
9346module.  In the case of a module alias, the created
9347sub-directory may have a different name, but you can be
9348sure that it will be a sub-directory, and that
9349@code{checkout} will show the relative path leading to
9350each file as it is extracted into your private work
9351area (unless you specify the @samp{-Q} global option).
9352
9353The files created by @code{checkout} are created
9354read-write, unless the @samp{-r} option to @sc{cvs}
9355(@pxref{Global options}) is specified, the
9356@code{CVSREAD} environment variable is specified
9357(@pxref{Environment variables}), or a watch is in
9358effect for that file (@pxref{Watches}).
9359
9360Note that running @code{checkout} on a directory that was already
9361built by a prior @code{checkout} is also permitted.
9362This is similar to specifying the @samp{-d} option
9363to the @code{update} command in the sense that new
9364directories that have been created in the repository
9365will appear in your work area.
9366However, @code{checkout} takes a module name whereas
9367@code{update} takes a directory name.  Also
9368to use @code{checkout} this way it must be run from the
9369top level directory (where you originally ran
9370@code{checkout} from), so before you run
9371@code{checkout} to update an existing directory, don't
9372forget to change your directory to the top level
9373directory.
9374
9375For the output produced by the @code{checkout} command
9376see @ref{update output}.
9377
9378@menu
9379* checkout options::            checkout options
9380* checkout examples::           checkout examples
9381@end menu
9382
9383@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9384@node checkout options
9385@appendixsubsec checkout options
9386
9387These standard options are supported by @code{checkout}
9388(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
9389them):
9390
9391@table @code
9392@item -D @var{date}
9393Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
9394This option is sticky, and implies @samp{-P}.  See
9395@ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.
9396
9397@item -f
9398Only useful with the @samp{-D} or @samp{-r} flags.  If no matching revision is
9399found, retrieve the most recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
9400
9401@item -k @var{kflag}
9402Process keywords according to @var{kflag}.  See
9403@ref{Keyword substitution}.
9404This option is sticky; future updates of
9405this file in this working directory will use the same
9406@var{kflag}.  The @code{status} command can be viewed
9407to see the sticky options.  See @ref{Invoking CVS}, for
9408more information on the @code{status} command.
9409
9410@item -l
9411Local; run only in current working directory.
9412
9413@item -n
9414Do not run any checkout program (as specified
9415with the @samp{-o} option in the modules file;
9416@pxref{modules}).
9417
9418@item -P
9419Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Moving directories}.
9420
9421@item -p
9422Pipe files to the standard output.
9423
9424@item -R
9425Checkout directories recursively.  This option is on by default.
9426
9427@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
9428Checkout the revision specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
9429and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
9430existed on @var{date}.  This option is sticky, and implies @samp{-P}.
9431See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.  Also,
9432see @ref{Common options}.
9433@end table
9434
9435In addition to those, you can use these special command
9436options with @code{checkout}:
9437
9438@table @code
9439@item -A
9440Reset any sticky tags, dates, or @samp{-k} options.
9441See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.
9442
9443@item -c
9444Copy the module file, sorted, to the standard output,
9445instead of creating or modifying any files or
9446directories in your working directory.
9447
9448@item -d @var{dir}
9449Create a directory called @var{dir} for the working
9450files, instead of using the module name.  In general,
9451using this flag is equivalent to using @samp{mkdir
9452@var{dir}; cd @var{dir}} followed by the checkout
9453command without the @samp{-d} flag.
9454
9455There is an important exception, however.  It is very
9456convenient when checking out a single item to have the
9457output appear in a directory that doesn't contain empty
9458intermediate directories.  In this case @emph{only},
9459@sc{cvs} tries to ``shorten'' pathnames to avoid those empty
9460directories.
9461
9462For example, given a module @samp{foo} that contains
9463the file @samp{bar.c}, the command @samp{cvs co -d dir
9464foo} will create directory @samp{dir} and place
9465@samp{bar.c} inside.  Similarly, given a module
9466@samp{bar} which has subdirectory @samp{baz} wherein
9467there is a file @samp{quux.c}, the command @samp{cvs co
9468-d dir bar/baz} will create directory @samp{dir} and
9469place @samp{quux.c} inside.
9470
9471Using the @samp{-N} flag will defeat this behavior.
9472Given the same module definitions above, @samp{cvs co
9473-N -d dir foo} will create directories @samp{dir/foo}
9474and place @samp{bar.c} inside, while @samp{cvs co -N -d
9475dir bar/baz} will create directories @samp{dir/bar/baz}
9476and place @samp{quux.c} inside.
9477
9478@item -j @var{tag}
9479With two @samp{-j} options, merge changes from the
9480revision specified with the first @samp{-j} option to
9481the revision specified with the second @samp{j} option,
9482into the working directory.
9483
9484With one @samp{-j} option, merge changes from the
9485ancestor revision to the revision specified with the
9486@samp{-j} option, into the working directory.  The
9487ancestor revision is the common ancestor of the
9488revision which the working directory is based on, and
9489the revision specified in the @samp{-j} option.
9490
9491In addition, each -j option can contain an optional
9492date specification which, when used with branches, can
9493limit the chosen revision to one within a specific
9494date.  An optional date is specified by adding a colon
9495(:) to the tag:
9496@samp{-j@var{Symbolic_Tag}:@var{Date_Specifier}}.
9497
9498@xref{Branching and merging}.
9499
9500@item -N
9501Only useful together with @samp{-d @var{dir}}.  With
9502this option, @sc{cvs} will not ``shorten'' module paths
9503in your working directory when you check out a single
9504module.  See the @samp{-d} flag for examples and a
9505discussion.
9506
9507@item -s
9508Like @samp{-c}, but include the status of all modules,
9509and sort it by the status string.  @xref{modules}, for
9510info about the @samp{-s} option that is used inside the
9511modules file to set the module status.
9512@end table
9513
9514@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9515@node checkout examples
9516@appendixsubsec checkout examples
9517
9518Get a copy of the module @samp{tc}:
9519
9520@example
9521$ cvs checkout tc
9522@end example
9523
9524Get a copy of the module @samp{tc} as it looked one day
9525ago:
9526
9527@example
9528$ cvs checkout -D yesterday tc
9529@end example
9530
9531@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
9532@node commit
9533@appendixsec commit---Check files into the repository
9534@cindex commit (subcommand)
9535
9536@itemize @bullet
9537@item
9538Synopsis: commit [-lnRf] [-m 'log_message' |
9539-F file] [-r revision] [files@dots{}]
9540@item
9541Requires: working directory, repository.
9542@item
9543Changes: repository.
9544@item
9545Synonym: ci
9546@end itemize
9547
9548Use @code{commit} when you want to incorporate changes
9549from your working source files into the source
9550repository.
9551
9552If you don't specify particular files to commit, all of
9553the files in your working current directory are
9554examined.  @code{commit} is careful to change in the
9555repository only those files that you have really
9556changed.  By default (or if you explicitly specify the
9557@samp{-R} option), files in subdirectories are also
9558examined and committed if they have changed; you can
9559use the @samp{-l} option to limit @code{commit} to the
9560current directory only.
9561
9562@code{commit} verifies that the selected files are up
9563to date with the current revisions in the source
9564repository; it will notify you, and exit without
9565committing, if any of the specified files must be made
9566current first with @code{update} (@pxref{update}).
9567@code{commit} does not call the @code{update} command
9568for you, but rather leaves that for you to do when the
9569time is right.
9570
9571When all is well, an editor is invoked to allow you to
9572enter a log message that will be written to one or more
9573logging programs (@pxref{modules}, and @pxref{loginfo})
9574and placed in the @sc{rcs} file inside the
9575repository.  This log message can be retrieved with the
9576@code{log} command; see @ref{log}.  You can specify the
9577log message on the command line with the @samp{-m
9578@var{message}} option, and thus avoid the editor invocation,
9579or use the @samp{-F @var{file}} option to specify
9580that the argument file contains the log message.
9581
9582At @code{commit}, a unique commitid is placed in the @sc{rcs}
9583file inside the repository. All files committed at once
9584get the same commitid. The commitid can be retrieved with
9585the @code{log} and @code{status} command; see @ref{log},
9586@ref{File status}.
9587
9588@menu
9589* commit options::              commit options
9590* commit examples::             commit examples
9591@end menu
9592
9593@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9594@node commit options
9595@appendixsubsec commit options
9596
9597These standard options are supported by @code{commit}
9598(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
9599them):
9600
9601@table @code
9602@item -l
9603Local; run only in current working directory.
9604
9605@item -R
9606Commit directories recursively.  This is on by default.
9607
9608@item -r @var{revision}
9609Commit to @var{revision}.  @var{revision} must be
9610either a branch, or a revision on the main trunk that
9611is higher than any existing revision number
9612(@pxref{Assigning revisions}).  You
9613cannot commit to a specific revision on a branch.
9614@c FIXME: Need xref for branch case.
9615@end table
9616
9617@code{commit} also supports these options:
9618
9619@table @code
9620@item -c
9621Refuse to commit files unless the user has registered a valid edit on the
9622file via @code{cvs edit}.  This is most useful when @samp{commit -c}
9623and @samp{edit -c} have been placed in all @file{.cvsrc} files.
9624A commit can be forced anyways by either registering an edit retroactively
9625via @code{cvs edit} (no changes to the file will be lost) or using the
9626@code{-f} option to commit.  Support for @code{commit -c} requires both
9627client and a server versions 1.12.10 or greater.
9628
9629@item -F @var{file}
9630Read the log message from @var{file}, instead
9631of invoking an editor.
9632
9633@item -f
9634Note that this is not the standard behavior of
9635the @samp{-f} option as defined in @ref{Common options}.
9636
9637Force @sc{cvs} to commit a new revision even if you haven't
9638made any changes to the file.  As of @sc{cvs} version 1.12.10,
9639it also causes the @code{-c} option to be ignored.  If the current revision
9640of @var{file} is 1.7, then the following two commands
9641are equivalent:
9642
9643@example
9644$ cvs commit -f @var{file}
9645$ cvs commit -r 1.8 @var{file}
9646@end example
9647
9648@c This is odd, but it's how CVS has worked for some
9649@c time.
9650The @samp{-f} option disables recursion (i.e., it
9651implies @samp{-l}).  To force @sc{cvs} to commit a new
9652revision for all files in all subdirectories, you must
9653use @samp{-f -R}.
9654
9655@item -m @var{message}
9656Use @var{message} as the log message, instead of
9657invoking an editor.
9658@end table
9659
9660@need 2000
9661@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9662@node commit examples
9663@appendixsubsec commit examples
9664
9665@c FIXME: this material wants to be somewhere
9666@c in "Branching and merging".
9667
9668@appendixsubsubsec Committing to a branch
9669
9670You can commit to a branch revision (one that has an
9671even number of dots) with the @samp{-r} option.  To
9672create a branch revision, use the @samp{-b} option
9673of the @code{rtag} or @code{tag} commands
9674(@pxref{Branching and merging}).  Then, either @code{checkout} or
9675@code{update} can be used to base your sources on the
9676newly created branch.  From that point on, all
9677@code{commit} changes made within these working sources
9678will be automatically added to a branch revision,
9679thereby not disturbing main-line development in any
9680way.  For example, if you had to create a patch to the
96811.2 version of the product, even though the 2.0 version
9682is already under development, you might do:
9683
9684@example
9685$ cvs rtag -b -r FCS1_2 FCS1_2_Patch product_module
9686$ cvs checkout -r FCS1_2_Patch product_module
9687$ cd product_module
9688[[ hack away ]]
9689$ cvs commit
9690@end example
9691
9692@noindent
9693This works automatically since the @samp{-r} option is
9694sticky.
9695
9696@appendixsubsubsec Creating the branch after editing
9697
9698Say you have been working on some extremely
9699experimental software, based on whatever revision you
9700happened to checkout last week.  If others in your
9701group would like to work on this software with you, but
9702without disturbing main-line development, you could
9703commit your change to a new branch.  Others can then
9704checkout your experimental stuff and utilize the full
9705benefit of @sc{cvs} conflict resolution.  The scenario might
9706look like:
9707
9708@c FIXME: Should we be recommending tagging the branchpoint?
9709@example
9710[[ hacked sources are present ]]
9711$ cvs tag -b EXPR1
9712$ cvs update -r EXPR1
9713$ cvs commit
9714@end example
9715
9716The @code{update} command will make the @samp{-r
9717EXPR1} option sticky on all files.  Note that your
9718changes to the files will never be removed by the
9719@code{update} command.  The @code{commit} will
9720automatically commit to the correct branch, because the
9721@samp{-r} is sticky.  You could also do like this:
9722
9723@c FIXME: Should we be recommending tagging the branchpoint?
9724@example
9725[[ hacked sources are present ]]
9726$ cvs tag -b EXPR1
9727$ cvs commit -r EXPR1
9728@end example
9729
9730@noindent
9731but then, only those files that were changed by you
9732will have the @samp{-r EXPR1} sticky flag.  If you hack
9733away, and commit without specifying the @samp{-r EXPR1}
9734flag, some files may accidentally end up on the main
9735trunk.
9736
9737To work with you on the experimental change, others
9738would simply do
9739
9740@example
9741$ cvs checkout -r EXPR1 whatever_module
9742@end example
9743
9744@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
9745@node diff
9746@appendixsec diff---Show differences between revisions
9747@cindex diff (subcommand)
9748
9749@itemize @bullet
9750@item
9751Synopsis: diff [-lR] [-k kflag] [format_options] [(-r rev1[:date1] | -D date1) [-r rev2[:date2] | -D date2]] [files@dots{}]
9752@item
9753Requires: working directory, repository.
9754@item
9755Changes: nothing.
9756@end itemize
9757
9758The @code{diff} command is used to compare different
9759revisions of files.  The default action is to compare
9760your working files with the revisions they were based
9761on, and report any differences that are found.
9762
9763If any file names are given, only those files are
9764compared.  If any directories are given, all files
9765under them will be compared.
9766
9767The exit status for diff is different than for other
9768@sc{cvs} commands; for details @ref{Exit status}.
9769
9770@menu
9771* diff options::                diff options
9772* diff examples::               diff examples
9773@end menu
9774
9775@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9776@node diff options
9777@appendixsubsec diff options
9778
9779These standard options are supported by @code{diff}
9780(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
9781them):
9782
9783@table @code
9784@item -D @var{date}
9785Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
9786See @samp{-r} for how this affects the comparison.
9787
9788@item -k @var{kflag}
9789Process keywords according to @var{kflag}.  See
9790@ref{Keyword substitution}.
9791
9792@item -l
9793Local; run only in current working directory.
9794
9795@item -R
9796Examine directories recursively.  This option is on by
9797default.
9798
9799@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
9800Compare with revision specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
9801and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
9802existed on @var{date}.  Zero, one or two
9803@samp{-r} options can be present.  With no @samp{-r}
9804option, the working file will be compared with the
9805revision it was based on.  With one @samp{-r}, that
9806revision will be compared to your current working file.
9807With two @samp{-r} options those two revisions will be
9808compared (and your working file will not affect the
9809outcome in any way).
9810@c We should be a lot more explicit, with examples,
9811@c about the difference between "cvs diff" and "cvs
9812@c diff -r HEAD".  This often confuses new users.
9813
9814One or both @samp{-r} options can be replaced by a
9815@samp{-D @var{date}} option, described above.
9816@end table
9817
9818@c Conceptually, this is a disaster.  There are 3
9819@c zillion diff formats that we support via the diff
9820@c library.  It is not obvious to me that we should
9821@c document them all.  Maybe just the most common ones
9822@c like -c and -u, and think about phasing out the
9823@c obscure ones.
9824@c FIXCVS: also should be a way to specify an external
9825@c diff program (which can be different for different
9826@c file types) and pass through
9827@c arbitrary options, so that the user can do
9828@c "--pass=-Z --pass=foo" or something even if CVS
9829@c doesn't know about the "-Z foo" option to diff.
9830@c This would fit nicely with deprecating/eliminating
9831@c the obscure options of the diff library, because it
9832@c would let people specify an external GNU diff if
9833@c they are into that sort of thing.
9834The following options specify the format of the
9835output.  They have the same meaning as in GNU diff.
9836Most options have two equivalent names, one of which is a single letter
9837preceded by @samp{-}, and the other of which is a long name preceded by
9838@samp{--}.
9839
9840@table @samp
9841@item -@var{lines}
9842Show @var{lines} (an integer) lines of context.  This option does not
9843specify an output format by itself; it has no effect unless it is
9844combined with @samp{-c} or @samp{-u}.  This option is obsolete.  For proper
9845operation, @code{patch} typically needs at least two lines of context.
9846
9847@item -a
9848Treat all files as text and compare them line-by-line, even if they
9849do not seem to be text.
9850
9851@item -b
9852Ignore trailing white space and consider all other sequences of one or
9853more white space characters to be equivalent.
9854
9855@item -B
9856Ignore changes that just insert or delete blank lines.
9857
9858@item --binary
9859Read and write data in binary mode.
9860
9861@item --brief
9862Report only whether the files differ, not the details of the
9863differences.
9864
9865@item -c
9866Use the context output format.
9867
9868@item -C @var{lines}
9869@itemx --context@r{[}=@var{lines}@r{]}
9870Use the context output format, showing @var{lines} (an integer) lines of
9871context, or three if @var{lines} is not given.
9872For proper operation, @code{patch} typically needs at least two lines of
9873context.
9874
9875@item --changed-group-format=@var{format}
9876Use @var{format} to output a line group containing differing lines from
9877both files in if-then-else format.  @xref{Line group formats}.
9878
9879@item -d
9880Change the algorithm to perhaps find a smaller set of changes.  This makes
9881@code{diff} slower (sometimes much slower).
9882
9883@item -e
9884@itemx --ed
9885Make output that is a valid @code{ed} script.
9886
9887@item --expand-tabs
9888Expand tabs to spaces in the output, to preserve the alignment of tabs
9889in the input files.
9890
9891@item -f
9892Make output that looks vaguely like an @code{ed} script but has changes
9893in the order they appear in the file.
9894
9895@item -F @var{regexp}
9896In context and unified format, for each hunk of differences, show some
9897of the last preceding line that matches @var{regexp}.
9898
9899@item --forward-ed
9900Make output that looks vaguely like an @code{ed} script but has changes
9901in the order they appear in the file.
9902
9903@item -H
9904Use heuristics to speed handling of large files that have numerous
9905scattered small changes.
9906
9907@item --horizon-lines=@var{lines}
9908Do not discard the last @var{lines} lines of the common prefix
9909and the first @var{lines} lines of the common suffix.
9910
9911@item -i
9912Ignore changes in case; consider upper- and lower-case letters
9913equivalent.
9914
9915@item -I @var{regexp}
9916Ignore changes that just insert or delete lines that match @var{regexp}.
9917
9918@item --ifdef=@var{name}
9919Make merged if-then-else output using @var{name}.
9920
9921@item --ignore-all-space
9922Ignore white space when comparing lines.
9923
9924@item --ignore-blank-lines
9925Ignore changes that just insert or delete blank lines.
9926
9927@item --ignore-case
9928Ignore changes in case; consider upper- and lower-case to be the same.
9929
9930@item --ignore-matching-lines=@var{regexp}
9931Ignore changes that just insert or delete lines that match @var{regexp}.
9932
9933@item --ignore-space-change
9934Ignore trailing white space and consider all other sequences of one or
9935more white space characters to be equivalent.
9936
9937@item --initial-tab
9938Output a tab rather than a space before the text of a line in normal or
9939context format.  This causes the alignment of tabs in the line to look
9940normal.
9941
9942@item -L @var{label}
9943Use @var{label} instead of the file name in the context format
9944and unified format headers.
9945
9946@item --label=@var{label}
9947Use @var{label} instead of the file name in the context format
9948and unified format headers.
9949
9950@item --left-column
9951Print only the left column of two common lines in side by side format.
9952
9953@item --line-format=@var{format}
9954Use @var{format} to output all input lines in if-then-else format.
9955@xref{Line formats}.
9956
9957@item --minimal
9958Change the algorithm to perhaps find a smaller set of changes.  This
9959makes @code{diff} slower (sometimes much slower).
9960
9961@item -n
9962Output RCS-format diffs; like @samp{-f} except that each command
9963specifies the number of lines affected.
9964
9965@item -N
9966@itemx --new-file
9967In directory comparison, if a file is found in only one directory,
9968treat it as present but empty in the other directory.
9969
9970@item --new-group-format=@var{format}
9971Use @var{format} to output a group of lines taken from just the second
9972file in if-then-else format.  @xref{Line group formats}.
9973
9974@item --new-line-format=@var{format}
9975Use @var{format} to output a line taken from just the second file in
9976if-then-else format.  @xref{Line formats}.
9977
9978@item --old-group-format=@var{format}
9979Use @var{format} to output a group of lines taken from just the first
9980file in if-then-else format.  @xref{Line group formats}.
9981
9982@item --old-line-format=@var{format}
9983Use @var{format} to output a line taken from just the first file in
9984if-then-else format.  @xref{Line formats}.
9985
9986@item -p
9987Show which C function each change is in.
9988
9989@item --rcs
9990Output RCS-format diffs; like @samp{-f} except that each command
9991specifies the number of lines affected.
9992
9993@item --report-identical-files
9994@itemx -s
9995Report when two files are the same.
9996
9997@item --show-c-function
9998Show which C function each change is in.
9999
10000@item --show-function-line=@var{regexp}
10001In context and unified format, for each hunk of differences, show some
10002of the last preceding line that matches @var{regexp}.
10003
10004@item --side-by-side
10005Use the side by side output format.
10006
10007@item --speed-large-files
10008Use heuristics to speed handling of large files that have numerous
10009scattered small changes.
10010
10011@item --suppress-common-lines
10012Do not print common lines in side by side format.
10013
10014@item -t
10015Expand tabs to spaces in the output, to preserve the alignment of tabs
10016in the input files.
10017
10018@item -T
10019Output a tab rather than a space before the text of a line in normal or
10020context format.  This causes the alignment of tabs in the line to look
10021normal.
10022
10023@item --text
10024Treat all files as text and compare them line-by-line, even if they
10025do not appear to be text.
10026
10027@item -u
10028Use the unified output format.
10029
10030@item --unchanged-group-format=@var{format}
10031Use @var{format} to output a group of common lines taken from both files
10032in if-then-else format.  @xref{Line group formats}.
10033
10034@item --unchanged-line-format=@var{format}
10035Use @var{format} to output a line common to both files in if-then-else
10036format.  @xref{Line formats}.
10037
10038@item -U @var{lines}
10039@itemx --unified@r{[}=@var{lines}@r{]}
10040Use the unified output format, showing @var{lines} (an integer) lines of
10041context, or three if @var{lines} is not given.
10042For proper operation, @code{patch} typically needs at least two lines of
10043context.
10044
10045@item -w
10046Ignore white space when comparing lines.
10047
10048@item -W @var{columns}
10049@itemx --width=@var{columns}
10050Use an output width of @var{columns} in side by side format.
10051
10052@item -y
10053Use the side by side output format.
10054@end table
10055
10056@menu
10057* Line group formats::          Line group formats
10058* Line formats::                Line formats
10059@end menu
10060
10061@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10062@node Line group formats
10063@appendixsubsubsec Line group formats
10064
10065Line group formats let you specify formats suitable for many
10066applications that allow if-then-else input, including programming
10067languages and text formatting languages.  A line group format specifies
10068the output format for a contiguous group of similar lines.
10069
10070For example, the following command compares the TeX file @file{myfile}
10071with the original version from the repository,
10072and outputs a merged file in which old regions are
10073surrounded by @samp{\begin@{em@}}-@samp{\end@{em@}} lines, and new
10074regions are surrounded by @samp{\begin@{bf@}}-@samp{\end@{bf@}} lines.
10075
10076@example
10077cvs diff \
10078   --old-group-format='\begin@{em@}
10079%<\end@{em@}
10080' \
10081   --new-group-format='\begin@{bf@}
10082%>\end@{bf@}
10083' \
10084   myfile
10085@end example
10086
10087The following command is equivalent to the above example, but it is a
10088little more verbose, because it spells out the default line group formats.
10089
10090@example
10091cvs diff \
10092   --old-group-format='\begin@{em@}
10093%<\end@{em@}
10094' \
10095   --new-group-format='\begin@{bf@}
10096%>\end@{bf@}
10097' \
10098   --unchanged-group-format='%=' \
10099   --changed-group-format='\begin@{em@}
10100%<\end@{em@}
10101\begin@{bf@}
10102%>\end@{bf@}
10103' \
10104   myfile
10105@end example
10106
10107Here is a more advanced example, which outputs a diff listing with
10108headers containing line numbers in a ``plain English'' style.
10109
10110@example
10111cvs diff \
10112   --unchanged-group-format='' \
10113   --old-group-format='-------- %dn line%(n=1?:s) deleted at %df:
10114%<' \
10115   --new-group-format='-------- %dN line%(N=1?:s) added after %de:
10116%>' \
10117   --changed-group-format='-------- %dn line%(n=1?:s) changed at %df:
10118%<-------- to:
10119%>' \
10120   myfile
10121@end example
10122
10123To specify a line group format, use one of the options
10124listed below.  You can specify up to four line group formats, one for
10125each kind of line group.  You should quote @var{format}, because it
10126typically contains shell metacharacters.
10127
10128@table @samp
10129@item --old-group-format=@var{format}
10130These line groups are hunks containing only lines from the first file.
10131The default old group format is the same as the changed group format if
10132it is specified; otherwise it is a format that outputs the line group as-is.
10133
10134@item --new-group-format=@var{format}
10135These line groups are hunks containing only lines from the second
10136file.  The default new group format is same as the changed group
10137format if it is specified; otherwise it is a format that outputs the
10138line group as-is.
10139
10140@item --changed-group-format=@var{format}
10141These line groups are hunks containing lines from both files.  The
10142default changed group format is the concatenation of the old and new
10143group formats.
10144
10145@item --unchanged-group-format=@var{format}
10146These line groups contain lines common to both files.  The default
10147unchanged group format is a format that outputs the line group as-is.
10148@end table
10149
10150In a line group format, ordinary characters represent themselves;
10151conversion specifications start with @samp{%} and have one of the
10152following forms.
10153
10154@table @samp
10155@item %<
10156stands for the lines from the first file, including the trailing newline.
10157Each line is formatted according to the old line format (@pxref{Line formats}).
10158
10159@item %>
10160stands for the lines from the second file, including the trailing newline.
10161Each line is formatted according to the new line format.
10162
10163@item %=
10164stands for the lines common to both files, including the trailing newline.
10165Each line is formatted according to the unchanged line format.
10166
10167@item %%
10168stands for @samp{%}.
10169
10170@item %c'@var{C}'
10171where @var{C} is a single character, stands for @var{C}.
10172@var{C} may not be a backslash or an apostrophe.
10173For example, @samp{%c':'} stands for a colon, even inside
10174the then-part of an if-then-else format, which a colon would
10175normally terminate.
10176
10177@item %c'\@var{O}'
10178where @var{O} is a string of 1, 2, or 3 octal digits,
10179stands for the character with octal code @var{O}.
10180For example, @samp{%c'\0'} stands for a null character.
10181
10182@item @var{F}@var{n}
10183where @var{F} is a @code{printf} conversion specification and @var{n} is one
10184of the following letters, stands for @var{n}'s value formatted with @var{F}.
10185
10186@table @samp
10187@item e
10188The line number of the line just before the group in the old file.
10189
10190@item f
10191The line number of the first line in the group in the old file;
10192equals @var{e} + 1.
10193
10194@item l
10195The line number of the last line in the group in the old file.
10196
10197@item m
10198The line number of the line just after the group in the old file;
10199equals @var{l} + 1.
10200
10201@item n
10202The number of lines in the group in the old file; equals @var{l} - @var{f} + 1.
10203
10204@item E, F, L, M, N
10205Likewise, for lines in the new file.
10206
10207@end table
10208
10209The @code{printf} conversion specification can be @samp{%d},
10210@samp{%o}, @samp{%x}, or @samp{%X}, specifying decimal, octal,
10211lower case hexadecimal, or upper case hexadecimal output
10212respectively.  After the @samp{%} the following options can appear in
10213sequence: a @samp{-} specifying left-justification; an integer
10214specifying the minimum field width; and a period followed by an
10215optional integer specifying the minimum number of digits.
10216For example, @samp{%5dN} prints the number of new lines in the group
10217in a field of width 5 characters, using the @code{printf} format @code{"%5d"}.
10218
10219@item (@var{A}=@var{B}?@var{T}:@var{E})
10220If @var{A} equals @var{B} then @var{T} else @var{E}.
10221@var{A} and @var{B} are each either a decimal constant
10222or a single letter interpreted as above.
10223This format spec is equivalent to @var{T} if
10224@var{A}'s value equals @var{B}'s; otherwise it is equivalent to @var{E}.
10225
10226For example, @samp{%(N=0?no:%dN) line%(N=1?:s)} is equivalent to
10227@samp{no lines} if @var{N} (the number of lines in the group in the
10228new file) is 0, to @samp{1 line} if @var{N} is 1, and to @samp{%dN lines}
10229otherwise.
10230@end table
10231
10232@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10233@node Line formats
10234@appendixsubsubsec Line formats
10235
10236Line formats control how each line taken from an input file is
10237output as part of a line group in if-then-else format.
10238
10239For example, the following command outputs text with a one-column
10240change indicator to the left of the text.  The first column of output
10241is @samp{-} for deleted lines, @samp{|} for added lines, and a space
10242for unchanged lines.  The formats contain newline characters where
10243newlines are desired on output.
10244
10245@example
10246cvs diff \
10247   --old-line-format='-%l
10248' \
10249   --new-line-format='|%l
10250' \
10251   --unchanged-line-format=' %l
10252' \
10253   myfile
10254@end example
10255
10256To specify a line format, use one of the following options.  You should
10257quote @var{format}, since it often contains shell metacharacters.
10258
10259@table @samp
10260@item --old-line-format=@var{format}
10261formats lines just from the first file.
10262
10263@item --new-line-format=@var{format}
10264formats lines just from the second file.
10265
10266@item --unchanged-line-format=@var{format}
10267formats lines common to both files.
10268
10269@item --line-format=@var{format}
10270formats all lines; in effect, it sets all three above options simultaneously.
10271@end table
10272
10273In a line format, ordinary characters represent themselves;
10274conversion specifications start with @samp{%} and have one of the
10275following forms.
10276
10277@table @samp
10278@item %l
10279stands for the contents of the line, not counting its trailing
10280newline (if any).  This format ignores whether the line is incomplete.
10281
10282@item %L
10283stands for the contents of the line, including its trailing newline
10284(if any).  If a line is incomplete, this format preserves its
10285incompleteness.
10286
10287@item %%
10288stands for @samp{%}.
10289
10290@item %c'@var{C}'
10291where @var{C} is a single character, stands for @var{C}.
10292@var{C} may not be a backslash or an apostrophe.
10293For example, @samp{%c':'} stands for a colon.
10294
10295@item %c'\@var{O}'
10296where @var{O} is a string of 1, 2, or 3 octal digits,
10297stands for the character with octal code @var{O}.
10298For example, @samp{%c'\0'} stands for a null character.
10299
10300@item @var{F}n
10301where @var{F} is a @code{printf} conversion specification,
10302stands for the line number formatted with @var{F}.
10303For example, @samp{%.5dn} prints the line number using the
10304@code{printf} format @code{"%.5d"}.  @xref{Line group formats}, for
10305more about printf conversion specifications.
10306
10307@end table
10308
10309The default line format is @samp{%l} followed by a newline character.
10310
10311If the input contains tab characters and it is important that they line
10312up on output, you should ensure that @samp{%l} or @samp{%L} in a line
10313format is just after a tab stop (e.g.@: by preceding @samp{%l} or
10314@samp{%L} with a tab character), or you should use the @samp{-t} or
10315@samp{--expand-tabs} option.
10316
10317Taken together, the line and line group formats let you specify many
10318different formats.  For example, the following command uses a format
10319similar to @code{diff}'s normal format.  You can tailor this command
10320to get fine control over @code{diff}'s output.
10321
10322@example
10323cvs diff \
10324   --old-line-format='< %l
10325' \
10326   --new-line-format='> %l
10327' \
10328   --old-group-format='%df%(f=l?:,%dl)d%dE
10329%<' \
10330   --new-group-format='%dea%dF%(F=L?:,%dL)
10331%>' \
10332   --changed-group-format='%df%(f=l?:,%dl)c%dF%(F=L?:,%dL)
10333%<---
10334%>' \
10335   --unchanged-group-format='' \
10336   myfile
10337@end example
10338
10339@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10340@node diff examples
10341@appendixsubsec diff examples
10342
10343The following line produces a Unidiff (@samp{-u} flag)
10344between revision 1.14 and 1.19 of
10345@file{backend.c}.  Due to the @samp{-kk} flag no
10346keywords are substituted, so differences that only depend
10347on keyword substitution are ignored.
10348
10349@example
10350$ cvs diff -kk -u -r 1.14 -r 1.19 backend.c
10351@end example
10352
10353Suppose the experimental branch EXPR1 was based on a
10354set of files tagged RELEASE_1_0.  To see what has
10355happened on that branch, the following can be used:
10356
10357@example
10358$ cvs diff -r RELEASE_1_0 -r EXPR1
10359@end example
10360
10361A command like this can be used to produce a context
10362diff between two releases:
10363
10364@example
10365$ cvs diff -c -r RELEASE_1_0 -r RELEASE_1_1 > diffs
10366@end example
10367
10368If you are maintaining ChangeLogs, a command like the following
10369just before you commit your changes may help you write
10370the ChangeLog entry.  All local modifications that have
10371not yet been committed will be printed.
10372
10373@example
10374$ cvs diff -u | less
10375@end example
10376
10377@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10378@node export
10379@appendixsec export---Export sources from CVS, similar to checkout
10380@cindex export (subcommand)
10381
10382@itemize @bullet
10383@item
10384Synopsis: export [-flNnR] (-r rev[:date] | -D date) [-k subst] [-d dir] module@dots{}
10385@item
10386Requires: repository.
10387@item
10388Changes: current directory.
10389@end itemize
10390
10391This command is a variant of @code{checkout}; use it
10392when you want a copy of the source for module without
10393the @sc{cvs} administrative directories.  For example, you
10394might use @code{export} to prepare source for shipment
10395off-site.  This command requires that you specify a
10396date or tag (with @samp{-D} or @samp{-r}), so that you
10397can count on reproducing the source you ship to others
10398(and thus it always prunes empty directories).
10399
10400One often would like to use @samp{-kv} with @code{cvs
10401export}.  This causes any keywords to be
10402expanded such that an import done at some other site
10403will not lose the keyword revision information.  But be
10404aware that doesn't handle an export containing binary
10405files correctly.  Also be aware that after having used
10406@samp{-kv}, one can no longer use the @code{ident}
10407command (which is part of the @sc{rcs} suite---see
10408ident(1)) which looks for keyword strings.  If
10409you want to be able to use @code{ident} you must not
10410use @samp{-kv}.
10411
10412@menu
10413* export options::              export options
10414@end menu
10415
10416@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10417@node export options
10418@appendixsubsec export options
10419
10420These standard options are supported by @code{export}
10421(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
10422them):
10423
10424@table @code
10425@item -D @var{date}
10426Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
10427
10428@item -f
10429If no matching revision is found, retrieve the most
10430recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
10431
10432@item -l
10433Local; run only in current working directory.
10434
10435@item -n
10436Do not run any checkout program.
10437
10438@item -R
10439Export directories recursively.  This is on by default.
10440
10441@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
10442Export the revision specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
10443and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
10444existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
10445@end table
10446
10447In addition, these options (that are common to
10448@code{checkout} and @code{export}) are also supported:
10449
10450@table @code
10451@item -d @var{dir}
10452Create a directory called @var{dir} for the working
10453files, instead of using the module name.
10454@xref{checkout options}, for complete details on how
10455@sc{cvs} handles this flag.
10456
10457@item -k @var{subst}
10458Set keyword expansion mode (@pxref{Substitution modes}).
10459
10460@item -N
10461Only useful together with @samp{-d @var{dir}}.
10462@xref{checkout options}, for complete details on how
10463@sc{cvs} handles this flag.
10464@end table
10465
10466@ignore
10467@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10468@c @node export examples
10469@appendixsubsec export examples
10470
10471Contributed examples are gratefully accepted.
10472@c -- Examples here!!
10473@end ignore
10474
10475@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10476@node history
10477@appendixsec history---Show status of files and users
10478@cindex history (subcommand)
10479
10480@itemize @bullet
10481@item
10482Synopsis:     history [-report] [-flags] [-options args] [files@dots{}]
10483@item
10484Requires: the file @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history}
10485@item
10486Changes: nothing.
10487@end itemize
10488
10489@sc{cvs} can keep a history log that tracks each use of most @sc{cvs}
10490commands.  You can use @code{history} to display this information in
10491various formats.
10492
10493To enable logging, the @samp{LogHistory} config option must be set to
10494some value other than the empty string and the history file specified by
10495the @samp{HistoryLogPath} option must be writable by all users who may run
10496the @sc{cvs} executable (@pxref{config}).
10497
10498To enable the @code{history} command, logging must be enabled as above and
10499the @samp{HistorySearchPath} config option (@pxref{config}) must be set to
10500specify some number of the history logs created thereby and these files must
10501be readable by each user who might run the @code{history} command.
10502
10503Creating a repository via the @code{cvs init} command will enable logging of
10504all possible events to a single history log file
10505(@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history}) with read and write permissions for all
10506users (@pxref{Creating a repository}).
10507
10508@strong{Note: @code{history} uses @samp{-f}, @samp{-l},
10509@samp{-n}, and @samp{-p} in ways that conflict with the
10510normal use inside @sc{cvs} (@pxref{Common options}).}
10511
10512@menu
10513* history options::             history options
10514@end menu
10515
10516@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10517@node history options
10518@appendixsubsec history options
10519
10520Several options (shown above as @samp{-report})  control  what
10521kind of report is generated:
10522
10523@table @code
10524@item -c
10525Report on each time commit was used (i.e., each time
10526the repository was modified).
10527
10528@item -e
10529Everything (all record types).  Equivalent to
10530specifying @samp{-x} with all record types.  Of course,
10531@samp{-e} will also include record types which are
10532added in a future version of @sc{cvs}; if you are
10533writing a script which can only handle certain record
10534types, you'll want to specify @samp{-x}.
10535
10536@item -m @var{module}
10537Report on a particular module.  (You can meaningfully
10538use @samp{-m} more than once on the command line.)
10539
10540@item -o
10541Report on checked-out modules.  This is the default report type.
10542
10543@item -T
10544Report on all tags.
10545
10546@item -x @var{type}
10547Extract a particular set of record types @var{type} from the @sc{cvs}
10548history.  The types are indicated by single letters,
10549which you may specify in combination.
10550
10551Certain commands have a single record type:
10552
10553@table @code
10554@item F
10555release
10556@item O
10557checkout
10558@item E
10559export
10560@item T
10561tag and rtag
10562@end table
10563
10564@noindent
10565One of five record types may result from an update:
10566
10567@table @code
10568@item C
10569A merge was necessary but collisions were
10570detected (requiring manual merging).
10571@item G
10572A merge was necessary and it succeeded.
10573@item U
10574A working file was copied from the repository.
10575@item P
10576A working file was patched to match the repository.
10577@item W
10578The working copy of a file was deleted during
10579update (because it was gone from the repository).
10580@end table
10581
10582@noindent
10583One of three record types results from commit:
10584
10585@table @code
10586@item A
10587A file was added for the first time.
10588@item M
10589A file was modified.
10590@item R
10591A file was removed.
10592@end table
10593@end table
10594
10595The options shown as @samp{-flags} constrain or expand
10596the report without requiring option arguments:
10597
10598@table @code
10599@item -a
10600Show data for all users (the default is to show data
10601only for the user executing @code{history}).
10602
10603@item -l
10604Show last modification only.
10605
10606@item -w
10607Show only the records for modifications done from the
10608same working directory where @code{history} is
10609executing.
10610@end table
10611
10612The options shown as @samp{-options @var{args}} constrain the report
10613based on an argument:
10614
10615@table @code
10616@item -b @var{str}
10617Show data back to a record containing  the  string
10618@var{str}  in  either the module name, the file name, or
10619the repository path.
10620
10621@item -D @var{date}
10622Show data since @var{date}.  This is slightly different
10623from the normal use of @samp{-D @var{date}}, which
10624selects the newest revision older than @var{date}.
10625
10626@item -f @var{file}
10627Show data for a particular file
10628(you can specify several @samp{-f} options on the same command line).
10629This is equivalent to specifying the file on the command line.
10630
10631@item -n @var{module}
10632Show data for a particular module
10633(you can specify several @samp{-n} options on the same command line).
10634
10635@item -p @var{repository}
10636Show data for a particular source repository  (you
10637can specify several @samp{-p} options on the same command
10638line).
10639
10640@item -r @var{rev}
10641Show records referring to revisions since the revision
10642or tag named @var{rev} appears in individual @sc{rcs}
10643files.  Each @sc{rcs} file is searched for the revision or
10644tag.
10645
10646@item -t @var{tag}
10647Show records since tag @var{tag} was last added to the
10648history file.  This differs from the @samp{-r} flag
10649above in that it reads only the history file, not the
10650@sc{rcs} files, and is much faster.
10651
10652@item -u @var{name}
10653Show records for user @var{name}.
10654
10655@item -z @var{timezone}
10656Show times in the selected records using the specified
10657time zone instead of UTC.
10658@end table
10659
10660@ignore
10661@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10662@c @node history examples
10663@appendixsubsec history examples
10664
10665Contributed examples will gratefully be accepted.
10666@c -- Examples here!
10667@end ignore
10668
10669@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10670@node import
10671@appendixsec import---Import sources into CVS, using vendor branches
10672@cindex import (subcommand)
10673
10674@c FIXME: This node is way too long for one which has subnodes.
10675
10676@itemize @bullet
10677@item
10678Synopsis: import [-options] repository vendortag releasetag@dots{}
10679@item
10680Requires: Repository, source distribution directory.
10681@item
10682Changes: repository.
10683@end itemize
10684
10685Use @code{import} to incorporate an entire source
10686distribution from an outside source (e.g., a source
10687vendor) into your source repository directory.  You can
10688use this command both for initial creation of a
10689repository, and for wholesale updates to the module
10690from the outside source.  @xref{Tracking sources}, for
10691a discussion on this subject.
10692
10693The @var{repository} argument gives a directory name
10694(or a path to a directory) under the @sc{cvs} root directory
10695for repositories; if the directory did not exist,
10696import creates it.
10697
10698When you use import for updates to source that has been
10699modified in your source repository (since a prior
10700import), it will notify you of any files that conflict
10701in the two branches of development; use @samp{checkout
10702-j} to reconcile the differences, as import instructs
10703you to do.
10704
10705If @sc{cvs} decides a file should be ignored
10706(@pxref{cvsignore}), it does not import it and prints
10707@samp{I } followed by the filename (@pxref{import output}, for a
10708complete description of the output).
10709
10710If the file @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/cvswrappers} exists,
10711any file whose names match the specifications in that
10712file will be treated as packages and the appropriate
10713filtering will be performed on the file/directory
10714before being imported.  @xref{Wrappers}.
10715
10716The outside source is saved in a first-level
10717branch, by default 1.1.1.  Updates are leaves of this
10718branch; for example, files from the first imported
10719collection of source will be revision 1.1.1.1, then
10720files from the first imported update will be revision
107211.1.1.2, and so on.
10722
10723At least three arguments are required.
10724@var{repository} is needed to identify the collection
10725of source.  @var{vendortag} is a tag for the entire
10726branch (e.g., for 1.1.1).  You must also specify at
10727least one @var{releasetag} to uniquely identify the files at
10728the leaves created each time you execute @code{import}.  The
10729@var{releasetag} should be new, not previously existing in the
10730repository file, and uniquely identify the imported release,
10731
10732@c I'm not completely sure this belongs here.  But
10733@c we need to say it _somewhere_ reasonably obvious; it
10734@c is a common misconception among people first learning CVS
10735Note that @code{import} does @emph{not} change the
10736directory in which you invoke it.  In particular, it
10737does not set up that directory as a @sc{cvs} working
10738directory; if you want to work with the sources import
10739them first and then check them out into a different
10740directory (@pxref{Getting the source}).
10741
10742@menu
10743* import options::              import options
10744* import output::               import output
10745* import examples::             import examples
10746@end menu
10747
10748@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10749@node import options
10750@appendixsubsec import options
10751
10752This standard option is supported by @code{import}
10753(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description):
10754
10755@table @code
10756@item -m @var{message}
10757Use @var{message} as log information, instead of
10758invoking an editor.
10759@end table
10760
10761There are the following additional special options.
10762
10763@table @code
10764@item -b @var{branch}
10765See @ref{Multiple vendor branches}.
10766
10767@item -k @var{subst}
10768Indicate the keyword expansion mode desired.  This
10769setting will apply to all files created during the
10770import, but not to any files that previously existed in
10771the repository.  See @ref{Substitution modes}, for a
10772list of valid @samp{-k} settings.
10773
10774@item -I @var{name}
10775Specify file names that should be ignored during
10776import.  You can use this option repeatedly.  To avoid
10777ignoring any files at all (even those ignored by
10778default), specify `-I !'.
10779
10780@var{name} can be a file name pattern of the same type
10781that you can specify in the @file{.cvsignore} file.
10782@xref{cvsignore}.
10783@c -- Is this really true?
10784
10785@item -W @var{spec}
10786Specify file names that should be filtered during
10787import.  You can use this option repeatedly.
10788
10789@var{spec} can be a file name pattern of the same type
10790that you can specify in the @file{.cvswrappers}
10791file. @xref{Wrappers}.
10792
10793@item -X
10794Modify the algorithm used by @sc{cvs} when importing new files
10795so that new files do not immediately appear on the main trunk.
10796
10797Specifically, this flag causes @sc{cvs} to mark new files as
10798if they were deleted on the main trunk, by taking the following
10799steps for each file in addition to those normally taken on import:
10800creating a new revision on the main trunk indicating that
10801the new file is @code{dead}, resetting the new file's default branch,
10802and placing the file in the Attic (@pxref{Attic}) directory.
10803
10804Use of this option can be forced on a repository-wide basis
10805by setting the @samp{ImportNewFilesToVendorBranchOnly} option in
10806CVSROOT/config (@pxref{config}).
10807@end table
10808
10809@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10810@node import output
10811@appendixsubsec import output
10812
10813@code{import} keeps you informed of its progress by printing a line
10814for each file, preceded by one character indicating the status of the file:
10815
10816@table @code
10817@item U @var{file}
10818The file already exists in the repository and has not been locally
10819modified; a new revision has been created (if necessary).
10820
10821@item N @var{file}
10822The file is a new file which has been added to the repository.
10823
10824@item C @var{file}
10825The file already exists in the repository but has been locally modified;
10826you will have to merge the changes.
10827
10828@item I @var{file}
10829The file is being ignored (@pxref{cvsignore}).
10830
10831@cindex Symbolic link, importing
10832@cindex Link, symbolic, importing
10833@c FIXME: also (somewhere else) probably
10834@c should be documenting what happens if you "cvs add"
10835@c a symbolic link.  Also maybe what happens if
10836@c you manually create symbolic links within the
10837@c repository (? - not sure why we'd want to suggest
10838@c doing that).
10839@item L @var{file}
10840The file is a symbolic link; @code{cvs import} ignores symbolic links.
10841People periodically suggest that this behavior should
10842be changed, but if there is a consensus on what it
10843should be changed to, it is not apparent.
10844(Various options in the @file{modules} file can be used
10845to recreate symbolic links on checkout, update, etc.;
10846@pxref{modules}.)
10847@end table
10848
10849@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10850@node import examples
10851@appendixsubsec import examples
10852
10853See @ref{Tracking sources}, and @ref{From files}.
10854
10855@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10856@node init
10857@appendixsec init---Initialize a repository
10858@cindex init (subcommand)
10859
10860@itemize @bullet
10861@item
10862Synopsis: init
10863@item
10864Requires: working directory.
10865@item
10866Changes: repository, working directory.
10867@end itemize
10868
10869The @code{init} command initializes a repository by adding the
10870@file{CVSROOT} subdirectory and some default control files. You must
10871use this command or initialize the repository in some other way before
10872you can use it. Specify the root of the repository with the general
10873@code{-d} option.  This will set up an empty repository in the
10874@sc{cvs} root specified in the usual way (@pxref{Repository}).
10875
10876@code{init} is careful to never overwrite any existing files in the
10877repository, so no harm is done if you run @code{init} on an already
10878set-up repository. Note you may need to be a member of the group
10879@code{cvsadmin} to do this.
10880
10881Note @code{init} will enable history logging; if you don't want that,
10882remove the history file after running @code{init} (@pxref{history file}).
10883
10884@menu
10885* init examples:              init examples
10886@end menu
10887
10888@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10889@node init examples
10890@appendixsubsec init examples
10891
10892@example
10893$ cvs -d /usr/local/cvsroot init
10894@end example
10895
10896@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10897@node log
10898@appendixsec log---Print out log information for files
10899@cindex log (subcommand)
10900
10901@itemize @bullet
10902@item
10903Synopsis: log [options] [files@dots{}]
10904@item
10905Requires: repository, working directory.
10906@item
10907Changes: nothing.
10908@end itemize
10909
10910Display log information for files.  @code{log} used to
10911call the @sc{rcs} utility @code{rlog}.  Although this
10912is no longer true in the current sources, this history
10913determines the format of the output and the options,
10914which are not quite in the style of the other @sc{cvs}
10915commands.
10916
10917@cindex Timezone, in output
10918@cindex Zone, time, in output
10919The output includes the location of the @sc{rcs} file,
10920the @dfn{head} revision (the latest revision on the
10921trunk), all symbolic names (tags) and some other
10922things.  For each revision, the revision number, the
10923date, the author, the number of lines added/deleted, the commitid
10924and the log message are printed.  All dates are displayed
10925in local time at the client. This is typically specified in
10926the @code{$TZ} environment variable, which can be set to
10927govern how @code{log} displays dates.
10928
10929@strong{Note: @code{log} uses @samp{-R} in a way that conflicts
10930with the normal use inside @sc{cvs} (@pxref{Common options}).}
10931
10932@menu
10933* log options::                 log options
10934* log examples::                log examples
10935@end menu
10936
10937@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10938@node log options
10939@appendixsubsec log options
10940
10941By default, @code{log} prints all information that is
10942available.  All other options restrict the output.  Note that the revision
10943selection options (@code{-d}, @code{-r}, @code{-s}, and @code{-w}) have no
10944effect, other than possibly causing a search for files in Attic directories,
10945when used in conjunction with the options that restrict the output to only
10946@code{log} header fields (@code{-b}, @code{-h}, @code{-R}, and @code{-t})
10947unless the @code{-S} option is also specified.
10948
10949@table @code
10950@item -b
10951Print information about the revisions on the default
10952branch, normally the highest branch on the trunk.
10953
10954@item -d @var{dates}
10955Print information about revisions with a checkin
10956date/time in the range given by the
10957semicolon-separated list of dates.  The date formats
10958accepted are those accepted by the @samp{-D} option to
10959many other @sc{cvs} commands (@pxref{Common options}).
10960Dates can be combined into ranges as follows:
10961
10962@c Should we be thinking about accepting ISO8601
10963@c ranges?  For example "1972-09-10/1972-09-12".
10964@table @code
10965@item @var{d1}<@var{d2}
10966@itemx @var{d2}>@var{d1}
10967Select the revisions that were deposited between
10968@var{d1} and @var{d2}.
10969
10970@item <@var{d}
10971@itemx @var{d}>
10972Select all revisions dated @var{d} or earlier.
10973
10974@item @var{d}<
10975@itemx >@var{d}
10976Select all revisions dated @var{d} or later.
10977
10978@item @var{d}
10979Select the single, latest revision dated @var{d} or
10980earlier.
10981@end table
10982
10983The @samp{>} or @samp{<} characters may be followed by
10984@samp{=} to indicate an inclusive range rather than an
10985exclusive one.
10986
10987Note that the separator is a semicolon (;).
10988
10989@item -h
10990Print only the name of the @sc{rcs} file, name
10991of the file in the working directory, head,
10992default branch, access list, locks, symbolic names, and
10993suffix.
10994
10995@item -l
10996Local; run only in current working directory.  (Default
10997is to run recursively).
10998
10999@item -N
11000Do not print the list of tags for this file.  This
11001option can be very useful when your site uses a lot of
11002tags, so rather than "more"'ing over 3 pages of tag
11003information, the log information is presented without
11004tags at all.
11005
11006@item -R
11007Print only the name of the @sc{rcs} file.
11008
11009@c Note that using a bare revision (in addition to not
11010@c being explicitly documented here) is potentially
11011@c confusing; it shows the log message to get from the
11012@c previous revision to that revision.  "-r1.3 -r1.6"
11013@c (equivalent to "-r1.3,1.6") is even worse; it
11014@c prints the messages to get from 1.2 to 1.3 and 1.5
11015@c to 1.6.  By analogy with "cvs diff", users might
11016@c expect that it is more like specifying a range.
11017@c It is not 100% clear to me how much of this should
11018@c be documented (for example, multiple -r options
11019@c perhaps could/should be deprecated given the false
11020@c analogy with "cvs diff").
11021@c In general, this section should be rewritten to talk
11022@c about messages to get from revision rev1 to rev2,
11023@c rather than messages for revision rev2 (that is, the
11024@c messages are associated with a change not a static
11025@c revision and failing to make this distinction causes
11026@c much confusion).
11027@item -r@var{revisions}
11028Print information about revisions given in the
11029comma-separated list @var{revisions} of revisions and
11030ranges.  The following table explains the available
11031range formats:
11032
11033@table @code
11034@item @var{rev1}:@var{rev2}
11035Revisions @var{rev1} to @var{rev2} (which must be on
11036the same branch).
11037
11038@item @var{rev1}::@var{rev2}
11039The same, but excluding @var{rev1}.
11040
11041@item :@var{rev}
11042@itemx ::@var{rev}
11043Revisions from the beginning of the branch up to
11044and including @var{rev}.
11045
11046@item @var{rev}:
11047Revisions starting with @var{rev} to the end of the
11048branch containing @var{rev}.
11049
11050@item @var{rev}::
11051Revisions starting just after @var{rev} to the end of the
11052branch containing @var{rev}.
11053
11054@item @var{branch}
11055An argument that is a branch means all revisions on
11056that branch.
11057
11058@item @var{branch1}:@var{branch2}
11059@itemx @var{branch1}::@var{branch2}
11060A range of branches means all revisions
11061on the branches in that range.
11062
11063@item @var{branch}.
11064The latest revision in @var{branch}.
11065@end table
11066
11067A bare @samp{-r} with no revisions means the latest
11068revision on the default branch, normally the trunk.
11069There can be no space between the @samp{-r} option and
11070its argument.
11071
11072@item -S
11073Suppress the header if no revisions are selected.
11074
11075@item -s @var{states}
11076Print information about revisions whose state
11077attributes match one of the states given in the
11078comma-separated list @var{states}.  Individual states may
11079be any text string, though @sc{cvs} commonly only uses two
11080states, @samp{Exp} and @samp{dead}.  See @ref{admin options}
11081for more information.
11082
11083@item -t
11084Print the same as @samp{-h}, plus the descriptive text.
11085
11086@item -w@var{logins}
11087Print information about revisions checked in by users
11088with login names appearing in the comma-separated list
11089@var{logins}.  If @var{logins} is omitted, the user's
11090login is assumed.  There can be no space between the
11091@samp{-w} option and its argument.
11092@end table
11093
11094@code{log} prints the intersection of the revisions
11095selected with the options @samp{-d}, @samp{-s}, and
11096@samp{-w}, intersected with the union of the revisions
11097selected by @samp{-b} and @samp{-r}.
11098
11099@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11100@node log examples
11101@appendixsubsec log examples
11102
11103@cindex Timezone, in output
11104@cindex Zone, time, in output
11105Since @code{log} shows dates in local time,
11106you might want to see them in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) or
11107some other timezone.
11108To do this you can set your @code{$TZ} environment
11109variable before invoking @sc{cvs}:
11110
11111@example
11112$ TZ=UTC cvs log foo.c
11113$ TZ=EST cvs log bar.c
11114@end example
11115
11116(If you are using a @code{csh}-style shell, like @code{tcsh},
11117you would need to prefix the examples above with @code{env}.)
11118
11119@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11120@node ls & rls
11121@appendixsec ls & rls
11122@cindex ls (subcommand)
11123@cindex rls (subcommand)
11124
11125@itemize @bullet
11126@item
11127ls [-e | -l] [-RP] [-r tag[:date]] [-D date] [path@dots{}]
11128@item
11129Requires: repository for @code{rls}, repository & working directory for
11130@code{ls}.
11131@item
11132Changes: nothing.
11133@item
11134Synonym: @code{dir} & @code{list} are synonyms for @code{ls} and @code{rdir}
11135& @code{rlist} are synonyms for @code{rls}.
11136@end itemize
11137
11138The @code{ls} and @code{rls} commands are used to list
11139files and directories in the repository.
11140
11141By default @code{ls} lists the files and directories
11142that belong in your working directory, what would be
11143there after an @code{update}.
11144
11145By default @code{rls} lists the files and directories
11146on the tip of the trunk in the topmost directory of the
11147repository.
11148
11149Both commands accept an optional list of file and
11150directory names, relative to the working directory for
11151@code{ls} and the topmost directory of the repository
11152for @code{rls}.  Neither is recursive by default.
11153
11154@menu
11155* ls & rls options::         ls & rls options
11156* rls examples:              rls examples
11157@end menu
11158
11159@node ls & rls options
11160@appendixsubsec ls & rls options
11161
11162These standard options are supported by @code{ls} & @code{rls}:
11163
11164@table @code
11165@item -d
11166Show dead revisions (with tag when specified).
11167
11168@item -e
11169Display in CVS/Entries format.  This format is meant to remain easily parsable
11170by automation.
11171
11172@item -l
11173Display all details.
11174
11175@item -P
11176Don't list contents of empty directories when recursing.
11177
11178@item -R
11179List recursively.
11180
11181@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
11182Show files specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
11183and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
11184existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
11185
11186@item -D @var{date}
11187Show files from date.
11188@end table
11189
11190@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11191@node rls examples
11192@appendixsubsec rls examples
11193
11194@example
11195$ cvs rls
11196cvs rls: Listing module: `.'
11197CVSROOT
11198first-dir
11199@end example
11200
11201@example
11202$ cvs rls CVSROOT
11203cvs rls: Listing module: `CVSROOT'
11204checkoutlist
11205commitinfo
11206config
11207cvswrappers
11208loginfo
11209modules
11210notify
11211rcsinfo
11212taginfo
11213verifymsg
11214
11215@end example
11216
11217@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11218@node rdiff
11219@appendixsec rdiff---'patch' format diffs between releases
11220@cindex rdiff (subcommand)
11221
11222@itemize @bullet
11223@item
11224rdiff [-flags] [-V vn] (-r tag1[:date1] | -D date1) [-r tag2[:date2] | -D date2] modules@dots{}
11225@item
11226Requires: repository.
11227@item
11228Changes: nothing.
11229@item
11230Synonym: patch
11231@end itemize
11232
11233Builds a Larry Wall format patch(1) file between two
11234releases, that can be fed directly into the @code{patch}
11235program to bring an old release up-to-date with the new
11236release.  (This is one of the few @sc{cvs} commands that
11237operates directly from the repository, and doesn't
11238require a prior checkout.) The diff output is sent to
11239the standard output device.
11240
11241You can specify (using the standard @samp{-r} and
11242@samp{-D} options) any combination of one or two
11243revisions or dates.  If only one revision or date is
11244specified, the patch file reflects differences between
11245that revision or date and the current head revisions in
11246the @sc{rcs} file.
11247
11248Note that if the software release affected is contained
11249in more than one directory, then it may be necessary to
11250specify the @samp{-p} option to the @code{patch} command when
11251patching the old sources, so that @code{patch} is able to find
11252the files that are located in other directories.
11253
11254@menu
11255* rdiff options::               rdiff options
11256* rdiff examples::              rdiff examples
11257@end menu
11258
11259@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11260@node rdiff options
11261@appendixsubsec rdiff options
11262
11263These standard options are supported by @code{rdiff}
11264(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
11265them):
11266
11267@table @code
11268@item -D @var{date}
11269Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
11270
11271@item -f
11272If no matching revision is found, retrieve the most
11273recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
11274
11275@item -k @var{kflag}
11276Process keywords according to @var{kflag}.  See
11277@ref{Keyword substitution}.
11278
11279@item -l
11280Local; don't descend subdirectories.
11281
11282@item -p
11283Show which C function each change is in.
11284
11285@item -R
11286Examine directories recursively.  This option is on by default.
11287
11288@item -r @var{tag}
11289Use the revision specified by @var{tag}, or when @var{date} is specified
11290and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
11291existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
11292@end table
11293
11294In addition to the above, these options are available:
11295
11296@table @code
11297@item -c
11298Use the context diff format.  This is the default format.
11299
11300@item -s
11301Create a summary change report instead of a patch.  The
11302summary includes information about files that were
11303changed or added between the releases.  It is sent to
11304the standard output device.  This is useful for finding
11305out, for example, which files have changed between two
11306dates or revisions.
11307
11308@item -t
11309A diff of the top two revisions is sent to the standard
11310output device.  This is most useful for seeing what the
11311last change to a file was.
11312
11313@item -u
11314Use the unidiff format for the context diffs.
11315Remember that old versions
11316of the @code{patch} program can't handle the unidiff
11317format, so if you plan to post this patch to the net
11318you should probably not use @samp{-u}.
11319
11320@item -V @var{vn}
11321Expand keywords according to the rules current in
11322@sc{rcs} version @var{vn} (the expansion format changed with
11323@sc{rcs} version 5).  Note that this option is no
11324longer accepted.  @sc{cvs} will always expand keywords the
11325way that @sc{rcs} version 5 does.
11326@end table
11327
11328@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11329@node rdiff examples
11330@appendixsubsec rdiff examples
11331
11332Suppose you receive mail from @t{foo@@example.net} asking for an
11333update from release 1.2 to 1.4 of the tc compiler.  You
11334have no such patches on hand, but with @sc{cvs} that can
11335easily be fixed with a command such as this:
11336
11337@example
11338$ cvs rdiff -c -r FOO1_2 -r FOO1_4 tc | \
11339$$ Mail -s 'The patches you asked for' foo@@example.net
11340@end example
11341
11342Suppose you have made release 1.3, and forked a branch
11343called @samp{R_1_3fix} for bug fixes.  @samp{R_1_3_1}
11344corresponds to release 1.3.1, which was made some time
11345ago.  Now, you want to see how much development has been
11346done on the branch.  This command can be used:
11347
11348@example
11349$ cvs patch -s -r R_1_3_1 -r R_1_3fix module-name
11350cvs rdiff: Diffing module-name
11351File ChangeLog,v changed from revision 1.52.2.5 to 1.52.2.6
11352File foo.c,v changed from revision 1.52.2.3 to 1.52.2.4
11353File bar.h,v changed from revision 1.29.2.1 to 1.2
11354@end example
11355
11356@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11357@node release
11358@appendixsec release---Indicate that a Module is no longer in use
11359@cindex release (subcommand)
11360
11361@itemize @bullet
11362@item
11363release [-d] directories@dots{}
11364@item
11365Requires: Working directory.
11366@item
11367Changes: Working directory, history log.
11368@end itemize
11369
11370This command is meant to safely cancel the effect of
11371@samp{cvs checkout}.  Since @sc{cvs} doesn't lock files, it
11372isn't strictly necessary to use this command.  You can
11373always simply delete your working directory, if you
11374like; but you risk losing changes you may have
11375forgotten, and you leave no trace in the @sc{cvs} history
11376file (@pxref{history file}) that you've abandoned your
11377checkout.
11378
11379Use @samp{cvs release} to avoid these problems.  This
11380command checks that no uncommitted changes are
11381present; that you are executing it from immediately
11382above a @sc{cvs} working directory; and that the repository
11383recorded for your files is the same as the repository
11384defined in the module database.
11385
11386If all these conditions are true, @samp{cvs release}
11387leaves a record of its execution (attesting to your
11388intentionally abandoning your checkout) in the @sc{cvs}
11389history log.
11390
11391@menu
11392* release options::             release options
11393* release output::              release output
11394* release examples::            release examples
11395@end menu
11396
11397@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11398@node release options
11399@appendixsubsec release options
11400
11401The @code{release} command supports one command option:
11402
11403@table @code
11404@item -d
11405Delete your working copy of the file if the release
11406succeeds.  If this flag is not given your files will
11407remain in your working directory.
11408
11409@strong{WARNING:  The @code{release} command deletes
11410all directories and files recursively.  This
11411has the very serious side-effect that any directory
11412that you have created inside your checked-out sources,
11413and not added to the repository (using the @code{add}
11414command; @pxref{Adding files}) will be silently deleted---even
11415if it is non-empty!}
11416@end table
11417
11418@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11419@node release output
11420@appendixsubsec release output
11421
11422Before @code{release} releases your sources it will
11423print a one-line message for any file that is not
11424up-to-date.
11425
11426@table @code
11427@item U @var{file}
11428@itemx P @var{file}
11429There exists a newer revision of this file in the
11430repository, and you have not modified your local copy
11431of the file (@samp{U} and @samp{P} mean the same thing).
11432
11433@item A @var{file}
11434The file has been added to your private copy of the
11435sources, but has not yet been committed to the
11436repository.  If you delete your copy of the sources
11437this file will be lost.
11438
11439@item R @var{file}
11440The file has been removed from your private copy of the
11441sources, but has not yet been removed from the
11442repository, since you have not yet committed the
11443removal.  @xref{commit}.
11444
11445@item M @var{file}
11446The file is modified in your working directory.  There
11447might also be a newer revision inside the repository.
11448
11449@item ? @var{file}
11450@var{file} is in your working directory, but does not
11451correspond to anything in the source repository, and is
11452not in the list of files for @sc{cvs} to ignore (see the
11453description of the @samp{-I} option, and
11454@pxref{cvsignore}).  If you remove your working
11455sources, this file will be lost.
11456@end table
11457
11458@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11459@node release examples
11460@appendixsubsec release examples
11461
11462Release the @file{tc} directory, and delete your local working copy
11463of the files.
11464
11465@example
11466$ cd ..         # @r{You must stand immediately above the}
11467                # @r{sources when you issue @samp{cvs release}.}
11468$ cvs release -d tc
11469You have [0] altered files in this repository.
11470Are you sure you want to release (and delete) directory `tc': y
11471$
11472@end example
11473
11474@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11475@node remove
11476@appendixsec remove---Remove files from active use
11477@cindex remove (subcommand)
11478
11479@itemize @bullet
11480@item
11481Synopsis: remove [-flR] [files...]
11482@item
11483Requires: repository, working directory.
11484@item
11485Changes: working directory.
11486@end itemize
11487
11488The @code{remove} command is used to remove unwanted
11489files from active use.  The user normally deletes the
11490files from the working directory prior to invocation
11491of the @code{remove} command.  Only the working
11492directory is updated.  Changes to the repository are
11493not made until the @code{commit} command is run.
11494
11495The @code{remove} command does not delete files from
11496from the repository.  @sc{cvs} keeps all historical
11497data in the repository so that it is possible to
11498reconstruct previous states of the projects under
11499revision control.
11500
11501To undo @sc{cvs} @code{remove} or to resurrect files
11502that were previously removed, @xref{add}.
11503
11504@menu
11505* remove options::             remove options
11506* remove examples::            remove examples
11507@end menu
11508
11509@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11510@node remove options
11511@appendixsubsec remove options
11512
11513These standard options are supported by @code{remove}
11514(@pxref{Common options} for a complete description of
11515them):
11516
11517@table @code
11518@item -l
11519Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
11520
11521@item -R
11522Process directories recursively.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
11523
11524@end table
11525
11526In addition, these options are also supported:
11527
11528@table @code
11529@item -f
11530Note that this is not the standard behavior of
11531the @samp{-f} option as defined in @ref{Common options}.
11532
11533Delete files before removing them.
11534
11535Entire directory hierarchies are easily removed
11536using @samp{-f}, but take note that it is not as
11537easy to resurrect directory hierarchies as it is
11538to remove them.
11539
11540@end table
11541
11542@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11543@node remove examples
11544@appendixsubsec remove examples
11545
11546@appendixsubsubsec Removing a file
11547
11548@example
11549$ cvs remove remove.me
11550cvs remove: file `remove.me' still in working directory
11551cvs remove: 1 file exists; remove it first
11552$ rm -f remove.me
11553$ cvs remove remove.me
11554cvs remove: scheduling `remove.me' for removal
11555cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove this file permanently
11556
11557$ ls remove.it
11558remove.it
11559$ cvs remove -f remove.it
11560cvs remove: scheduling `remove.it' for removal
11561cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove this file permanently
11562@end example
11563
11564@appendixsubsubsec Removing entire directories
11565@example
11566$ tree -d a
11567a
11568|-- CVS
11569`-- b
11570    `-- CVS
11571
115723 directories
11573$ cvs remove -f a
11574cvs remove: Removing a
11575cvs remove: Removing a/b
11576cvs remove: scheduling `a/b/c' for removal
11577cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove this file permanently
11578@end example
11579
11580@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11581@node server & pserver
11582@appendixsec server & pserver---Act as a server for a client on stdin/stdout
11583@cindex pserver (subcommand)
11584@cindex server (subcommand)
11585
11586@itemize @bullet
11587@item
11588pserver [-c path]
11589
11590server [-c path]
11591@item
11592Requires: repository, client conversation on stdin/stdout
11593@item
11594Changes: Repository or, indirectly, client working directory.
11595@end itemize
11596
11597The @sc{cvs} @code{server} and @code{pserver} commands are used to provide
11598repository access to remote clients and expect a client conversation on
11599stdin & stdout.  Typically these commands are launched from @code{inetd} or
11600via @code{ssh} (@pxref{Remote repositories}).
11601
11602@code{server} expects that the client has already been authenticated somehow,
11603typically via @sc{ssh}, and @code{pserver} attempts to authenticate the client
11604itself.
11605
11606Only one option is available with the @code{server} and @code{pserver}
11607commands:
11608
11609@cindex configuration file
11610@table @code
11611@item -c path
11612Load configuration from @var{path} rather than the default location 
11613@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/config} (@pxref{config}).  @var{path} must be
11614@file{/etc/cvs.conf} or prefixed by @file{/etc/cvs/}.  This option is
11615supported beginning with @sc{cvs} release 1.12.13.
11616@end table
11617
11618@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11619@node tag & rtag
11620@appendixsec tag & rtag---Mark project snapshot for later retrieval.
11621@cindex tag (subcommand)
11622@cindex freeze (subcommand)
11623@cindex rtag (subcommand)
11624@cindex rfreeze (subcommand)
11625
11626@itemize @bullet
11627@item
11628tag [-bBcdFflR] [-r tag] [-D date] new_tag [files@dots{}]
11629@item
11630Requires: working directory, repository.
11631@item
11632Changes: repository.
11633@item
11634Synonym: ta, freeze
11635@end itemize
11636
11637@noindent
11638and
11639
11640@itemize @bullet
11641@item
11642rtag [-abBdFflnR] [-r tag | -D date] new_tag module@dots{}
11643@item
11644Requires: repository.
11645@item
11646Changes: repository.
11647@item
11648Synonym: rt, rfreeze
11649@end itemize
11650
11651Use @code{tag} to assign symbolic tags to the revisions of files
11652checked out into your sandbox.  The tags are applied immediately
11653to the repository, with the revision numbers to attach the tag
11654to supplied implicitly by the @sc{cvs} records of your working files.
11655
11656@code{rtag} works similarly, but does not need a sandbox to operate
11657in, requiring an explicitly supplied tag or date instead (or assuming
11658the tip of the trunk when one is not supplied explicitly).  @sc{cvs}
11659uses this preexisting tag or date to determine which revisions of
11660files in the repository to attach the new symbolic tag to.
11661
11662The symbolic tags are meant to permanently record which
11663revisions of which files were used for some purpose.  The @code{checkout}
11664and @code{update} commands allow you to extract an exact
11665copy of a tagged release at any time in the future,
11666regardless of whether files have been changed, added,
11667or removed on the trunk or other branches since the release was tagged.
11668For more, @xref{Branching and merging}.
11669
11670These commands may also be used to delete a symbolic tag,
11671or to create a branch.  See the options section below.
11672
11673Note if you wish to run destructive commands such as tag deletion, you may
11674need to be a member of the group @code{cvsadmin} to do this.
11675
11676If you attempt to create a tag that already exists,
11677CVS will complain and not overwrite that tag.  Use
11678the @samp{-F} option to move the tag to a new set of
11679revisions.
11680
11681These standard options are supported by @code{tag} or @code{rtag}
11682(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of them):
11683
11684@table @code
11685@item -D @var{date}
11686Tag the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.  This option is
11687not valid when deleting tags (see @samp{-d} option, below).
11688
11689@item -l
11690Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
11691
11692@item -R
11693Update directories recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
11694
11695@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
11696Tag the revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
11697and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
11698existed on @var{date}.  This option is not valid when deleting tags
11699(see @samp{-d} option, below).
11700@end table
11701
11702Several tag specific options are also available.  When an option is only
11703available with one of @code{tag} or @code{rtag}, it is noted below:
11704
11705@table @code
11706@item -a
11707Clear @var{new_tag} from removed files that would not otherwise be tagged
11708(@code{rtag} only).
11709
11710@item -B
11711Allows @code{-d} or @code{-F} to delete or move branch tags.
11712
11713@strong{WARNING: Recovering the information stored by branch tags is
11714a very hard problem, more so than regular tags.  Be absolutely sure you
11715understand what you are doing before using this option.}
11716
11717@item -b
11718The @code{-b} option makes the new tag a branch tag (@pxref{Branching and
11719merging}), allowing concurrent, isolated development.  This is commonly used
11720to create patches to a previously released software distribution.
11721
11722@item -c
11723Abort if any tagged files are locally modified (@code{tag} only).
11724
11725@item -d
11726Delete @var{new_tag}, instead of creating it.
11727
11728@strong{WARNING: Be very certain of your ground before you delete a tag; doing
11729this permanently discards some historical information, which could later turn
11730out to be valuable.}
11731
11732@item -F
11733When a tag already exists, move it to the new revision.  When the tag
11734does not exist, create it as normal.  This option is new in @sc{cvs} 1.4.
11735The pre-1.4 behavior is identical to @samp{cvs tag -F}.
11736
11737@strong{WARNING: Be very certain of your ground before you delete a tag; doing
11738this permanently discards some historical information, which could later turn
11739out to be valuable.}
11740
11741@item -f
11742With @code{-r @var{tag}} or @code{-d @var{date}}, force a head revision match
11743if @var{tag} and @var{date} are not found (in other words, attach @var{new_tag}
11744to the most recent trunk revision when @var{tag} and @var{date} do not
11745resolve to an existing revision).
11746
11747@item -n
11748Do not execute the tag program specified in the @file{modules} file
11749(@code{rtag} only).  @xref{modules}, for more.
11750@end table
11751
11752@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11753@node update
11754@appendixsec update---Bring work tree in sync with repository
11755@cindex update (subcommand)
11756
11757@itemize @bullet
11758@item
11759update [-ACdflPpRt] [-I name] [-j rev [-j rev]] [-k kflag] [-r tag[:date] | -D date] [-W spec] files@dots{}
11760@item
11761Requires: repository, working directory.
11762@item
11763Changes: working directory.
11764@end itemize
11765
11766After you've run @code{checkout} to create your private copy
11767of source from the common repository, other developers
11768will continue changing the central source.  From time
11769to time, when it is convenient in your development
11770process, you can use the @code{update} command from
11771within your working directory to reconcile your work
11772with any revisions applied to the source repository
11773since your last checkout or update.  Without the @code{-C}
11774option, @code{update} will also merge any differences
11775between the local copy of files and their base revisions
11776into any destination revisions specified with @code{-r},
11777@code{-D}, or @code{-A}.
11778
11779@menu
11780* update options::              update options
11781* update output::               update output
11782@end menu
11783
11784@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11785@node update options
11786@appendixsubsec update options
11787
11788These standard options are available with @code{update}
11789(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
11790them):
11791
11792@table @code
11793@item -D date
11794Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
11795This option is sticky, and implies @samp{-P}.
11796See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.
11797
11798@item -f
11799Only useful with the @samp{-D} or @samp{-r} flags.  If no matching revision
11800is found, retrieve the most recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
11801
11802@item -k @var{kflag}
11803Process keywords according to @var{kflag}.  See
11804@ref{Keyword substitution}.
11805This option is sticky; future updates of
11806this file in this working directory will use the same
11807@var{kflag}.  The @code{status} command can be viewed
11808to see the sticky options.  See @ref{Invoking CVS}, for
11809more information on the @code{status} command.
11810
11811@item -l
11812Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
11813
11814@item -P
11815Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Moving directories}.
11816
11817@item -p
11818Pipe files to the standard output.
11819
11820@item -R
11821Update directories recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
11822behavior}.
11823
11824@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
11825Retrieve the revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
11826and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
11827existed on @var{date}.  This option is sticky, and implies @samp{-P}.
11828See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates. Also
11829see @ref{Common options}.
11830
11831@item -t
11832Preserve source timestamps.  Unlike @code{checkout}, where files are created
11833using the original timestamp of the file in the repository, @code{update}
11834updates files using the current time of the machine.  This is convenient
11835because updated files appear newer than any other files on the system so
11836@code{make(1)} knows that their corresponding built artifacts are out of date
11837and they will get rebuilt.  The @samp{-t} flag instead preserves the timestamps
11838of the original repository files, behaving exactly like @code{checkout}.
11839This is useful for maintaining a tree in the original checked-out state.
11840@end table
11841
11842@need 800
11843These special options are also available with
11844@code{update}.
11845
11846@table @code
11847@item -A
11848Reset any sticky tags, dates, or @samp{-k} options.
11849See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.
11850
11851@item -C
11852Overwrite locally modified files with clean copies from
11853the repository (the modified file is saved in
11854@file{.#@var{file}.@var{revision}}, however).
11855
11856@item -d
11857Create any directories that exist in the repository if
11858they're missing from the working directory.  Normally,
11859@code{update} acts only on directories and files that
11860were already enrolled in your working directory.
11861
11862This is useful for updating directories that were
11863created in the repository since the initial checkout;
11864but it has an unfortunate side effect.  If you
11865deliberately avoided certain directories in the
11866repository when you created your working directory
11867(either through use of a module name or by listing
11868explicitly the files and directories you wanted on the
11869command line), then updating with @samp{-d} will create
11870those directories, which may not be what you want.
11871
11872@item -I @var{name}
11873Ignore files whose names match @var{name} (in your
11874working directory) during the update.  You can specify
11875@samp{-I} more than once on the command line to specify
11876several files to ignore.  Use @samp{-I !} to avoid
11877ignoring any files at all.  @xref{cvsignore}, for other
11878ways to make @sc{cvs} ignore some files.
11879
11880@item -W@var{spec}
11881Specify file names that should be filtered during
11882update.  You can use this option repeatedly.
11883
11884@var{spec} can be a file name pattern of the same type
11885that you can specify in the @file{.cvswrappers}
11886file. @xref{Wrappers}.
11887
11888@item -j@var{revision}
11889With two @samp{-j} options, merge changes from the
11890revision specified with the first @samp{-j} option to
11891the revision specified with the second @samp{j} option,
11892into the working directory.
11893
11894With one @samp{-j} option, merge changes from the
11895ancestor revision to the revision specified with the
11896@samp{-j} option, into the working directory.  The
11897ancestor revision is the common ancestor of the
11898revision which the working directory is based on, and
11899the revision specified in the @samp{-j} option.
11900
11901Note that using a single @samp{-j @var{tagname}} option rather than
11902@samp{-j @var{branchname}} to merge changes from a branch will
11903often not remove files which were removed on the branch.
11904@xref{Merging adds and removals}, for more.
11905
11906In addition, each @samp{-j} option can contain an optional
11907date specification which, when used with branches, can
11908limit the chosen revision to one within a specific
11909date.  An optional date is specified by adding a colon
11910(:) to the tag:
11911@samp{-j@var{Symbolic_Tag}:@var{Date_Specifier}}.
11912
11913@xref{Branching and merging}.
11914
11915@end table
11916
11917@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11918@node update output
11919@appendixsubsec update output
11920
11921@code{update} and @code{checkout} keep you informed of
11922their progress by printing a line for each file, preceded
11923by one character indicating the status of the file:
11924
11925@table @code
11926@item U @var{file}
11927The file was brought up to date with respect to the
11928repository.  This is done for any file that exists in
11929the repository but not in your working directory, and for files
11930that you haven't changed but are not the most recent
11931versions available in the repository.
11932
11933@item P @var{file}
11934Like @samp{U}, but the @sc{cvs} server sends a patch instead of an entire
11935file.  This accomplishes the same thing as @samp{U} using less bandwidth.
11936
11937@item A @var{file}
11938The file has been added to your private copy of the
11939sources, and will be added to the source repository
11940when you run @code{commit} on the file.  This is a
11941reminder to you that the file needs to be committed.
11942
11943@item R @var{file}
11944The file has been removed from your private copy of the
11945sources, and will be removed from the source repository
11946when you run @code{commit} on the file.  This is a
11947reminder to you that the file needs to be committed.
11948
11949@item M @var{file}
11950The file is modified in  your  working  directory.
11951
11952@samp{M} can indicate one of two states for a file
11953you're working on: either there were no modifications
11954to the same file in the repository, so that your file
11955remains as you last saw it; or there were modifications
11956in the repository as well as in your copy, but they
11957were merged successfully, without conflict, in your
11958working directory.
11959
11960@sc{cvs} will print some messages if it merges your work,
11961and a backup copy of your working file (as it looked
11962before you ran @code{update}) will be made.  The exact
11963name of that file is printed while @code{update} runs.
11964
11965@item C @var{file}
11966@cindex .# files
11967@cindex __ files (VMS)
11968A conflict was detected while trying to merge your
11969changes to @var{file} with changes from the source
11970repository.  @var{file} (the copy in your working
11971directory) is now the result of attempting to merge
11972the two revisions; an unmodified copy of your file
11973is also in your working directory, with the name
11974@file{.#@var{file}.@var{revision}} where @var{revision}
11975is the revision that your modified file started
11976from.  Resolve the conflict as described in
11977@ref{Conflicts example}.
11978@c "some systems" as in out-of-the-box OSes?  Not as
11979@c far as I know.  We need to advise sysadmins as well
11980@c as users how to set up this kind of purge, if that is
11981@c what they want.
11982@c We also might want to think about cleaner solutions,
11983@c like having CVS remove the .# file once the conflict
11984@c has been resolved or something like that.
11985(Note that some systems automatically purge
11986files that begin with @file{.#} if they have not been
11987accessed for a few days.  If you intend to keep a copy
11988of your original file, it is a very good idea to rename
11989it.)  Under @sc{vms}, the file name starts with
11990@file{__} rather than @file{.#}.
11991
11992@item ? @var{file}
11993@var{file} is in your working directory, but does not
11994correspond to anything in the source repository, and is
11995not in the list of files for @sc{cvs} to ignore (see the
11996description of the @samp{-I} option, and
11997@pxref{cvsignore}).
11998@end table
11999
12000@c ----- END MAN 1 -----
12001@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
12002@node Invoking CVS
12003@appendix Quick reference to CVS commands
12004@cindex Command reference
12005@cindex Reference, commands
12006@cindex Invoking CVS
12007
12008This appendix describes how to invoke @sc{cvs}, with
12009references to where each command or feature is
12010described in detail.  For other references run the
12011@code{cvs --help} command, or see @ref{Index}.
12012
12013A @sc{cvs} command looks like:
12014
12015@example
12016cvs [ @var{global_options} ] @var{command} [ @var{command_options} ] [ @var{command_args} ]
12017@end example
12018
12019Global options:
12020
12021@table @code
12022@item --allow-root=@var{rootdir}
12023Specify legal @sc{cvsroot} directory (server only) (not
12024in @sc{cvs} 1.9 and older).  See @ref{Password
12025authentication server}.
12026
12027@item -a
12028Authenticate all communication (client only) (not in @sc{cvs}
120291.9 and older).  See @ref{Global options}.
12030
12031@item -b
12032Specify RCS location (@sc{cvs} 1.9 and older).  See
12033@ref{Global options}.
12034
12035@item -d @var{root}
12036Specify the @sc{cvsroot}.  See @ref{Repository}.
12037
12038@item -e @var{editor}
12039Edit messages with @var{editor}.  See @ref{Committing
12040your changes}.
12041
12042@item -f
12043Do not read the @file{~/.cvsrc} file.  See @ref{Global
12044options}.
12045
12046@item -H
12047@itemx --help
12048Print a help message.  See @ref{Global options}.
12049
12050@item -n
12051Do not change any files.  See @ref{Global options}.
12052
12053@item -Q
12054Be really quiet.  See @ref{Global options}.
12055
12056@item -q
12057Be somewhat quiet.  See @ref{Global options}.
12058
12059@item -r
12060Make new working files read-only.  See @ref{Global options}.
12061
12062@item -s @var{variable}=@var{value}
12063Set a user variable.  See @ref{Variables}.
12064
12065@item -T @var{tempdir}
12066Put temporary files in @var{tempdir}.  See @ref{Global
12067options}.
12068
12069@item -t
12070Trace @sc{cvs} execution.  See @ref{Global options}.
12071
12072@item -v
12073@item --version
12074Display version and copyright information for @sc{cvs}.
12075
12076@item -w
12077Make new working files read-write.  See @ref{Global
12078options}.
12079
12080@item -x
12081Encrypt all communication (client only).
12082See @ref{Global options}.
12083
12084@item -z @var{gzip-level}
12085@cindex Compression
12086@cindex Gzip
12087Set the compression level (client only).
12088See @ref{Global options}.
12089@end table
12090
12091Keyword expansion modes (@pxref{Substitution modes}):
12092
12093@example
12094-kkv  $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp $
12095-kkvl $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp harry $
12096-kk   $@splitrcskeyword{Id}$
12097-kv   file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp
12098-ko   @i{no expansion}
12099-kb   @i{no expansion, file is binary}
12100@end example
12101
12102Keywords (@pxref{Keyword list}):
12103
12104@example
12105$@splitrcskeyword{Author}: joe $
12106$@splitrcskeyword{Date}: 1993/12/09 03:21:13 $
12107$@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}: files/file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp harry $
12108$@splitrcskeyword{Header}: /home/files/file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp harry $
12109$@splitrcskeyword{Id}: file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp harry $
12110$@splitrcskeyword{Locker}: harry $
12111$@splitrcskeyword{Name}: snapshot_1_14 $
12112$@splitrcskeyword{RCSfile}: file1,v $
12113$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.1 $
12114$@splitrcskeyword{Source}: /home/files/file1,v $
12115$@splitrcskeyword{State}: Exp $
12116$@splitrcskeyword{Log}: file1,v $
12117Revision 1.1  1993/12/09 03:30:17  joe
12118Initial revision
12119
12120@end example
12121
12122@c The idea behind this table is that we want each item
12123@c to be a sentence or two at most.  Preferably a
12124@c single line.
12125@c
12126@c In some cases refs to "foo options" are just to get
12127@c this thing written quickly, not because the "foo
12128@c options" node is really the best place to point.
12129Commands, command options, and command arguments:
12130
12131@table @code
12132@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12133@item add [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12134Add a new file/directory.  See @ref{Adding files}.
12135
12136@table @code
12137@item -k @var{kflag}
12138Set keyword expansion.
12139
12140@item -m @var{msg}
12141Set file description.
12142@end table
12143
12144@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12145@item admin [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12146Administration of history files in the repository.  See
12147@ref{admin}.
12148@c This list omits those options which are not
12149@c documented as being useful with CVS.  That might be
12150@c a mistake...
12151
12152@table @code
12153@item -b[@var{rev}]
12154Set default branch.  See @ref{Reverting local changes}.
12155
12156@item -c@var{string}
12157Set comment leader.
12158
12159@item -k@var{subst}
12160Set keyword substitution.  See @ref{Keyword
12161substitution}.
12162
12163@item -l[@var{rev}]
12164Lock revision @var{rev}, or latest revision.
12165
12166@item -m@var{rev}:@var{msg}
12167Replace the log message of revision @var{rev} with
12168@var{msg}.
12169
12170@item -o@var{range}
12171Delete revisions from the repository.  See
12172@ref{admin options}.
12173
12174@item -q
12175Run quietly; do not print diagnostics.
12176
12177@item -s@var{state}[:@var{rev}]
12178Set the state.  See @ref{admin options} for more information on possible
12179states.
12180
12181@c Does not work for client/server CVS
12182@item -t
12183Set file description from standard input.
12184
12185@item -t@var{file}
12186Set file description from @var{file}.
12187
12188@item -t-@var{string}
12189Set file description to @var{string}.
12190
12191@item -u[@var{rev}]
12192Unlock revision @var{rev}, or latest revision.
12193@end table
12194
12195@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12196@item annotate [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12197Show last revision where each line was modified.  See
12198@ref{annotate}.
12199
12200@table @code
12201@item -D @var{date}
12202Annotate the most recent revision no later than
12203@var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12204
12205@item -F
12206Force annotation of binary files.  (Without this option,
12207binary files are skipped with a message.)
12208
12209@item -f
12210Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12211@ref{Common options}.
12212
12213@item -l
12214Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12215
12216@item -R
12217Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12218behavior}.
12219
12220@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12221Annotate revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12222and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12223existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12224@end table
12225
12226@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12227@item checkout [@var{options}] @var{modules}@dots{}
12228Get a copy of the sources.  See @ref{checkout}.
12229
12230@table @code
12231@item -A
12232Reset any sticky tags/date/options.  See @ref{Sticky
12233tags} and @ref{Keyword substitution}.
12234
12235@item -c
12236Output the module database.  See @ref{checkout options}.
12237
12238@item -D @var{date}
12239Check out revisions as of @var{date} (is sticky).  See
12240@ref{Common options}.
12241
12242@item -d @var{dir}
12243Check out into @var{dir}.  See @ref{checkout options}.
12244
12245@item -f
12246Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12247@ref{Common options}.
12248
12249@c Probably want to use rev1/rev2 style like for diff
12250@c -r.  Here and in on-line help.
12251@item -j @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12252Merge in the change specified by @var{tag}, or when @var{date} is specified
12253and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12254existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{checkout options}.
12255
12256@item -k @var{kflag}
12257Use @var{kflag} keyword expansion.  See
12258@ref{Substitution modes}.
12259
12260@item -l
12261Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12262
12263@item -N
12264Don't ``shorten'' module paths if -d specified.  See
12265@ref{checkout options}.
12266
12267@item -n
12268Do not run module program (if any).  See @ref{checkout options}.
12269
12270@item -P
12271Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Moving directories}.
12272
12273@item -p
12274Check out files to standard output (avoids
12275stickiness).  See @ref{checkout options}.
12276
12277@item -R
12278Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12279behavior}.
12280
12281@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12282Checkout the revision already tagged with @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is
12283specified and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag}
12284as it existed on @var{date}.  This .  See @ref{Common options}.
12285
12286@item -s
12287Like -c, but include module status.  See @ref{checkout options}.
12288@end table
12289
12290@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12291@item commit [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12292Check changes into the repository.  See @ref{commit}.
12293
12294@table @code
12295@item -c
12296Check for valid edits before committing.  Requires a @sc{cvs} client and server
12297both version 1.12.10 or greater.
12298
12299@item -F @var{file}
12300Read log message from @var{file}.  See @ref{commit options}.
12301
12302@item -f
12303@c What is this "disables recursion"?  It is from the
12304@c on-line help; is it documented in this manual?
12305Force the file to be committed; disables recursion.
12306See @ref{commit options}.
12307
12308@item -l
12309Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12310
12311@item -m @var{msg}
12312Use @var{msg} as log message.  See @ref{commit options}.
12313
12314@item -n
12315Do not run module program (if any).  See @ref{commit options}.
12316
12317@item -R
12318Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12319behavior}.
12320
12321@item -r @var{rev}
12322Commit to @var{rev}.  See @ref{commit options}.
12323@c FIXME: should be dragging over text from
12324@c commit options, especially if it can be cleaned up
12325@c and made concise enough.
12326@end table
12327
12328@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12329@item diff [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12330Show differences between revisions.  See @ref{diff}.
12331In addition to the options shown below, accepts a wide
12332variety of options to control output style, for example
12333@samp{-c} for context diffs.
12334
12335@table @code
12336@item -D @var{date1}
12337Diff revision for date against working file.  See
12338@ref{diff options}.
12339
12340@item -D @var{date2}
12341Diff @var{rev1}/@var{date1} against @var{date2}.  See
12342@ref{diff options}.
12343
12344@item -l
12345Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12346
12347@item -N
12348Include diffs for added and removed files.  See
12349@ref{diff options}.
12350
12351@item -R
12352Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12353behavior}.
12354
12355@item -r @var{tag1}[:@var{date1}]
12356Diff the revisions specified by @var{tag1} or, when @var{date1} is specified
12357and @var{tag1} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag1} as it
12358existed on @var{date1}, against the working file.  See @ref{diff options}
12359and @ref{Common options}.
12360
12361@item -r @var{tag2}[:@var{date2}]
12362Diff the revisions specified by @var{tag2} or, when @var{date2} is specified
12363and @var{tag2} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag2} as it
12364existed on @var{date2}, against @var{rev1}/@var{date1}.  See @ref{diff options}
12365and @ref{Common options}.
12366@end table
12367
12368@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12369@item edit [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12370Get ready to edit a watched file.  See @ref{Editing files}.
12371
12372@table @code
12373@item -a @var{actions}
12374Specify actions for temporary watch, where
12375@var{actions} is @code{edit}, @code{unedit},
12376@code{commit}, @code{all}, or @code{none}.  See
12377@ref{Editing files}.
12378
12379@item -c
12380Check edits: Edit fails if someone else is already editting the file.
12381Requires a @sc{cvs} client and server both of version 1.12.10 or greater.
12382
12383@item -f
12384Force edit; ignore other edits.  Added in CVS 1.12.10.
12385
12386@item -l
12387Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12388
12389@item -R
12390Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12391behavior}.
12392@end table
12393
12394@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12395@item editors [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12396See who is editing a watched file.  See @ref{Watch information}.
12397
12398@table @code
12399@item -l
12400Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12401
12402@item -R
12403Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12404behavior}.
12405@end table
12406
12407@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12408@item export [@var{options}] @var{modules}@dots{}
12409Export files from @sc{cvs}.  See @ref{export}.
12410
12411@table @code
12412@item -D @var{date}
12413Check out revisions as of @var{date}.  See
12414@ref{Common options}.
12415
12416@item -d @var{dir}
12417Check out into @var{dir}.  See @ref{export options}.
12418
12419@item -f
12420Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12421@ref{Common options}.
12422
12423@item -k @var{kflag}
12424Use @var{kflag} keyword expansion.  See
12425@ref{Substitution modes}.
12426
12427@item -l
12428Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12429
12430@item -N
12431Don't ``shorten'' module paths if -d specified.  See
12432@ref{export options}.
12433
12434@item -n
12435Do not run module program (if any).  See @ref{export options}.
12436
12437@item -R
12438Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12439behavior}.
12440
12441@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12442Export the revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12443and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12444existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12445@end table
12446
12447@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12448@item history [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12449Show repository access history.  See @ref{history}.
12450
12451@table @code
12452@item -a
12453All users (default is self).  See @ref{history options}.
12454
12455@item -b @var{str}
12456Back to record with @var{str} in module/file/repos
12457field.  See @ref{history options}.
12458
12459@item -c
12460Report on committed (modified) files.  See @ref{history options}.
12461
12462@item -D @var{date}
12463Since @var{date}.  See @ref{history options}.
12464
12465@item -e
12466Report on all record types.  See @ref{history options}.
12467
12468@item -l
12469Last modified (committed or modified report).  See @ref{history options}.
12470
12471@item -m @var{module}
12472Report on @var{module} (repeatable).  See @ref{history options}.
12473
12474@item -n @var{module}
12475In @var{module}.  See @ref{history options}.
12476
12477@item -o
12478Report on checked out modules.  See @ref{history options}.
12479
12480@item -p @var{repository}
12481In @var{repository}.  See @ref{history options}.
12482
12483@item -r @var{rev}
12484Since revision @var{rev}.  See @ref{history options}.
12485
12486@item -T
12487@c What the @#$@# is a TAG?  Same as a tag?  This
12488@c wording is also in the online-line help.
12489Produce report on all TAGs.  See @ref{history options}.
12490
12491@item -t @var{tag}
12492Since tag record placed in history file (by anyone).
12493See @ref{history options}.
12494
12495@item -u @var{user}
12496For user @var{user} (repeatable).  See @ref{history options}.
12497
12498@item -w
12499Working directory must match.  See @ref{history options}.
12500
12501@item -x @var{types}
12502Report on @var{types}, one or more of
12503@code{TOEFWUPCGMAR}.  See @ref{history options}.
12504
12505@item -z @var{zone}
12506Output for time zone @var{zone}.  See @ref{history options}.
12507@end table
12508
12509@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12510@item import [@var{options}] @var{repository} @var{vendor-tag} @var{release-tags}@dots{}
12511Import files into @sc{cvs}, using vendor branches.  See
12512@ref{import}.
12513
12514@table @code
12515@item -b @var{bra}
12516Import to vendor branch @var{bra}.  See
12517@ref{Multiple vendor branches}.
12518
12519@item -d
12520Use the file's modification time as the time of
12521import.  See @ref{import options}.
12522
12523@item -k @var{kflag}
12524Set default keyword substitution mode.  See
12525@ref{import options}.
12526
12527@item -m @var{msg}
12528Use @var{msg} for log message.  See
12529@ref{import options}.
12530
12531@item -I @var{ign}
12532More files to ignore (! to reset).  See
12533@ref{import options}.
12534
12535@item -W @var{spec}
12536More wrappers.  See @ref{import options}.
12537@end table
12538
12539@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12540@item init
12541Create a @sc{cvs} repository if it doesn't exist.  See
12542@ref{Creating a repository}.
12543
12544@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12545@item kserver
12546Kerberos authenticated server.
12547See @ref{Kerberos authenticated}.
12548
12549@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12550@item log [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12551Print out history information for files.  See @ref{log}.
12552
12553@table @code
12554@item -b
12555Only list revisions on the default branch.  See @ref{log options}.
12556
12557@item -d @var{dates}
12558Specify dates (@var{d1}<@var{d2} for range, @var{d} for
12559latest before).  See @ref{log options}.
12560
12561@item -h
12562Only print header.  See @ref{log options}.
12563
12564@item -l
12565Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12566
12567@item -N
12568Do not list tags.  See @ref{log options}.
12569
12570@item -R
12571Only print name of RCS file.  See @ref{log options}.
12572
12573@item -r@var{revs}
12574Only list revisions @var{revs}.  See @ref{log options}.
12575
12576@item -s @var{states}
12577Only list revisions with specified states.  See @ref{log options}.
12578
12579@item -t
12580Only print header and descriptive text.  See @ref{log
12581options}.
12582
12583@item -w@var{logins}
12584Only list revisions checked in by specified logins.  See @ref{log options}.
12585@end table
12586
12587@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12588@item login
12589Prompt for password for authenticating server.  See
12590@ref{Password authentication client}.
12591
12592@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12593@item logout
12594Remove stored password for authenticating server.  See
12595@ref{Password authentication client}.
12596
12597@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12598@item pserver
12599Password authenticated server.
12600See @ref{Password authentication server}.
12601
12602@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12603@item rannotate [@var{options}] [@var{modules}@dots{}]
12604Show last revision where each line was modified.  See
12605@ref{annotate}.
12606
12607@table @code
12608@item -D @var{date}
12609Annotate the most recent revision no later than
12610@var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12611
12612@item -F
12613Force annotation of binary files.  (Without this option,
12614binary files are skipped with a message.)
12615
12616@item -f
12617Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12618@ref{Common options}.
12619
12620@item -l
12621Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12622
12623@item -R
12624Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12625
12626@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12627Annotate the revision specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12628and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag}
12629as it existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12630@end table
12631
12632@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12633@item rdiff [@var{options}] @var{modules}@dots{}
12634Show differences between releases.  See @ref{rdiff}.
12635
12636@table @code
12637@item -c
12638Context diff output format (default).  See @ref{rdiff options}.
12639
12640@item -D @var{date}
12641Select revisions based on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12642
12643@item -f
12644Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12645@ref{Common options}.
12646
12647@item -l
12648Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12649
12650@item -R
12651Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12652behavior}.
12653
12654@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12655Select the revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12656and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12657existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{diff options} and @ref{Common options}.
12658
12659@item -s
12660Short patch - one liner per file.  See @ref{rdiff options}.
12661
12662@item -t
12663Top two diffs - last change made to the file.  See
12664@ref{diff options}.
12665
12666@item -u
12667Unidiff output format.  See @ref{rdiff options}.
12668
12669@item -V @var{vers}
12670Use RCS Version @var{vers} for keyword expansion (obsolete).  See
12671@ref{rdiff options}.
12672@end table
12673
12674@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12675@item release [@var{options}] @var{directory}
12676Indicate that a directory is no longer in use.  See
12677@ref{release}.
12678
12679@table @code
12680@item -d
12681Delete the given directory.  See @ref{release options}.
12682@end table
12683
12684@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12685@item remove [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12686Remove an entry from the repository.  See @ref{Removing files}.
12687
12688@table @code
12689@item -f
12690Delete the file before removing it.  See @ref{Removing files}.
12691
12692@item -l
12693Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12694
12695@item -R
12696Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12697behavior}.
12698@end table
12699
12700@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12701@item rlog [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12702Print out history information for modules.  See @ref{log}.
12703
12704@table @code
12705@item -b
12706Only list revisions on the default branch.  See @ref{log options}.
12707
12708@item -d @var{dates}
12709Specify dates (@var{d1}<@var{d2} for range, @var{d} for
12710latest before).  See @ref{log options}.
12711
12712@item -h
12713Only print header.  See @ref{log options}.
12714
12715@item -l
12716Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12717
12718@item -N
12719Do not list tags.  See @ref{log options}.
12720
12721@item -R
12722Only print name of RCS file.  See @ref{log options}.
12723
12724@item -r@var{revs}
12725Only list revisions @var{revs}.  See @ref{log options}.
12726
12727@item -s @var{states}
12728Only list revisions with specified states.  See @ref{log options}.
12729
12730@item -t
12731Only print header and descriptive text.  See @ref{log options}.
12732
12733@item -w@var{logins}
12734Only list revisions checked in by specified logins.  See @ref{log options}.
12735@end table
12736
12737@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12738@item rtag [@var{options}] @var{tag} @var{modules}@dots{}
12739Add a symbolic tag to a module.
12740See @ref{Revisions} and @ref{Branching and merging}.
12741
12742@table @code
12743@item -a
12744Clear tag from removed files that would not otherwise
12745be tagged.  See @ref{Tagging add/remove}.
12746
12747@item -b
12748Create a branch named @var{tag}.  See @ref{Branching and merging}.
12749
12750@item -B
12751Used in conjunction with -F or -d, enables movement and deletion of
12752branch tags.  Use with extreme caution. 
12753
12754@item -D @var{date}
12755Tag revisions as of @var{date}.  See @ref{Tagging by date/tag}.
12756
12757@item -d
12758Delete @var{tag}.  See @ref{Modifying tags}.
12759
12760@item -F
12761Move @var{tag} if it already exists.  See @ref{Modifying tags}.
12762
12763@item -f
12764Force a head revision match if tag/date not found.
12765See @ref{Tagging by date/tag}.
12766
12767@item -l
12768Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12769
12770@item -n
12771No execution of tag program.  See @ref{Common options}.
12772
12773@item -R
12774Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12775behavior}.
12776
12777@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12778Tag the revision already tagged with @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12779and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12780existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Tagging by date/tag} and @ref{Common options}.
12781@end table
12782
12783@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12784@item server
12785Rsh server.  See @ref{Connecting via rsh}.
12786
12787@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12788@item status [@var{options}] @var{files}@dots{}
12789Display status information in a working directory.  See
12790@ref{File status}.
12791
12792@table @code
12793@item -l
12794Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12795
12796@item -R
12797Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12798
12799@item -v
12800Include tag information for file.  See @ref{Tags}.
12801@end table
12802
12803@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12804@item tag [@var{options}] @var{tag} [@var{files}@dots{}]
12805Add a symbolic tag to checked out version of files.
12806See @ref{Revisions} and @ref{Branching and merging}.
12807
12808@table @code
12809@item -b
12810Create a branch named @var{tag}.  See @ref{Branching and merging}.
12811
12812@item -c
12813Check that working files are unmodified.  See
12814@ref{Tagging the working directory}.
12815
12816@item -D @var{date}
12817Tag revisions as of @var{date}.  See @ref{Tagging by date/tag}.
12818
12819@item -d
12820Delete @var{tag}.  See @ref{Modifying tags}.
12821
12822@item -F
12823Move @var{tag} if it already exists.  See @ref{Modifying tags}.
12824
12825@item -f
12826Force a head revision match if tag/date not found.
12827See @ref{Tagging by date/tag}.
12828
12829@item -l
12830Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12831
12832@item -R
12833Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12834
12835@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12836Tag the revision already tagged with @var{tag}, or when @var{date} is specified
12837and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12838existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Tagging by date/tag} and @ref{Common options}.
12839@end table
12840
12841@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12842@item unedit [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12843Undo an edit command.  See @ref{Editing files}.
12844
12845@table @code
12846@item -l
12847Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12848
12849@item -R
12850Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12851@end table
12852
12853@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12854@item update [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12855Bring work tree in sync with repository.  See
12856@ref{update}.
12857
12858@table @code
12859@item -A
12860Reset any sticky tags/date/options.  See @ref{Sticky
12861tags} and @ref{Keyword substitution}.
12862
12863@item -C
12864Overwrite locally modified files with clean copies from
12865the repository (the modified file is saved in
12866@file{.#@var{file}.@var{revision}}, however).
12867
12868@item -D @var{date}
12869Check out revisions as of @var{date} (is sticky).  See
12870@ref{Common options}.
12871
12872@item -d
12873Create directories.  See @ref{update options}.
12874
12875@item -f
12876Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12877@ref{Common options}.
12878
12879@item -I @var{ign}
12880More files to ignore (! to reset).  See
12881@ref{import options}.
12882
12883@c Probably want to use rev1/rev2 style like for diff
12884@c -r.  Here and in on-line help.
12885@item -j @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12886Merge in changes from revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is
12887specified and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag}
12888as it existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{update options}.
12889
12890@item -k @var{kflag}
12891Use @var{kflag} keyword expansion.  See
12892@ref{Substitution modes}.
12893
12894@item -l
12895Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12896
12897@item -P
12898Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Moving directories}.
12899
12900@item -p
12901Check out files to standard output (avoids
12902stickiness).  See @ref{update options}.
12903
12904@item -R
12905Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12906behavior}.
12907
12908@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12909Checkout the revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12910and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12911existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12912
12913@item -W @var{spec}
12914More wrappers.  See @ref{import options}.
12915@end table
12916
12917@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12918@item version
12919@cindex version (subcommand)
12920
12921Display the version of @sc{cvs} being used.  If the repository
12922is remote, display both the client and server versions.
12923
12924@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12925@item watch [on|off|add|remove] [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12926
12927on/off: turn on/off read-only checkouts of files.  See
12928@ref{Setting a watch}.
12929
12930add/remove: add or remove notification on actions.  See
12931@ref{Getting Notified}.
12932
12933@table @code
12934@item -a @var{actions}
12935Specify actions for temporary watch, where
12936@var{actions} is @code{edit}, @code{unedit},
12937@code{commit}, @code{all}, or @code{none}.  See
12938@ref{Editing files}.
12939
12940@item -l
12941Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12942
12943@item -R
12944Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12945behavior}.
12946@end table
12947
12948@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12949@item watchers [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12950See who is watching a file.  See @ref{Watch information}.
12951
12952@table @code
12953@item -l
12954Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12955
12956@item -R
12957Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12958behavior}.
12959@end table
12960
12961@end table
12962
12963@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
12964@node Administrative files
12965@appendix Reference manual for Administrative files
12966@cindex Administrative files (reference)
12967@cindex Files, reference manual
12968@cindex Reference manual (files)
12969@cindex CVSROOT (file)
12970
12971Inside the repository, in the directory
12972@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT}, there are a number of
12973supportive files for @sc{cvs}.  You can use @sc{cvs} in a limited
12974fashion without any of them, but if they are set up
12975properly they can help make life easier.  For a
12976discussion of how to edit them, see @ref{Intro
12977administrative files}.
12978
12979The most important of these files is the @file{modules}
12980file, which defines the modules inside the repository.
12981
12982@menu
12983* modules::                     Defining modules
12984* Wrappers::                    Specify binary-ness based on file name
12985* Trigger Scripts::		Launch scripts in response to server events
12986* rcsinfo::                     Templates for the log messages
12987* cvsignore::                   Ignoring files via cvsignore
12988* checkoutlist::                Adding your own administrative files
12989* history file::                History information
12990* Variables::                   Various variables are expanded
12991* config::                      Miscellaneous CVS configuration
12992@end menu
12993
12994@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
12995@node modules
12996@appendixsec The modules file
12997@cindex Modules (admin file)
12998@cindex Defining modules (reference manual)
12999
13000The @file{modules} file records your definitions of
13001names for collections of source code.  @sc{cvs} will
13002use these definitions if you use @sc{cvs} to update the
13003modules file (use normal commands like @code{add},
13004@code{commit}, etc).
13005
13006The @file{modules} file may contain blank lines and
13007comments (lines beginning with @samp{#}) as well as
13008module definitions.  Long lines can be continued on the
13009next line by specifying a backslash (@samp{\}) as the
13010last character on the line.
13011
13012There are three basic types of modules: alias modules,
13013regular modules, and ampersand modules.  The difference
13014between them is the way that they map files in the
13015repository to files in the working directory.  In all
13016of the following examples, the top-level repository
13017contains a directory called @file{first-dir}, which
13018contains two files, @file{file1} and @file{file2}, and a
13019directory @file{sdir}.  @file{first-dir/sdir} contains
13020a file @file{sfile}.
13021
13022@c FIXME: should test all the examples in this section.
13023
13024@menu
13025* Alias modules::             The simplest kind of module
13026* Regular modules::
13027* Ampersand modules::
13028* Excluding directories::     Excluding directories from a module
13029* Module options::            Regular and ampersand modules can take options
13030* Module program options::    How the modules ``program options'' programs
13031                              are run. 
13032@end menu
13033
13034@node Alias modules
13035@appendixsubsec Alias modules
13036@cindex Alias modules
13037@cindex -a, in modules file
13038
13039Alias modules are the simplest kind of module:
13040
13041@table @code
13042@item @var{mname} -a @var{aliases}@dots{}
13043This represents the simplest way of defining a module
13044@var{mname}.  The @samp{-a} flags the definition as a
13045simple alias: @sc{cvs} will treat any use of @var{mname} (as
13046a command argument) as if the list of names
13047@var{aliases} had been specified instead.
13048@var{aliases} may contain either other module names or
13049paths.  When you use paths in aliases, @code{checkout}
13050creates all intermediate directories in the working
13051directory, just as if the path had been specified
13052explicitly in the @sc{cvs} arguments.
13053@end table
13054
13055For example, if the modules file contains:
13056
13057@example
13058amodule -a first-dir
13059@end example
13060
13061@noindent
13062then the following two commands are equivalent:
13063
13064@example
13065$ cvs co amodule
13066$ cvs co first-dir
13067@end example
13068
13069@noindent
13070and they each would provide output such as:
13071
13072@example
13073cvs checkout: Updating first-dir
13074U first-dir/file1
13075U first-dir/file2
13076cvs checkout: Updating first-dir/sdir
13077U first-dir/sdir/sfile
13078@end example
13079
13080@node Regular modules
13081@appendixsubsec Regular modules
13082@cindex Regular modules
13083
13084@table @code
13085@item @var{mname} [ options ] @var{dir} [ @var{files}@dots{} ]
13086In the simplest case, this form of module definition
13087reduces to @samp{@var{mname} @var{dir}}.  This defines
13088all the files in directory @var{dir} as module mname.
13089@var{dir} is a relative path (from @code{$CVSROOT}) to a
13090directory of source in the source repository.  In this
13091case, on checkout, a single directory called
13092@var{mname} is created as a working directory; no
13093intermediate directory levels are used by default, even
13094if @var{dir} was a path involving several directory
13095levels.
13096@end table
13097
13098For example, if a module is defined by:
13099
13100@example
13101regmodule first-dir
13102@end example
13103
13104@noindent
13105then regmodule will contain the files from first-dir:
13106
13107@example
13108$ cvs co regmodule
13109cvs checkout: Updating regmodule
13110U regmodule/file1
13111U regmodule/file2
13112cvs checkout: Updating regmodule/sdir
13113U regmodule/sdir/sfile
13114$
13115@end example
13116
13117By explicitly specifying files in the module definition
13118after @var{dir}, you can select particular files from
13119directory @var{dir}.  Here is
13120an example:
13121
13122@example
13123regfiles first-dir/sdir sfile
13124@end example
13125
13126@noindent
13127With this definition, getting the regfiles module
13128will create a single working directory
13129@file{regfiles} containing the file listed, which
13130comes from a directory deeper
13131in the @sc{cvs} source repository:
13132
13133@example
13134$ cvs co regfiles
13135U regfiles/sfile
13136$
13137@end example
13138
13139@node Ampersand modules
13140@appendixsubsec Ampersand modules
13141@cindex Ampersand modules
13142@cindex &, in modules file
13143
13144A module definition can refer to other modules by
13145including @samp{&@var{module}} in its definition.
13146@example
13147@var{mname} [ options ] @var{&module}@dots{}
13148@end example
13149
13150Then getting the module creates a subdirectory for each such
13151module, in the directory containing the module.  For
13152example, if modules contains
13153
13154@example
13155ampermod &first-dir
13156@end example
13157
13158@noindent
13159then a checkout will create an @code{ampermod} directory
13160which contains a directory called @code{first-dir},
13161which in turns contains all the directories and files
13162which live there.  For example, the command
13163
13164@example
13165$ cvs co ampermod
13166@end example
13167
13168@noindent
13169will create the following files:
13170
13171@example
13172ampermod/first-dir/file1
13173ampermod/first-dir/file2
13174ampermod/first-dir/sdir/sfile
13175@end example
13176
13177There is one quirk/bug: the messages that @sc{cvs}
13178prints omit the @file{ampermod}, and thus do not
13179correctly display the location to which it is checking
13180out the files:
13181
13182@example
13183$ cvs co ampermod
13184cvs checkout: Updating first-dir
13185U first-dir/file1
13186U first-dir/file2
13187cvs checkout: Updating first-dir/sdir
13188U first-dir/sdir/sfile
13189$
13190@end example
13191
13192Do not rely on this buggy behavior; it may get fixed in
13193a future release of @sc{cvs}.
13194
13195@c FIXCVS: What happens if regular and & modules are
13196@c combined, as in "ampermodule first-dir &second-dir"?
13197@c When I tried it, it seemed to just ignore the
13198@c "first-dir".  I think perhaps it should be an error
13199@c (but this needs further investigation).
13200@c In addition to discussing what each one does, we
13201@c should put in a few words about why you would use one or
13202@c the other in various situations.
13203
13204@node Excluding directories
13205@appendixsubsec Excluding directories
13206@cindex Excluding directories, in modules file
13207@cindex !, in modules file
13208
13209An alias module may exclude particular directories from
13210other modules by using an exclamation mark (@samp{!})
13211before the name of each directory to be excluded.
13212
13213For example, if the modules file contains:
13214
13215@example
13216exmodule -a !first-dir/sdir first-dir
13217@end example
13218
13219@noindent
13220then checking out the module @samp{exmodule} will check
13221out everything in @samp{first-dir} except any files in
13222the subdirectory @samp{first-dir/sdir}.
13223@c Note that the "!first-dir/sdir" sometimes must be listed
13224@c before "first-dir".  That seems like a probable bug, in which
13225@c case perhaps it should be fixed (to allow either
13226@c order) rather than documented.  See modules4 in testsuite.
13227
13228@node Module options
13229@appendixsubsec Module options
13230@cindex Options, in modules file
13231
13232Either regular modules or ampersand modules can contain
13233options, which supply additional information concerning
13234the module.
13235
13236@table @code
13237@cindex -d, in modules file
13238@item -d @var{name}
13239Name the working directory something other than the
13240module name.
13241@c FIXME: Needs a bunch of examples, analogous to the
13242@c examples for alias, regular, and ampersand modules
13243@c which show where the files go without -d.
13244
13245@cindex Export program
13246@cindex -e, in modules file
13247@item -e @var{prog}
13248Specify a program @var{prog} to run whenever files in a
13249module are exported.  @var{prog} runs with a single
13250argument, the module name.
13251@c FIXME: Is it run on server? client?
13252
13253@cindex Checkout program
13254@cindex -o, in modules file
13255@item -o @var{prog}
13256Specify a program @var{prog} to run whenever files in a
13257module are checked out.  @var{prog} runs with a single
13258argument, the module name.  See @ref{Module program options} for
13259information on how @var{prog} is called.
13260@c FIXME: Is it run on server? client?
13261
13262@cindex Status of a module
13263@cindex Module status
13264@cindex -s, in modules file
13265@item -s @var{status}
13266Assign a status to the module.  When the module file is
13267printed with @samp{cvs checkout -s} the modules are
13268sorted according to primarily module status, and
13269secondarily according to the module name.  This option
13270has no other meaning.  You can use this option for
13271several things besides status: for instance, list the
13272person that is responsible for this module.
13273
13274@cindex Tag program
13275@cindex -t, in modules file
13276@item -t @var{prog}
13277Specify a program @var{prog} to run whenever files in a
13278module are tagged with @code{rtag}.  @var{prog} runs
13279with two arguments: the module name and the symbolic
13280tag specified to @code{rtag}.  It is not run
13281when @code{tag} is executed.  Generally you will find
13282that the @file{taginfo} file is a better solution (@pxref{taginfo}).
13283@c FIXME: Is it run on server? client?
13284@c Problems with -t include:
13285@c * It is run after the tag not before
13286@c * It doesn't get passed all the information that
13287@c   taginfo does ("mov", &c).
13288@c * It only is run for rtag, not tag.
13289@end table
13290
13291You should also see @pxref{Module program options} about how the
13292``program options'' programs are run.
13293
13294@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13295
13296@node Module program options
13297@appendixsubsec How the modules file ``program options'' programs are run
13298@cindex Modules file program options
13299@cindex -t, in modules file
13300@cindex -o, in modules file
13301@cindex -e, in modules file
13302
13303@noindent
13304For checkout, rtag, and export, the program is server-based, and as such the
13305following applies:-
13306
13307If using remote access methods (pserver, ext, etc.),
13308@sc{cvs} will execute this program on the server from a temporary
13309directory. The path is searched for this program.
13310
13311If using ``local access'' (on a local or remote NFS file system, i.e.
13312repository set just to a path),
13313the program will be executed from the newly checked-out tree, if
13314found there, or alternatively searched for in the path if not.
13315
13316The programs are all run after the operation has effectively
13317completed.
13318
13319
13320@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13321@node Wrappers
13322@appendixsec The cvswrappers file
13323@cindex cvswrappers (admin file)
13324@cindex CVSWRAPPERS, environment variable
13325@cindex Wrappers
13326
13327@c FIXME: need some better way of separating this out
13328@c by functionality.  -m is
13329@c one feature, and -k is a another.  And this discussion
13330@c should be better motivated (e.g. start with the
13331@c problems, then explain how the feature solves it).
13332
13333Wrappers refers to a @sc{cvs} feature which lets you
13334control certain settings based on the name of the file
13335which is being operated on.  The settings are @samp{-k}
13336for binary files, and @samp{-m} for nonmergeable text
13337files.
13338
13339The @samp{-m} option
13340specifies the merge methodology that should be used when
13341a non-binary file is updated.  @code{MERGE} means the usual
13342@sc{cvs} behavior: try to merge the files.  @code{COPY}
13343means that @code{cvs update} will refuse to merge
13344files, as it also does for files specified as binary
13345with @samp{-kb} (but if the file is specified as
13346binary, there is no need to specify @samp{-m 'COPY'}).
13347@sc{cvs} will provide the user with the
13348two versions of the files, and require the user using
13349mechanisms outside @sc{cvs}, to insert any necessary
13350changes.
13351
13352@strong{WARNING: do not use @code{COPY} with
13353@sc{cvs} 1.9 or earlier - such versions of @sc{cvs} will
13354copy one version of your file over the other, wiping
13355out the previous contents.}
13356@c Ordinarily we don't document the behavior of old
13357@c versions.  But this one is so dangerous, I think we
13358@c must.  I almost renamed it to -m 'NOMERGE' so we
13359@c could say "never use -m 'COPY'".
13360The @samp{-m} wrapper option only affects behavior when
13361merging is done on update; it does not affect how files
13362are stored.  See @ref{Binary files}, for more on
13363binary files.
13364
13365The basic format of the file @file{cvswrappers} is:
13366
13367@c FIXME: @example is all wrong for this.  Use @deffn or
13368@c something more sensible.
13369@example
13370wildcard     [option value][option value]...
13371
13372where option is one of
13373-m           update methodology      value: MERGE or COPY
13374-k           keyword expansion       value: expansion mode
13375
13376and value is a single-quote delimited value.
13377@end example
13378
13379@ignore
13380@example
13381*.nib    -f 'unwrap %s' -t 'wrap %s %s' -m 'COPY'
13382*.c      -t 'indent %s %s'
13383@end example
13384@c When does the filter need to be an absolute pathname
13385@c and when will something like the above work?  I
13386@c suspect it relates to the PATH of the server (which
13387@c in turn depends on all kinds of stuff, e.g. inetd
13388@c for pserver).  I'm not sure whether/where to discuss
13389@c this.
13390@c FIXME: What do the %s's stand for?
13391
13392@noindent
13393The above example of a @file{cvswrappers} file
13394states that all files/directories that end with a @code{.nib}
13395should be filtered with the @file{wrap} program before
13396checking the file into the repository. The file should
13397be filtered though the @file{unwrap} program when the
13398file is checked out of the repository. The
13399@file{cvswrappers} file also states that a @code{COPY}
13400methodology should be used when updating the files in
13401the repository (that is, no merging should be performed).
13402
13403@c What pitfalls arise when using indent this way?  Is
13404@c it a winning thing to do?  Would be nice to at least
13405@c hint at those issues; we want our examples to tell
13406@c how to solve problems, not just to say that cvs can
13407@c do certain things.
13408The last example line says that all files that end with
13409@code{.c} should be filtered with @file{indent}
13410before being checked into the repository. Unlike the previous
13411example, no filtering of the @code{.c} file is done when
13412it is checked out of the repository.
13413@noindent
13414The @code{-t} filter is called with two arguments,
13415the first is the name of the file/directory to filter
13416and the second is the pathname to where the resulting
13417filtered file should be placed.
13418
13419@noindent
13420The @code{-f} filter is called with one argument,
13421which is the name of the file to filter from. The end
13422result of this filter will be a file in the users directory
13423that they can work on as they normally would.
13424
13425Note that the @samp{-t}/@samp{-f} features do not
13426conveniently handle one portion of @sc{cvs}'s operation:
13427determining when files are modified.  @sc{cvs} will still
13428want a file (or directory) to exist, and it will use
13429its modification time to determine whether a file is
13430modified.  If @sc{cvs} erroneously thinks a file is
13431unmodified (for example, a directory is unchanged but
13432one of the files within it is changed), you can force
13433it to check in the file anyway by specifying the
13434@samp{-f} option to @code{cvs commit} (@pxref{commit
13435options}).
13436@c This is, of course, a serious design flaw in -t/-f.
13437@c Probably the whole functionality needs to be
13438@c redesigned (starting from requirements) to fix this.
13439@end ignore
13440
13441@c FIXME: We don't document -W or point to where it is
13442@c documented.  Or .cvswrappers.
13443For example, the following command imports a
13444directory, treating files whose name ends in
13445@samp{.exe} as binary:
13446
13447@example
13448cvs import -I ! -W "*.exe -k 'b'" first-dir vendortag reltag
13449@end example
13450
13451@c Another good example, would be storing files
13452@c (e.g. binary files) compressed in the repository.
13453@c 	::::::::::::::::::
13454@c 	cvswrappers
13455@c 	::::::::::::::::::
13456@c 	*.t12 -m 'COPY'
13457@c 	*.t[0-9][0-9] -f 'gunzipcp %s' -t 'gzipcp %s %s' -m 'COPY'
13458@c
13459@c	::::::::::::::::::
13460@c	gunzipcp
13461@c	::::::::::::::::::
13462@c	:
13463@c	[ -f $1 ] || exit 1
13464@c	zcat $1 > /tmp/.#$1.$$
13465@c	mv /tmp/.#$1.$$ $1
13466@c
13467@c	::::::::::::::::::
13468@c	gzipcp
13469@c	::::::::::::::::::
13470@c	:
13471@c	DIRNAME=`echo $1 | sed -e "s|/.*/||g"`
13472@c	if [ ! -d $DIRNAME ] ; then
13473@c	      DIRNAME=`echo $1 | sed -e "s|.*/||g"`
13474@c	fi
13475@c	gzip -c  $DIRNAME  > $2
13476@c One catch--"cvs diff" will not invoke the wrappers
13477@c (probably a CVS bug, although I haven't thought it out).
13478
13479@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13480@node Trigger Scripts
13481@appendixsec The Trigger Scripts
13482@cindex info files
13483@cindex trigger scripts
13484@cindex script hooks
13485
13486@c FIXME
13487@c Somewhere there needs to be a more "how-to" guide to writing these.
13488@c One particular issue that people sometimes are worried about is performance,
13489@c and the impact of writing in perl or sh or ____.  Performance comparisons
13490@c should probably remain outside the scope of this document, but at least
13491@c _that_ much could be referenced, perhaps with links to other sources.
13492
13493Several of the administrative files support triggers, or the launching external
13494scripts or programs at specific times before or after particular events, during
13495the execution of @sc{cvs} commands.  These hooks can be used to prevent certain
13496actions, log them, and/or maintain anything else you deem practical.
13497
13498All the trigger scripts are launched in a copy of the user sandbox being
13499committed, on the server, in client-server mode.  In local mode, the scripts
13500are actually launched directly from the user sandbox directory being committed.
13501For most intents and purposes, the same scripts can be run in both locations
13502without alteration.
13503
13504@menu
13505* syntax::                      The common syntax
13506* Trigger Script Security::	Trigger script security
13507
13508* commit files::                The commit support files (commitinfo,
13509                                verifymsg, loginfo)
13510*   commitinfo::                Pre-commit checking
13511*   verifymsg::                 How are log messages evaluated?
13512*   loginfo::                   Where should log messages be sent?
13513
13514* postadmin::			Logging admin commands
13515* taginfo::                     Verifying/Logging tags
13516* posttag::                     Logging tags
13517* postwatch::			Logging watch commands
13518
13519* preproxy::			Launch a script on a secondary server prior
13520				to becoming a write proxy
13521* postproxy::			Launch a script on a secondary server after
13522				completing proxy operations
13523@end menu
13524
13525@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13526@node syntax
13527@appendixsubsec The common syntax
13528@cindex info files, common syntax
13529@cindex script hooks, common syntax
13530@cindex trigger script hooks, common syntax
13531@cindex syntax of trigger script hooks
13532
13533@c FIXME: having this so totally separate from the
13534@c Variables node is rather bogus.
13535
13536The administrative files such as @file{commitinfo},
13537@file{loginfo}, @file{rcsinfo}, @file{verifymsg}, etc.,
13538all have a common format.  The purpose of the files are
13539described later on.  The common syntax is described
13540here.
13541
13542@cindex Regular expression syntax
13543Each line contains the following:
13544
13545@itemize @bullet
13546@cindex @samp{ALL} keyword, in lieu of regular expressions in script hooks
13547@cindex @samp{DEFAULT} keyword, in lieu of regular expressions in script hooks
13548@item
13549A regular expression or the literal string @samp{DEFAULT}.  Some script hooks
13550also support the literal string @samp{ALL}.  Other than the @samp{ALL} and
13551@samp{DEFAULT} keywords, this is a basic regular expression in the syntax used
13552by GNU emacs.  See the descriptions of the individual script hooks for
13553information on whether the @samp{ALL} keyword is supported
13554(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}).
13555@c FIXME: What we probably should be saying is "POSIX Basic
13556@c Regular Expression with the following extensions (`\('
13557@c `\|' '+' etc)"
13558@c rather than define it with reference to emacs.
13559@c The reference to emacs is not strictly speaking
13560@c true, as we don't support \=, \s, or \S.  Also it isn't
13561@c clear we should document and/or promise to continue to
13562@c support all the obscure emacs extensions like \<.
13563@c Also need to better cite (or include) full
13564@c documentation for the syntax.
13565@c Also see comment in configure.in about what happens to the
13566@c syntax if we pick up a system-supplied regexp matcher.
13567
13568@item
13569A whitespace separator---one or more spaces and/or tabs.
13570
13571@item
13572A file name or command-line template.
13573@end itemize
13574
13575@noindent
13576Blank lines are ignored.  Lines that start with the
13577character @samp{#} are treated as comments.  Long lines
13578unfortunately can @emph{not} be broken in two parts in
13579any way.
13580
13581The first regular expression that matches the current
13582directory name in the repository or the first line containing @samp{DEFAULT}
13583in lieu of a regular expression is used and all lines containing @samp{ALL} is
13584used for the hooks which support the @samp{ALL} keyword.  The rest of the line
13585is used as a file name or command-line template as appropriate.  See the
13586descriptions of the individual script hooks for information on whether the
13587@samp{ALL} keyword is supported (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}).
13588
13589@cindex format strings
13590@cindex format strings, common syntax
13591@cindex info files, common syntax, format strings
13592@cindex Common syntax of info files, format strings
13593@noindent
13594@emph{Note:  The following information on format strings is valid
13595as long as the line @code{UseNewInfoFmtStrings=yes} appears in
13596your repository's config file (@pxref{config}).  Otherwise,
13597default format strings may be appended to the command line and
13598the @samp{loginfo} file, especially, can exhibit slightly
13599different behavior.  For more information,
13600@xref{Updating Commit Files}.}
13601
13602In the cases where the second segment of the matched line is a
13603command line template (e.g. @file{commitinfo}, @file{loginfo},
13604& @file{verifymsg}), the command line template may contain format
13605strings which will be replaced with specific values before the
13606script is run.
13607@c FIXCVS then FIXME - it really would make sense to allow %r & maybe even %p
13608@c to be used in rcsinfo to construct a path, but I haven't
13609@c coded this yet.
13610
13611Format strings can represent a single variable or one or more
13612attributes of a list variable.  An example of a list variable
13613would be the list available to scripts hung on the loginfo hooks
13614- the list of files which were just committed.  In the case of
13615loginfo, three attributes are available for each list item: file
13616name, precommit version, and postcommit version.
13617
13618Format strings consist of a @samp{%} character followed by an optional
13619@samp{@{} (required in the multiple list attribute case), a
13620single format character representing a variable or a single attribute of
13621list elements or multiple format characters representing attributes of
13622list elements, and a closing @samp{@}} when the open bracket was present.
13623
13624@emph{Flat format strings}, or single format characters which get replaced
13625with a single value, will generate a single argument
13626to the called script, regardless of whether the replacement variable contains
13627white space or other special characters.
13628
13629@emph{List attributes} will generate an argument for each attribute
13630requested for each list item.  For example, @samp{%@{sVv@}}
13631in a @file{loginfo} command template will generate three
13632arguments (file name, precommit version, postcommit version,
13633...) for each file committed.  As in the flat format string
13634case, each attribute will be passed in as a single argument
13635regardless of whether it contains white space or other
13636special characters.
13637 
13638@samp{%%} will be replaced with a literal @samp{%}.
13639
13640The format strings available to all script hooks are:
13641
13642@table @t
13643@item c
13644The canonical name of the command being executed.  For instance, in the case of
13645a hook run from @code{cvs up}, @sc{cvs} would replace @samp{%c} with the string
13646@samp{update} and, in the case of a hook run from @code{cvs ci}, @sc{cvs} would
13647replace @samp{%c} with the string @samp{commit}.
13648@item n
13649The null, or empty, string.
13650@item p
13651The name of the directory being operated on within the repository.
13652@item r
13653The name of the repository (the path portion of @code{$CVSROOT}).
13654@item R
13655On a server, the name of the referrer, if any.  The referrer is the CVSROOT the
13656client reports it used to contact a server which then referred it to this
13657server.  Should usually be set on a primary server with a write proxy setup.
13658@end table
13659
13660Other format strings are file specific.  See the docs on the
13661particular script hooks for more information
13662(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}).
13663
13664As an example, the following line in a @file{loginfo} file would
13665match only the directory @file{module} and any subdirectories of
13666@file{module}:
13667
13668@example
13669^module\(/\|$\) (echo; echo %p; echo %@{sVv@}; cat) >>$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog
13670@end example
13671
13672Using this same line and assuming a commit of new revisions
136731.5.4.4 and 1.27.4.1 based on old revisions 1.5.4.3 and 1.27,
13674respectively, of file1 and file2 in module, something like the
13675following log message should be appended to commitlog:
13676
13677@example
13678
13679module
13680file1 1.5.4.3 1.5.4.4 file2 1.27 1.27.4.1
13681Update of /cvsroot/module
13682In directory localhost.localdomain:/home/jrandom/work/module
13683
13684Modified Files:
13685	file1 file2
13686Log Message:
13687A log message.
13688@end example
13689
13690@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13691@node Trigger Script Security
13692@appendixsubsec Security and the Trigger Scripts
13693@cindex info files, security
13694@cindex script hooks, security
13695@cindex trigger scripts, security
13696
13697Security is a huge subject, and implementing a secure system is a non-trivial
13698task.  This section will barely touch on all the issues involved, but it is
13699well to note that, as with any script you will be allowing an untrusted
13700user to run on your server, there are measures you can take to help prevent
13701your trigger scripts from being abused.
13702
13703For instance, since the CVS trigger scripts all run in a copy of the user's
13704sandbox on the server, a naively coded Perl trigger script which attempts to
13705use a Perl module that is not installed on the system can be hijacked by any
13706user with commit access who is checking in a file with the correct name.  Other
13707scripting languages may be vulnerable to similar hacks.
13708
13709One way to make a script more secure, at least with Perl, is to use scripts
13710which invoke the @code{-T}, or "taint-check" switch on their @code{#!} line.
13711In the most basic terms, this causes Perl to avoid running code that may have
13712come from an external source.  Please run the @code{perldoc perlsec} command
13713for more on Perl security.  Again, other languages may implement other security
13714verification hooks which look more or less like Perl's "taint-check" mechanism.
13715
13716@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13717@node commit files
13718@appendixsubsec The commit support files
13719@cindex Commits, administrative support files
13720@cindex commit files, see Info files
13721
13722The @samp{-i} flag in the @file{modules} file can be
13723used to run a certain program whenever files are
13724committed (@pxref{modules}).  The files described in
13725this section provide other, more flexible, ways to run
13726programs whenever something is committed.
13727
13728There are three kinds of programs that can be run on
13729commit.  They are specified in files in the repository,
13730as described below.  The following table summarizes the
13731file names and the purpose of the corresponding
13732programs.
13733
13734@table @file
13735@item commitinfo
13736The program is responsible for checking that the commit
13737is allowed.  If it exits with a non-zero exit status
13738the commit will be aborted.  @xref{commitinfo}.
13739
13740@item verifymsg
13741The specified program is used to evaluate the log message,
13742and possibly verify that it contains all required
13743fields.  This is most useful in combination with the
13744@file{rcsinfo} file, which can hold a log message
13745template (@pxref{rcsinfo}).  @xref{verifymsg}.
13746
13747@item loginfo
13748The specified program is called when the commit is
13749complete.  It receives the log message and some
13750additional information and can store the log message in
13751a file, or mail it to appropriate persons, or maybe
13752post it to a local newsgroup, or@dots{}  Your
13753imagination is the limit!  @xref{loginfo}.
13754@end table
13755
13756@menu
13757* Updating Commit Files::       Updating legacy repositories to stop using
13758                                deprecated command line template formats
13759@end menu
13760
13761@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13762@node Updating Commit Files
13763@appendixsubsubsec  Updating legacy repositories to stop using deprecated command line template formats
13764@cindex info files, common syntax, updating legacy repositories
13765@cindex Syntax of info files, updating legacy repositories
13766@cindex Common syntax of info files, updating legacy repositories
13767New repositories are created set to use the new format strings by default, so
13768if you are creating a new repository, you shouldn't have to worry about this
13769section.
13770
13771If you are attempting to maintain a legacy repository which was
13772making use of the @file{commitinfo}, @file{editinfo}, @file{verifymsg},
13773@file{loginfo}, and/or @file{taginfo} script hooks, you should have no
13774immediate problems with using the current @sc{cvs} executable, but your users
13775will probably start to see deprecation warnings.
13776
13777The reason for this is that all of the script hooks have been updated to
13778use a new command line parser that extensibly supports multiple
13779@file{loginfo} & @file{notify} style format strings (@pxref{syntax})
13780and this support is not completely compatible with the old style format
13781strings.
13782
13783The quick upgrade method is to stick a @samp{1} after each format string
13784in your old @file{loginfo} file.  For example:
13785
13786@example
13787DEFAULT (echo ""; id; echo %@{sVv@}; date; cat) >> $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog
13788@end example
13789
13790would become:
13791
13792@example
13793DEFAULT (echo ""; id; echo %1@{sVv@}; date; cat) >> $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog
13794@end example
13795
13796If you were counting on the fact that only the first @samp{%} in the line was
13797replaced as a format string, you may also have to double up any further
13798percent signs on the line.
13799
13800If you did this all at once and checked it in, everything should still be
13801running properly.
13802
13803Now add the following line to your config file (@pxref{config}):
13804@example
13805UseNewInfoFmtStrings=yes
13806@end example
13807
13808Everything should still be running properly, but your users will probably
13809start seeing new deprecation warnings.
13810  
13811Dealing with the deprecation warnings now generated by @file{commitinfo},
13812@file{editinfo}, @file{verifymsg}, and @file{taginfo} should be easy.  Simply
13813specify what are currently implicit arguments explicitly.  This means appending
13814the following strings to each active command line template in each file:
13815@table @code
13816@item commitinfo
13817@samp{ %r/%p %s}
13818@item editinfo
13819@samp{ %l}
13820@item taginfo
13821@samp{ %t %o %p %@{sv@}}
13822@item verifymsg
13823@samp{ %l}
13824@end table
13825
13826If you don't desire that any of the newly available information be passed to
13827the scripts hanging off of these hooks, no further modifications to these
13828files should be necessary to insure current and future compatibility with
13829@sc{cvs}'s format strings.
13830
13831Fixing @file{loginfo} could be a little tougher.  The old style
13832@file{loginfo} format strings caused a single space and comma separated
13833argument to be passed in in place of the format string.  This is what will
13834continue to be generated due to the deprecated @samp{1} you inserted into
13835the format strings.
13836
13837Since the new format separates each individual item and passes it into the
13838script as a separate argument (for a good reason - arguments containing commas
13839and/or white space are now parsable), to remove the deprecated @samp{1} from
13840your @file{loginfo} command line templates, you will most likely have to
13841rewrite any scripts called by the hook to handle the new argument format.
13842
13843Also note that the way @samp{%} followed by unrecognized characters and by
13844@samp{@{@}} was treated in past versions of CVS is not strictly adhered to as
13845there were bugs in the old versions.  Specifically, @samp{%@{@}} would eat the
13846next character and unrecognized strings resolved only to the empty string,
13847which was counter to what was stated in the documentation.  This version will
13848do what the documentation said it should have (if you were using only some
13849combination of @samp{%@{sVv@}}, e.g. @samp{%@{sVv@}}, @samp{%@{sV@}}, or
13850@samp{%v}, you should have no troubles).
13851
13852On the bright side, you should have plenty of time to do this before all
13853support for the old format strings is removed from @sc{cvs}, so you can just
13854put up with the deprecation warnings for awhile if you like.
13855
13856@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13857@node commitinfo
13858@appendixsubsec Commitinfo
13859@cindex @file{commitinfo}
13860@cindex Commits, precommit verification of
13861@cindex commitinfo (admin file)
13862@cindex info files, commitinfo
13863@cindex script hooks, commitinfo
13864@cindex trigger scripts, commitinfo
13865@cindex info files, precommit verification of commits
13866@cindex script hooks, precommit verification of commits
13867@cindex trigger scripts, precommit verification of commits
13868
13869The @file{commitinfo} file defines programs to execute
13870whenever @samp{cvs commit} is about to execute.  These
13871programs are used for pre-commit checking to verify
13872that the modified, added and removed files are really
13873ready to be committed.  This could be used, for
13874instance, to verify that the changed files conform to
13875to your site's standards for coding practice.
13876
13877The @file{commitinfo} file has the standard form for script hooks
13878(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular expression followed by
13879a command to execute.  It supports only the DEFAULT keywords.
13880
13881@cindex format strings, commitinfo admin file
13882In addition to the common format strings (@pxref{syntax}),
13883@file{commitinfo} supports:
13884
13885@table @t
13886@item @{s@}
13887a list of the names of files to be committed
13888@end table
13889
13890@cindex commitinfo (admin file), updating legacy repositories
13891@cindex compatibility notes, commitinfo admin file
13892Currently, if no format strings are specified, a default
13893string of @samp{ %r/%p %@{s@}} will be appended to the command
13894line template before replacement is performed, but this
13895feature is deprecated.  It is simply in place so that legacy
13896repositories will remain compatible with the new @sc{cvs} application.
13897For information on updating, @pxref{Updating Commit Files}.
13898
13899@cindex Exit status, of commitinfo
13900@cindex commitinfo (admin file), exit status
13901The first line with a regular expression matching the
13902directory within the repository will be used.  If the
13903command returns a non-zero exit status the commit will
13904be aborted.
13905@c FIXME: need example(s) of what "directory within the
13906@c repository" means.
13907
13908@cindex @file{commitinfo}, working directory
13909@cindex @file{commitinfo}, command environment
13910The command will be run in the root of the workspace
13911containing the new versions of any files the user would like
13912to modify (commit), @emph{or in a copy of the workspace on
13913the server (@pxref{Remote repositories})}.  If a file is
13914being removed, there will be no copy of the file under the
13915current directory.  If a file is being added, there will be
13916no corresponding archive file in the repository unless the
13917file is being resurrected.
13918
13919Note that both the repository directory and the corresponding
13920Attic (@pxref{Attic}) directory may need to be checked to
13921locate the archive file corresponding to any given file being
13922committed.  Much of the information about the specific commit
13923request being made, including the destination branch, commit
13924message, and command line options specified, is not available
13925to the command.
13926
13927@c FIXME: should discuss using commitinfo to control
13928@c who has checkin access to what (e.g. Joe can check into
13929@c directories a, b, and c, and Mary can check into
13930@c directories b, c, and d--note this case cannot be
13931@c conveniently handled with unix groups).  Of course,
13932@c adding a new set of features to CVS might be a more
13933@c natural way to fix this problem than telling people to
13934@c use commitinfo.
13935@c FIXME: Should make some reference, especially in
13936@c the context of controlling who has access, to the fact
13937@c that commitinfo can be circumvented.  Perhaps
13938@c mention SETXID (but has it been carefully examined
13939@c for holes?).  This fits in with the discussion of
13940@c general CVS security in "Password authentication
13941@c security" (the bit which is not pserver-specific).
13942
13943@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13944@node verifymsg
13945@appendixsubsec Verifying log messages
13946@cindex @file{verifymsg} (admin file)
13947@cindex Log message, verifying
13948@cindex logging, commits
13949
13950Once you have entered a log message, you can evaluate
13951that message to check for specific content, such as
13952a bug ID.  Use the @file{verifymsg} file to
13953specify a program that is used to verify the log message.
13954This program could be a simple script that checks
13955that the entered message contains the required fields.
13956
13957The @file{verifymsg} file is often most useful together
13958with the @file{rcsinfo} file, which can be used to
13959specify a log message template (@pxref{rcsinfo}).
13960
13961The @file{verifymsg} file has the standard form for script hooks
13962(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular expression followed by
13963a command to execute.  It supports only the DEFAULT keywords.
13964
13965@cindex format strings, verifymsg admin file
13966In addition to the common format strings (@pxref{syntax}),
13967@file{verifymsg} supports:
13968
13969@table @t
13970@item l
13971the full path to the file containing the log message to be verified
13972@item @{sV@}
13973File attributes, where:
13974@table @t
13975@item s
13976file name
13977@item V
13978old version number (pre-checkin)
13979@end table
13980@end table
13981
13982@cindex verifymsg (admin/commit file), updating legacy repositories
13983@cindex compatibility notes, verifymsg admin file
13984Currently, if no format strings are specified, a default
13985string of @samp{ %l} will be appended to the command
13986line template before replacement is performed, but this
13987feature is deprecated.  It is simply in place so that legacy
13988repositories will remain compatible with the new @sc{cvs} application.
13989For information on updating, @pxref{Updating Commit Files}.
13990
13991One thing that should be noted is that the @samp{ALL}
13992keyword is not supported.  If more than one matching
13993line is found, the first one is used.  This can be
13994useful for specifying a default verification script in a
13995directory, and then overriding it in a subdirectory.
13996
13997@cindex Exit status, of @file{verifymsg}
13998If the verification script exits with a non-zero exit status,
13999the commit is aborted.
14000
14001@cindex @file{verifymsg}, changing the log message
14002In the default configuration, CVS allows the
14003verification script to change the log message. This is
14004controlled via the RereadLogAfterVerify CVSROOT/config
14005option.
14006
14007When @samp{RereadLogAfterVerify=always} or
14008@samp{RereadLogAfterVerify=stat}, the log message will
14009either always be reread after the verification script
14010is run or reread only if the log message file status
14011has changed.
14012
14013@xref{config}, for more on CVSROOT/config options.
14014
14015It is NOT a good idea for a @file{verifymsg} script to
14016interact directly with the user in the various
14017client/server methods. For the @code{pserver} method,
14018there is no protocol support for communicating between
14019@file{verifymsg} and the client on the remote end. For the
14020@code{ext} and @code{server} methods, it is possible
14021for CVS to become confused by the characters going
14022along the same channel as the CVS protocol
14023messages. See @ref{Remote repositories}, for more
14024information on client/server setups.  In addition, at the time
14025the @file{verifymsg} script runs, the CVS
14026server has locks in place in the repository.  If control is
14027returned to the user here then other users may be stuck waiting
14028for access to the repository.
14029
14030This option can be useful if you find yourself using an
14031rcstemplate that needs to be modified to remove empty
14032elements or to fill in default values.  It can also be
14033useful if the rcstemplate has changed in the repository
14034and the CVS/Template was not updated, but is able to be
14035adapted to the new format by the verification script
14036that is run by @file{verifymsg}.
14037
14038An example of an update might be to change all
14039occurrences of 'BugId:' to be 'DefectId:' (which can be
14040useful if the rcstemplate has recently been changed and
14041there are still checked-out user trees with cached
14042copies in the CVS/Template file of the older version).
14043
14044Another example of an update might be to delete a line
14045that contains 'BugID: none' from the log message after
14046validation of that value as being allowed is made.
14047
14048@menu
14049* verifymsg example::            Verifymsg example
14050@end menu
14051
14052@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14053@node verifymsg example
14054@appendixsubsubsec Verifying log messages
14055@cindex verifymsg, example
14056The following is a little silly example of a
14057@file{verifymsg} file, together with the corresponding
14058@file{rcsinfo} file, the log message template and a
14059verification script.  We begin with the log message template.
14060We want to always record a bug-id number on the first
14061line of the log message.  The rest of log message is
14062free text.  The following template is found in the file
14063@file{/usr/cvssupport/tc.template}.
14064
14065@example
14066BugId:
14067@end example
14068
14069The script @file{/usr/cvssupport/bugid.verify} is used to
14070evaluate the log message.
14071
14072@example
14073#!/bin/sh
14074#
14075#       bugid.verify filename
14076#
14077#  Verify that the log message contains a valid bugid
14078#  on the first line.
14079#
14080if sed 1q < $1 | grep '^BugId:[ ]*[0-9][0-9]*$' > /dev/null; then
14081    exit 0
14082elif sed 1q < $1 | grep '^BugId:[ ]*none$' > /dev/null; then
14083    # It is okay to allow commits with 'BugId: none',
14084    # but do not put that text into the real log message.
14085    grep -v '^BugId:[ ]*none$' > $1.rewrite
14086    mv $1.rewrite $1
14087    exit 0
14088else
14089    echo "No BugId found."
14090    exit 1
14091fi
14092@end example
14093
14094The @file{verifymsg} file contains this line:
14095
14096@example
14097^tc     /usr/cvssupport/bugid.verify %l
14098@end example
14099
14100The @file{rcsinfo} file contains this line:
14101
14102@example
14103^tc     /usr/cvssupport/tc.template
14104@end example
14105
14106The @file{config} file contains this line:
14107
14108@example
14109RereadLogAfterVerify=always
14110@end example
14111
14112
14113
14114@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14115@node loginfo
14116@appendixsubsec Loginfo
14117@cindex loginfo (admin file)
14118@cindex logging, commits
14119@cindex Storing log messages
14120@cindex Mailing log messages
14121@cindex Distributing log messages
14122@cindex Log messages
14123
14124The @file{loginfo} file is used to control where log information is sent after
14125versioned changes are made to repository archive files and after directories
14126are added ot the repository.  @ref{posttag} for how to log tagging
14127information and @ref{postadmin} for how to log changes due to the @code{admin}
14128command.
14129
14130The @file{loginfo} file has the standard form for script hooks
14131(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular expression followed by
14132a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT keywords.
14133
14134Any specified scripts are called:
14135
14136@table @code
14137@item commit
14138Once per directory, immediately after a successfully completing the commit of
14139all files within that directory.
14140@item import
14141Once per import, immediately after completion of all write operations.
14142@item add
14143Immediately after the successful @code{add} of a directory.
14144@end table
14145
14146Any script called via @file{loginfo} will be fed the log information on its
14147standard input.  Note that the filter program @strong{must} read @strong{all}
14148of the log information from its standard input or @sc{cvs} may fail with a
14149broken pipe signal.
14150
14151@cindex format strings, loginfo admin file
14152In addition to the common format strings (@pxref{syntax}),
14153@file{loginfo} supports:
14154
14155@table @t
14156@item @{stVv@}
14157File attributes, where:
14158@table @t
14159@item s
14160file name
14161@item T
14162tag name of destination, or the empty string when there is no associated
14163tag name (this usually means the trunk)
14164@item V
14165old version number (pre-checkin)
14166@item v
14167new version number (post-checkin)
14168@end table
14169@end table
14170
14171For example, some valid format strings are @samp{%%},
14172@samp{%s}, @samp{%@{s@}}, and @samp{%@{stVv@}}.
14173
14174@cindex loginfo (admin file), updating legacy repositories
14175@cindex compatibility notes, loginfo admin file
14176Currently, if @samp{UseNewInfoFmtStrings} is not set in the @file{config}
14177administration file (@pxref{config}), the format strings will be substituted
14178as they were in past versions of @sc{cvs}, but this feature is deprecated.
14179It is simply in place so that legacy repositories will remain compatible with
14180the new @sc{cvs} application.  For information on updating,
14181please see @ref{Updating Commit Files}.
14182
14183As an example, if @samp{/u/src/master/yoyodyne/tc} is the repository, @samp{%p}
14184and @samp{%@{sVv@}} are the format strings, and three files (@t{ChangeLog},
14185@t{Makefile}, @t{foo.c}) were modified, the output might be:
14186
14187@example
14188yoyodyne/tc ChangeLog 1.1 1.2 Makefile 1.3 1.4 foo.c 1.12 1.13
14189@end example
14190
14191Note: when @sc{cvs} is accessing a remote repository,
14192@file{loginfo} will be run on the @emph{remote}
14193(i.e., server) side, not the client side (@pxref{Remote
14194repositories}).
14195
14196@menu
14197* loginfo example::                          Loginfo example
14198* Keeping a checked out copy::               Updating a tree on every checkin
14199@end menu
14200
14201@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14202@node loginfo example
14203@appendixsubsubsec Loginfo example
14204
14205The following @file{loginfo} file, together with the
14206tiny shell-script below, appends all log messages
14207to the file @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog},
14208and any commits to the administrative files (inside
14209the @file{CVSROOT} directory) are also logged in
14210@file{/usr/adm/cvsroot-log}.
14211Commits to the @file{prog1} directory are mailed to @t{ceder}.
14212
14213@c FIXME: is it a CVS feature or bug that only the
14214@c first matching line is used?  It is documented
14215@c above, but is it useful?  For example, if we wanted
14216@c to run both "cvs-log" and "Mail" for the CVSROOT
14217@c directory, it is kind of awkward if
14218@c only the first matching line is used.
14219@example
14220ALL                     /usr/local/bin/cvs-log $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog $USER
14221^CVSROOT\(/\|$\)        /usr/local/bin/cvs-log /usr/adm/cvsroot-log $USER
14222^prog1\(/\|$\)          Mail -s "%p %s" ceder
14223@end example
14224
14225The shell-script @file{/usr/local/bin/cvs-log} looks
14226like this:
14227
14228@example
14229#!/bin/sh
14230(echo "------------------------------------------------------";
14231 echo -n "$2  ";
14232 date;
14233 echo;
14234 cat) >> $1
14235@end example
14236
14237
14238
14239@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14240@node Keeping a checked out copy
14241@appendixsubsubsec Keeping a checked out copy
14242
14243@c What other index entries?  It seems like
14244@c people might want to use a lot of different
14245@c words for this functionality.
14246@cindex Keeping a checked out copy
14247@cindex Checked out copy, keeping
14248@cindex Web pages, maintaining with CVS
14249
14250It is often useful to maintain a directory tree which
14251contains files which correspond to the latest version
14252in the repository.  For example, other developers might
14253want to refer to the latest sources without having to
14254check them out, or you might be maintaining a web site
14255with @sc{cvs} and want every checkin to cause the files
14256used by the web server to be updated.
14257@c Can we offer more details on the web example?  Or
14258@c point the user at how to figure it out?  This text
14259@c strikes me as sufficient for someone who already has
14260@c some idea of what we mean but not enough for the naive
14261@c user/sysadmin to understand it and set it up.
14262
14263The way to do this is by having loginfo invoke
14264@code{cvs update}.  Doing so in the naive way will
14265cause a problem with locks, so the @code{cvs update}
14266must be run in the background.
14267@c Should we try to describe the problem with locks?
14268@c It seems like a digression for someone who just
14269@c wants to know how to make it work.
14270@c Another choice which might work for a single file
14271@c is to use "cvs -n update -p" which doesn't take
14272@c out locks (I think) but I don't see many advantages
14273@c of that and we might as well document something which
14274@c works for multiple files.
14275Here is an example for unix (this should all be on one line):
14276
14277@example
14278^cyclic-pages\(/\|$\)	(date; cat; (sleep 2; cd /u/www/local-docs;
14279 cvs -q update -d) &) >> $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/updatelog 2>&1
14280@end example
14281
14282This will cause checkins to repository directory @code{cyclic-pages}
14283and its subdirectories to update the checked
14284out tree in @file{/u/www/local-docs}.
14285@c More info on some of the details?  The "sleep 2" is
14286@c so if we are lucky the lock will be gone by the time
14287@c we start and we can wait 2 seconds instead of 30.
14288
14289
14290
14291@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14292@node postadmin
14293@appendixsubsec Logging admin commands
14294@cindex postadmin (admin file)
14295@cindex script hook, postadmin
14296@cindex Admin commands, logging
14297
14298The @file{postadmin} file defines programs to execute after an @code{admin}
14299command modifies files.  The @file{postadmin} file has the standard form
14300for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular
14301expression followed by a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT
14302keywords.
14303
14304@cindex format strings, postadmin admin file
14305The @file{postadmin} file supports no format strings other than the common
14306ones (@pxref{syntax}),
14307
14308
14309
14310@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14311@node taginfo
14312@appendixsubsec Taginfo
14313@cindex taginfo (admin file)
14314@cindex script hook, taginfo
14315@cindex Tags, logging
14316@cindex Tags, verifying
14317The @file{taginfo} file defines programs to execute
14318when someone executes a @code{tag} or @code{rtag}
14319command.  The @file{taginfo} file has the standard form
14320for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line
14321is a regular expression followed by a command to execute.
14322It supports the ALL and DEFAULT keywords.
14323
14324@cindex format strings, taginfo admin file
14325In addition to the common format strings (@pxref{syntax}),
14326@file{taginfo} supports:
14327
14328@table @t
14329@item b
14330tag type (@code{T} for branch, @code{N} for not-branch, or @code{?} for
14331unknown, as during delete operations)
14332@item o
14333operation (@code{add} for @code{tag}, @code{mov} for @code{tag -F}, or
14334@code{del} for @code{tag -d})
14335@item t
14336new tag name
14337@item @{sTVv@}
14338file attributes, where:
14339@table @t
14340@item s
14341file name
14342@item T
14343tag name of destination, or the empty string when there is no associated
14344tag name (this usually means the trunk)
14345@item V
14346old version number (for a move or delete operation)
14347@item v
14348new version number (for an add or move operation)
14349@end table
14350@end table
14351
14352For example, some valid format strings are @samp{%%}, @samp{%p}, @samp{%t},
14353@samp{%s}, @samp{%@{s@}}, and @samp{%@{sVv@}}.
14354
14355@cindex taginfo (admin file), updating legacy repositories
14356@cindex compatibility notes, taginfo admin file
14357Currently, if no format strings are specified, a default
14358string of @samp{ %t %o %p %@{sv@}} will be appended to the command
14359line template before replacement is performed, but this
14360feature is deprecated.  It is simply in place so that legacy
14361repositories will remain compatible with the new @sc{cvs} application.
14362For information on updating, @pxref{Updating Commit Files}.
14363
14364@cindex Exit status, of taginfo admin file
14365@cindex taginfo (admin file), exit status
14366A non-zero exit of the filter program will cause the tag to be
14367aborted.
14368
14369Here is an example of using @file{taginfo} to log @code{tag} and @code{rtag}
14370commands.  In the @file{taginfo} file put:
14371
14372@example
14373ALL /usr/local/cvsroot/CVSROOT/loggit %t %b %o %p %@{sVv@}
14374@end example
14375
14376@noindent
14377Where @file{/usr/local/cvsroot/CVSROOT/loggit} contains the
14378following script:
14379
14380@example
14381#!/bin/sh
14382echo "$@@" >>/home/kingdon/cvsroot/CVSROOT/taglog
14383@end example
14384
14385
14386
14387@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14388@node posttag
14389@appendixsubsec Logging tags
14390@cindex posttag (admin file)
14391@cindex script hook, posttag
14392@cindex Tags, logging
14393
14394The @file{posttag} file defines programs to execute after a @code{tag} or
14395@code{rtag} command modifies files.  The @file{posttag} file has the standard
14396form for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular
14397expression followed by a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT
14398keywords.
14399
14400@cindex format strings, posttag admin file
14401The @file{posttag} admin file supports the same format strings as the
14402@file{taginfo} file (@pxref{taginfo}),
14403
14404
14405
14406@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14407@node postwatch
14408@appendixsubsec Logging watch commands
14409@cindex postwatch (admin file)
14410@cindex script hook, postwatch
14411@cindex Watch family of commands, logging
14412
14413The @file{postwatch} file defines programs to execute after any command (for
14414instance, @code{watch}, @code{edit}, @code{unedit}, or @code{commit}) modifies
14415any @file{CVS/fileattr} file in the repository (@pxref{Watches}).  The
14416@file{postwatch} file has the standard form for script hooks
14417(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular expression followed by
14418a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT keywords.
14419
14420@cindex format strings, postwatch admin file
14421The @file{postwatch} file supports no format strings other than the common
14422ones (@pxref{syntax}), but it is worth noting that the @code{%c} format string
14423may not be replaced as you might expect.  Client runs of @code{edit} and
14424@code{unedit} can sometimes skip contacting the @sc{cvs} server and cache the
14425notification of the file attribute change to be sent the next time the client
14426contacts the server for whatever other reason,
14427
14428
14429
14430@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14431@node preproxy
14432@appendixsubsec Launch a Script before Proxying
14433@cindex preproxy (admin file)
14434@cindex script hook, preproxy
14435@cindex Write proxy, verifying
14436@cindex Write proxy, logging
14437
14438The @file{preproxy} file defines programs to execute after a secondary
14439server receives a write request from a client, just before it starts up the
14440primary server and becomes a write proxy.  This hook could be used to
14441dial a modem, launch an SSH tunnel, establish a VPN, or anything else that
14442might be necessary to do before contacting the primary server.
14443
14444@file{preproxy} scripts are called once, at the time of the write request, with
14445the repository argument (if requested) set from the topmost directory sent by
14446the client.
14447
14448The @file{preproxy} file has the standard form
14449for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular
14450expression followed by a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT
14451keywords.
14452
14453@cindex format strings, preproxy admin file
14454In addition to the common format strings, the @file{preproxy} file supports the
14455following format string:
14456
14457@table @t
14458@item P
14459the CVSROOT string which specifies the primary server
14460@end table
14461
14462
14463
14464@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14465@node postproxy
14466@appendixsubsec Launch a Script after Proxying
14467@cindex postproxy (admin file)
14468@cindex script hook, postproxy
14469@cindex Write proxy, logging
14470@cindex Write proxy, pull updates
14471@cindex secondary server, pull updates
14472
14473The @file{postproxy} file defines programs to execute after a secondary
14474server notes that the connection to the primary server has shut down and before
14475it releases the client by shutting down the connection to the client.
14476This could hook could be used to
14477disconnect a modem, an SSH tunnel, a VPN, or anything else that
14478might be necessary to do after contacting the primary server.  This hook should
14479also be used to pull updates from the primary server before allowing the client
14480which did the write to disconnect since otherwise the client's next read
14481request may generate error messages and fail upon encountering an out of date
14482repository on the secondary server.
14483
14484@file{postproxy} scripts are called once per directory.
14485
14486The @file{postproxy} file has the standard form
14487for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular
14488expression followed by a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT
14489keywords.
14490
14491@cindex format strings, postproxy admin file
14492In addition to the common format strings, the @file{postproxy} file supports
14493the following format string:
14494
14495@table @t
14496@item P
14497the CVSROOT string which specifies the primary server
14498@end table
14499
14500
14501
14502@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14503@node rcsinfo
14504@appendixsec Rcsinfo
14505@cindex rcsinfo (admin file)
14506@cindex Form for log message
14507@cindex Log message template
14508@cindex Template for log message
14509@cindex logging, commits
14510
14511The @file{rcsinfo} file can be used to specify a form to
14512edit when filling out the commit log.  The
14513@file{rcsinfo} file has a syntax similar to the
14514@file{verifymsg}, @file{commitinfo} and @file{loginfo}
14515files.  @xref{syntax}.  Unlike the other files the second
14516part is @emph{not} a command-line template.  Instead,
14517the part after the regular expression should be a full pathname to
14518a file containing the log message template.
14519
14520If the repository name does not match any of the
14521regular expressions in this file, the @samp{DEFAULT}
14522line is used, if it is specified.
14523
14524All occurrences of the name @samp{ALL} appearing as a
14525regular expression are used in addition to the first
14526matching regular expression or @samp{DEFAULT}.
14527
14528@c FIXME: should be offering advice, somewhere around
14529@c here, about where to put the template file.  The
14530@c verifymsg example uses /usr/cvssupport but doesn't
14531@c say anything about what that directory is for or
14532@c whether it is hardwired into CVS or who creates
14533@c it or anything.  In particular we should say
14534@c how to version control the template file.  A
14535@c probably better answer than the /usr/cvssupport
14536@c stuff is to use checkoutlist (with xref to the
14537@c checkoutlist doc).
14538@c Also I am starting to see a connection between
14539@c this and the Keeping a checked out copy node.
14540@c Probably want to say something about that.
14541The log message template will be used as a default log
14542message.  If you specify a log message with @samp{cvs
14543commit -m @var{message}} or @samp{cvs commit -f
14544@var{file}} that log message will override the
14545template.
14546
14547@xref{verifymsg}, for an example @file{rcsinfo}
14548file.
14549
14550When @sc{cvs} is accessing a remote repository,
14551the contents of @file{rcsinfo} at the time a directory
14552is first checked out will specify a template. This
14553template will be updated on all @samp{cvs update}
14554commands. It will also be added to new directories
14555added with a @samp{cvs add new-directory} command.
14556In versions of @sc{cvs} prior to version 1.12, the
14557@file{CVS/Template} file was not updated. If the
14558@sc{cvs} server is at version 1.12 or higher an older
14559client may be used and the @file{CVS/Template} will
14560be updated from the server.
14561
14562@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14563@node cvsignore
14564@appendixsec Ignoring files via cvsignore
14565@cindex cvsignore (admin file), global
14566@cindex Global cvsignore
14567@cindex Ignoring files
14568@c -- This chapter should maybe be moved to the
14569@c tutorial part of the manual?
14570
14571There are certain file names that frequently occur
14572inside your working copy, but that you don't want to
14573put under @sc{cvs} control.  Examples are all the object
14574files that you get while you compile your sources.
14575Normally, when you run @samp{cvs update}, it prints a
14576line for each file it encounters that it doesn't know
14577about (@pxref{update output}).
14578
14579@sc{cvs} has a list of files (or sh(1) file name patterns)
14580that it should ignore while running @code{update},
14581@code{import} and @code{release}.
14582@c -- Are those the only three commands affected?
14583This list is constructed in the following way.
14584
14585@itemize @bullet
14586@item
14587The list is initialized to include certain file name
14588patterns: names associated with @sc{cvs}
14589administration, or with other common source control
14590systems; common names for patch files, object files,
14591archive files, and editor backup files; and other names
14592that are usually artifacts of assorted utilities.
14593Currently, the default list of ignored file name
14594patterns is:
14595
14596@cindex Ignored files
14597@cindex Automatically ignored files
14598@example
14599    RCS     SCCS    CVS     CVS.adm
14600    RCSLOG  cvslog.*
14601    tags    TAGS
14602    .make.state     .nse_depinfo
14603    *~      #*      .#*     ,*      _$*     *$
14604    *.old   *.bak   *.BAK   *.orig  *.rej   .del-*
14605    *.a     *.olb   *.o     *.obj   *.so    *.exe
14606    *.Z     *.elc   *.ln
14607    core
14608@end example
14609
14610@item
14611The per-repository list in
14612@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/cvsignore} is appended to
14613the list, if that file exists.
14614
14615@item
14616The per-user list in @file{.cvsignore} in your home
14617directory is appended to the list, if it exists.
14618
14619@item
14620Any entries in the environment variable
14621@code{$CVSIGNORE} is appended to the list.
14622
14623@item
14624Any @samp{-I} options given to @sc{cvs} is appended.
14625
14626@item
14627As @sc{cvs} traverses through your directories, the contents
14628of any @file{.cvsignore} will be appended to the list.
14629The patterns found in @file{.cvsignore} are only valid
14630for the directory that contains them, not for
14631any sub-directories.
14632@end itemize
14633
14634In any of the 5 places listed above, a single
14635exclamation mark (@samp{!}) clears the ignore list.
14636This can be used if you want to store any file which
14637normally is ignored by @sc{cvs}.
14638
14639Specifying @samp{-I !} to @code{cvs import} will import
14640everything, which is generally what you want to do if
14641you are importing files from a pristine distribution or
14642any other source which is known to not contain any
14643extraneous files.  However, looking at the rules above
14644you will see there is a fly in the ointment; if the
14645distribution contains any @file{.cvsignore} files, then
14646the patterns from those files will be processed even if
14647@samp{-I !} is specified.  The only workaround is to
14648remove the @file{.cvsignore} files in order to do the
14649import.  Because this is awkward, in the future
14650@samp{-I !} might be modified to override
14651@file{.cvsignore} files in each directory.
14652
14653Note that the syntax of the ignore files consists of a
14654series of lines, each of which contains a space
14655separated list of filenames.  This offers no clean way
14656to specify filenames which contain spaces, but you can
14657use a workaround like @file{foo?bar} to match a file
14658named @file{foo bar} (it also matches @file{fooxbar}
14659and the like).  Also note that there is currently no
14660way to specify comments.
14661@c FIXCVS?  I don't _like_ this syntax at all, but
14662@c changing it raises all the usual compatibility
14663@c issues and I'm also not sure what to change it to.
14664
14665@node checkoutlist
14666@appendixsec The checkoutlist file
14667@cindex checkoutlist
14668
14669It may be helpful to use @sc{cvs} to maintain your own
14670files in the @file{CVSROOT} directory.  For example,
14671suppose that you have a script @file{logcommit.pl}
14672which you run by including the following line in the
14673@file{commitinfo} administrative file:
14674
14675@example
14676ALL   $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/logcommit.pl %r/%p %s
14677@end example
14678
14679To maintain @file{logcommit.pl} with @sc{cvs} you would
14680add the following line to the @file{checkoutlist}
14681administrative file:
14682
14683@example
14684logcommit.pl
14685@end example
14686
14687The format of @file{checkoutlist} is one line for each
14688file that you want to maintain using @sc{cvs}, giving
14689the name of the file, followed optionally by more whitespace
14690and any error message that should print if the file cannot be
14691checked out into CVSROOT after a commit:
14692
14693@example
14694logcommit.pl	Could not update CVSROOT/logcommit.pl.
14695@end example
14696
14697After setting up @file{checkoutlist} in this fashion,
14698the files listed there will function just like
14699@sc{cvs}'s built-in administrative files.  For example,
14700when checking in one of the files you should get a
14701message such as:
14702
14703@example
14704cvs commit: Rebuilding administrative file database
14705@end example
14706
14707@noindent
14708and the checked out copy in the @file{CVSROOT}
14709directory should be updated.
14710
14711Note that listing @file{passwd} (@pxref{Password
14712authentication server}) in @file{checkoutlist} is not
14713recommended for security reasons.
14714
14715For information about keeping a checkout out copy in a
14716more general context than the one provided by
14717@file{checkoutlist}, see @ref{Keeping a checked out
14718copy}.
14719
14720@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14721@node history file
14722@appendixsec The history file
14723@cindex History file
14724@cindex Log information, saving
14725
14726By default, the file @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history} is used
14727to log information for the @code{history} command (@pxref{history}).
14728This file name may be changed with the @samp{HistoryLogPath} and
14729@samp{HistorySearchPath} config options (@pxref{config}).
14730
14731The file format of the @file{history} file is
14732documented only in comments in the @sc{cvs} source
14733code, but generally programs should use the @code{cvs
14734history} command to access it anyway, in case the
14735format changes with future releases of @sc{cvs}.
14736
14737@node Variables
14738@appendixsec Expansions in administrative files
14739@cindex Internal variables
14740@cindex Variables
14741
14742Sometimes in writing an administrative file, you might
14743want the file to be able to know various things based
14744on environment @sc{cvs} is running in.  There are
14745several mechanisms to do that.
14746
14747To find the home directory of the user running @sc{cvs}
14748(from the @code{HOME} environment variable), use
14749@samp{~} followed by @samp{/} or the end of the line.
14750Likewise for the home directory of @var{user}, use
14751@samp{~@var{user}}.  These variables are expanded on
14752the server machine, and don't get any reasonable
14753expansion if pserver (@pxref{Password authenticated})
14754is in use; therefore user variables (see below) may be
14755a better choice to customize behavior based on the user
14756running @sc{cvs}.
14757@c Based on these limitations, should we deprecate ~?
14758@c What is it good for?  Are people using it?
14759
14760One may want to know about various pieces of
14761information internal to @sc{cvs}.  A @sc{cvs} internal
14762variable has the syntax @code{$@{@var{variable}@}},
14763where @var{variable} starts with a letter and consists
14764of alphanumeric characters and @samp{_}.  If the
14765character following @var{variable} is a
14766non-alphanumeric character other than @samp{_}, the
14767@samp{@{} and @samp{@}} can be omitted.  The @sc{cvs}
14768internal variables are:
14769
14770@table @code
14771@item CVSROOT
14772@cindex CVSROOT, internal variable
14773This is the absolute path to the current @sc{cvs} root directory.
14774@xref{Repository}, for a description of the various
14775ways to specify this, but note that the internal
14776variable contains just the directory and not any
14777of the access method information.
14778
14779@item RCSBIN
14780@cindex RCSBIN, internal variable
14781In @sc{cvs} 1.9.18 and older, this specified the
14782directory where @sc{cvs} was looking for @sc{rcs}
14783programs.  Because @sc{cvs} no longer runs @sc{rcs}
14784programs, specifying this internal variable is now an
14785error.
14786
14787@item CVSEDITOR
14788@cindex CVSEDITOR, internal variable
14789@itemx EDITOR
14790@cindex EDITOR, internal variable
14791@itemx VISUAL
14792@cindex VISUAL, internal variable
14793These all expand to the same value, which is the editor
14794that @sc{cvs} is using.  @xref{Global options}, for how
14795to specify this.
14796
14797@item USER
14798@cindex USER, internal variable
14799Username of the user running @sc{cvs} (on the @sc{cvs}
14800server machine).
14801When using pserver, this is the user specified in the repository
14802specification which need not be the same as the username the
14803server is running as (@pxref{Password authentication server}).
14804Do not confuse this with the environment variable of the same name.
14805
14806@item SESSIONID
14807@cindex COMMITID, internal variable
14808Unique Session ID of the @sc{cvs} process. This is a
14809random string of printable characters of at least 16
14810characters length. Users should assume that it may
14811someday grow to at most 256 characters in length.
14812
14813@item COMMITID
14814@cindex COMMITID, internal variable
14815Unique Session ID of the @sc{cvs} process. This is a
14816random string of printable characters of at least 16
14817characters length. Users should assume that it may
14818someday grow to at most 256 characters in length.
14819@end table
14820
14821If you want to pass a value to the administrative files
14822which the user who is running @sc{cvs} can specify,
14823use a user variable.
14824@cindex User variables
14825To expand a user variable, the
14826administrative file contains
14827@code{$@{=@var{variable}@}}.  To set a user variable,
14828specify the global option @samp{-s} to @sc{cvs}, with
14829argument @code{@var{variable}=@var{value}}.  It may be
14830particularly useful to specify this option via
14831@file{.cvsrc} (@pxref{~/.cvsrc}).
14832
14833For example, if you want the administrative file to
14834refer to a test directory you might create a user
14835variable @code{TESTDIR}.  Then if @sc{cvs} is invoked
14836as
14837
14838@example
14839cvs -s TESTDIR=/work/local/tests
14840@end example
14841
14842@noindent
14843and the
14844administrative file contains @code{sh
14845$@{=TESTDIR@}/runtests}, then that string is expanded
14846to @code{sh /work/local/tests/runtests}.
14847
14848All other strings containing @samp{$} are reserved;
14849there is no way to quote a @samp{$} character so that
14850@samp{$} represents itself.
14851
14852Environment variables passed to administrative files are:
14853
14854@table @code
14855@cindex environment variables, passed to administrative files
14856
14857@item CVS_USER
14858@cindex CVS_USER, environment variable
14859The @sc{cvs}-specific username provided by the user, if it
14860can be provided (currently just for the pserver access
14861method), and to the empty string otherwise.  (@code{CVS_USER}
14862and @code{USER} may differ when @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd}
14863is used to map @sc{cvs} usernames to system usernames.)
14864
14865@item LOGNAME
14866@cindex LOGNAME, environment variable
14867The username of the system user.
14868
14869@item USER
14870@cindex USER, environment variable
14871Same as @code{LOGNAME}.
14872Do not confuse this with the internal variable of the same name.
14873@end table
14874
14875@node config
14876@appendixsec The CVSROOT/config configuration file
14877
14878@cindex configuration file
14879@cindex config, in CVSROOT
14880@cindex CVSROOT/config
14881
14882Usually, the @file{config} file is found at @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/config},
14883but this may be overridden on the @code{pserver} and @code{server} command
14884lines (@pxref{server & pserver}).
14885
14886The administrative file @file{config} contains various
14887miscellaneous settings which affect the behavior of
14888@sc{cvs}.  The syntax is slightly different from the
14889other administrative files.
14890
14891Leading white space on any line is ignored, though the syntax is very strict
14892and will reject spaces and tabs almost anywhere else.
14893
14894Empty lines, lines containing nothing but white space, and lines which start
14895with @samp{#} (discounting any leading white space) are ignored.
14896
14897@c FIXME: where do we define comments for the other
14898@c administrative files.
14899Other lines consist of the optional leading white space, a keyword, @samp{=},
14900and a value.  Please note again that this syntax is very strict.
14901Extraneous spaces or tabs, other than the leading white space, are not
14902permitted on these lines.
14903@c See comments in parseinfo.c:parse_config for more
14904@c discussion of this strictness.
14905
14906As of CVS 1.12.13, lines of the form @samp{[@var{CVSROOT}]} mark the subsequent
14907section of the config file as applying only to certain repositories.  Multiple
14908@samp{[@var{CVSROOT}]} lines without intervening
14909@samp{@var{KEYWORD}=@var{VALUE}} pairs cause processing to fall through,
14910processing subsequent keywords for any root in the list.  Finally, keywords
14911and values which appear before any @samp{[@var{CVSROOT}]} lines are defaults,
14912and may to apply to any repository.  For example, consider the following file:
14913
14914@example
14915# Defaults
14916LogHistory=TMAR
14917
14918[/cvsroots/team1]
14919  LockDir=/locks/team1
14920
14921[/cvsroots/team2]
14922  LockDir=/locks/team2
14923
14924[/cvsroots/team3]
14925  LockDir=/locks/team3
14926
14927[/cvsroots/team4]
14928  LockDir=/locks/team4
14929
14930[/cvsroots/team3]
14931[/cvsroots/team4]
14932  # Override logged commands for teams 3 & 4.
14933  LogHistory=all
14934@end example
14935
14936This example file sets up separate lock directories for each project, as well
14937as a default set of logged commands overridden for the example's team 3 &
14938team 4. This syntax could be useful, for instance, if you wished to share a
14939single config file, for instance @file{/etc/cvs.conf}, among several
14940repositories.
14941
14942Currently defined keywords are:
14943
14944@table @code
14945@cindex HistoryLogPath, in CVSROOT/config
14946@item HistorySearchPath=@var{pattern}
14947Request that @sc{cvs} look for its history information in files matching
14948@var{pattern}, which is a standard UNIX file glob.  If @var{pattern} matches
14949multiple files, all will be searched in lexicographically sorted order.
14950@xref{history}, and @ref{history file}, for more.
14951
14952If no value is supplied for this option, it defaults to
14953@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history}.
14954
14955@cindex HistorySearchPath, in CVSROOT/config
14956@item HistoryLogPath=@var{path}
14957Control where @sc{cvs} logs its history.  If the file does not exist, @sc{cvs}
14958will attempt to create it.  Format strings, as available to the GNU C
14959@code{strftime} function and often the UNIX date command, and the string
14960@var{$CVSROOT} will be substituted in this path.  For example, consider the
14961line:
14962
14963@example
14964HistoryLogPath=$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history/%Y-%m-%d
14965@end example
14966
14967This line would cause @sc{cvs} to attempt to create its history file in a
14968subdirectory (@file{history}) of the configuration directory (@file{CVSROOT})
14969with a name equal to the current date representation in the ISO8601 format (for
14970example, on May 11, 2005, @sc{cvs} would attempt to log its history under the
14971repository root directory in a file named @file{CVSROOT/history/2005-05-11}).
14972@xref{history}, and @ref{history file}, for more.
14973
14974If no value is supplied for this option, it defaults to
14975@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history}.
14976
14977@cindex ImportNewFilesToVendorBranchOnly, in CVSROOT/config
14978@cindex import, config admin file
14979@cindex config (admin file), import
14980@item ImportNewFilesToVendorBranchOnly=@var{value}
14981Specify whether @code{cvs import} should always behave as if the
14982@samp{-X} flag was specified on the command line.  
14983@var{value} may be either @samp{yes} or @samp{no}.  If set to @samp{yes},
14984all uses of @code{cvs import} on the repository will behave as if the
14985@samp{-X} flag was set.  The default value is @samp{no}.
14986
14987@cindex KeywordExpand, in CVSROOT/config
14988@item KeywordExpand=@var{value}
14989Specify @samp{i} followed by a list of keywords to be expanded
14990(for example, @samp{KeywordExpand=iMYCVS,Name,Date}),
14991or @samp{e} followed by a list of keywords not to be expanded
14992(for example, @samp{KeywordExpand=eCVSHeader}).
14993For more on keyword expansion, see @ref{Configuring keyword expansion}.
14994
14995@cindex LocalKeyword, in CVSROOT/config
14996@item LocalKeyword=@var{value}
14997Specify a local alias for a standard keyword.
14998For example, @samp{LocalKeyword=MYCVS=CVSHeader}.
14999For more on local keywords, see @ref{Keyword substitution}.
15000
15001@cindex LockDir, in CVSROOT/config
15002@item LockDir=@var{directory}
15003Put @sc{cvs} lock files in @var{directory} rather than
15004directly in the repository.  This is useful if you want
15005to let users read from the repository while giving them
15006write access only to @var{directory}, not to the
15007repository.
15008It can also be used to put the locks on a very fast
15009in-memory file system to speed up locking and unlocking
15010the repository.
15011You need to create @var{directory}, but
15012@sc{cvs} will create subdirectories of @var{directory} as it
15013needs them.  For information on @sc{cvs} locks, see
15014@ref{Concurrency}.
15015
15016@c Mention this in Compatibility section?
15017Before enabling the LockDir option, make sure that you
15018have tracked down and removed any copies of @sc{cvs} 1.9 or
15019older.  Such versions neither support LockDir, nor will
15020give an error indicating that they don't support it.
15021The result, if this is allowed to happen, is that some
15022@sc{cvs} users will put the locks one place, and others will
15023put them another place, and therefore the repository
15024could become corrupted.  @sc{cvs} 1.10 does not support
15025LockDir but it will print a warning if run on a
15026repository with LockDir enabled.
15027
15028@cindex LogHistory, in CVSROOT/config
15029@item LogHistory=@var{value}
15030Control what is logged to the @file{CVSROOT/history} file (@pxref{history}).
15031Default of @samp{TOEFWUPCGMAR} (or simply @samp{all}) will log
15032all transactions.  Any subset of the default is
15033legal.  (For example, to only log transactions that modify the
15034@file{*,v} files, use @samp{LogHistory=TMAR}.)  To disable history logging
15035completely, use @samp{LogHistory=}.
15036
15037@cindex MaxCommentLeaderLength, in CVSROOT/config
15038@cindex Log keyword, configuring substitution behavior
15039@item MaxCommentLeaderLength=@var{length}
15040Set to some length, in bytes, where a trailing @samp{k}, @samp{M}, @samp{G},
15041or @samp{T} causes the preceding nubmer to be interpreted as kilobytes,
15042megabytes, gigabytes, or terrabytes, respectively, will cause
15043@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keywords (@pxref{Keyword substitution}), with
15044more than @var{length} bytes preceding it on a line to be ignored (or to fall
15045back on the comment leader set in the RCS archive file - see
15046@code{UseArchiveCommentLeader} below).  Defaults to 20 bytes to allow checkouts
15047to proceed normally when they include binary files containing
15048@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keywords and which users have neglected to mark
15049as binary.
15050
15051@cindex MinCompressionLevel, in CVSROOT/config
15052@cindex MaxCompressionLevel, in CVSROOT/config
15053@cindex Compression levels, restricting on server
15054@item MinCompressionLevel=@var{value}
15055@itemx MaxCompressionLevel=@var{value}
15056Restricts the level of compression used by the @sc{cvs} server to a @var{value}
15057between 0 and 9.  @var{value}s 1 through 9 are the same @sc{zlib} compression
15058levels accepted by the @samp{-z} option (@pxref{Global options}), and 0 means
15059no compression.  When one or both of these keys are set and a client requests a
15060level outside the specified range, the server will simply use the closest
15061permissable level.  Clients will continue compressing at the level requested by
15062the user.
15063
15064The exception is when level 0 (no compression) is not available and the client
15065fails to request any compression.  The @sc{cvs} server will then exit with an
15066error message when it becomes apparent that the client is not going to request
15067compression.  This will not happen with clients version 1.12.13 and later since
15068these client versions allow the server to notify them that they must request
15069some level of compression.
15070
15071@ignore
15072@cindex PreservePermissions, in CVSROOT/config
15073@item PreservePermissions=@var{value}
15074Enable support for saving special device files,
15075symbolic links, file permissions and ownerships in the
15076repository.  The default value is @samp{no}.
15077@xref{Special Files}, for the full implications of using
15078this keyword.
15079@end ignore
15080
15081@cindex PrimaryServer, in CVSROOT/config
15082@cindex Primary server
15083@cindex Secondary server
15084@cindex proxy, write
15085@cindex write proxy
15086@item PrimaryServer=@var{CVSROOT}
15087When specified, and the repository specified by @var{CVSROOT} is not the one
15088currently being accessed, then the server will turn itself into a transparent
15089proxy to @var{CVSROOT} for write requests.  The @var{hostname} configured as
15090part of @var{CVSROOT} must resolve to the same string returned by the
15091@command{uname} command on the primary server for this to work.  Host name
15092resolution is performed via some combination of @command{named}, a broken out
15093line from @file{/etc/hosts}, and the Network Information Service (NIS or YP),
15094depending on the configuration of the particular system.
15095
15096Only the @samp{:ext:} method is
15097currently supported for primaries (actually, @samp{:fork:} is supported as
15098well, but only for testing - if you find another use for accessing a primary
15099via the @samp{:fork:} method, please send a note to @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}
15100about it).  See @ref{Write proxies} for more on configuring and using write
15101proxies.
15102
15103@cindex RCSBIN, in CVSROOT/config
15104@item RCSBIN=@var{bindir}
15105For @sc{cvs} 1.9.12 through 1.9.18, this setting told
15106@sc{cvs} to look for @sc{rcs} programs in the
15107@var{bindir} directory.  Current versions of @sc{cvs}
15108do not run @sc{rcs} programs; for compatibility this
15109setting is accepted, but it does nothing.
15110
15111@cindex RereadLogAfterVerify, in CVSROOT/config
15112@cindex @file{verifymsg}, changing the log message
15113@item RereadLogAfterVerify=@var{value}
15114Modify the @samp{commit} command such that CVS will reread the
15115log message after running the program specified by @file{verifymsg}.
15116@var{value} may be one of @samp{yes} or @samp{always}, indicating that
15117the log message should always be reread; @samp{no}
15118or @samp{never}, indicating that it should never be
15119reread; or @var{value} may be @samp{stat}, indicating
15120that the file should be checked with the file system
15121@samp{stat()} function to see if it has changed (see warning below)
15122before rereading.  The default value is @samp{always}.
15123
15124@strong{Note: the `stat' mode can cause CVS to pause for up to
15125one extra second per directory committed.  This can be less IO and
15126CPU intensive but is not recommended for use with large repositories}
15127
15128@xref{verifymsg}, for more information on how verifymsg
15129may be used.
15130
15131@cindex SystemAuth, in CVSROOT/config
15132@item SystemAuth=@var{value}
15133If @var{value} is @samp{yes}, then pserver should check
15134for users in the system's user database if not found in
15135@file{CVSROOT/passwd}.  If it is @samp{no}, then all
15136pserver users must exist in @file{CVSROOT/passwd}.
15137The default is @samp{yes}.  For more on pserver, see
15138@ref{Password authenticated}.
15139
15140@cindex TmpDir, in config
15141@cindex temporary files, location of
15142@cindex temporary directory, set in config
15143@item TmpDir=@var{path}
15144Specify @var{path} as the directory to create temporary files in.
15145@xref{Global options}, for more on setting the path to the temporary
15146directory.  This option first appeared with @sc{cvs} release 1.12.13.
15147
15148@cindex TopLevelAdmin, in CVSROOT/config
15149@item TopLevelAdmin=@var{value}
15150Modify the @samp{checkout} command to create a
15151@samp{CVS} directory at the top level of the new
15152working directory, in addition to @samp{CVS}
15153directories created within checked-out directories.
15154The default value is @samp{no}.
15155
15156This option is useful if you find yourself performing
15157many commands at the top level of your working
15158directory, rather than in one of the checked out
15159subdirectories.  The @file{CVS} directory created there
15160will mean you don't have to specify @code{CVSROOT} for
15161each command.  It also provides a place for the
15162@file{CVS/Template} file (@pxref{Working directory
15163storage}).
15164
15165@cindex UseArchiveCommentLeader, in CVSROOT/config
15166@cindex Log keyword, configuring substitution behavior
15167@item UseArchiveCommentLeader=@var{value}
15168Set to @code{true}, if the text preceding a @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$}
15169keyword is found to exceed @code{MaxCommentLeaderLength} (above) bytes, then
15170the comment leader set in the RCS archive file (@pxref{admin}), if any, will
15171be used instead.  If there is no comment leader set in the archive file or
15172@var{value} is set to @samp{false}, then the keyword will not be expanded
15173(@pxref{Keyword list}).  To force the comment leader in the RCS archive file to
15174be used exclusively (and @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} expansion skipped in
15175files where the comment leader has not been set in the archive file), set
15176@var{value} and set @code{MaxCommentLeaderLength} to @code{0}.
15177
15178@cindex UseNewInfoFmtStrings, in CVSROOT/config
15179@cindex format strings, config admin file
15180@cindex config (admin file), updating legacy repositories
15181@cindex compatibility notes, config admin file
15182@item UseNewInfoFmtStrings=@var{value}
15183Specify whether @sc{cvs} should support the new or old command line
15184template model for the commit support files (@pxref{commit files}).
15185This configuration variable began life in deprecation and is only here
15186in order to give people time to update legacy repositories to use the new
15187format string syntax before support for the old syntax is removed.  For
15188information on updating your repository to support the new model,
15189please see @ref{Updating Commit Files}.
15190
15191@emph{Note that new repositories (created with the @code{cvs init} command)
15192will have this value set to @samp{yes}, but the default value is @samp{no}.}
15193
15194@cindex UserAdminOptions, in CVSROOT/config
15195@item UserAdminOptions=@var{value}
15196Control what options will be allowed with the @code{cvs admin}
15197command (@pxref{admin}) for users not in the @code{cvsadmin} group.
15198The @var{value} string is a list of single character options
15199which should be allowed.  If a user who is not a member of the
15200@code{cvsadmin} group tries to execute any @code{cvs admin}
15201option which is not listed they will will receive an error message
15202reporting that the option is restricted.
15203
15204If no @code{cvsadmin} group exists on the server, @sc{cvs} will
15205ignore the @code{UserAdminOptions} keyword (@pxref{admin}).
15206
15207When not specified, @code{UserAdminOptions} defaults to
15208@samp{k}.  In other words, it defaults to allowing
15209users outside of the @code{cvsadmin} group to use the
15210@code{cvs admin} command only to change the default keyword
15211expansion mode for files.
15212
15213As an example, to restrict users not in the @code{cvsadmin}
15214group to using @code{cvs admin} to change the default keyword
15215substitution mode, lock revisions, unlock revisions, and
15216replace the log message, use @samp{UserAdminOptions=klum}.
15217@end table
15218
15219
15220
15221@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15222@node Environment variables
15223@appendix All environment variables which affect CVS
15224@cindex Environment variables
15225@cindex Reference manual for variables
15226
15227This is a complete list of all environment variables
15228that affect @sc{cvs} (Windows users, please bear with this list;
15229$VAR is equivalent to %VAR% at the Windows command prompt).
15230
15231@table @code
15232@cindex CVSIGNORE, environment variable
15233@item $CVSIGNORE
15234A whitespace-separated list of file name patterns that
15235@sc{cvs} should ignore. @xref{cvsignore}.
15236
15237@cindex CVSWRAPPERS, environment variable
15238@item $CVSWRAPPERS
15239A whitespace-separated list of file name patterns that
15240@sc{cvs} should treat as wrappers. @xref{Wrappers}.
15241
15242@cindex CVSREAD, environment variable
15243@cindex Read-only files, and CVSREAD
15244@item $CVSREAD
15245If this is set, @code{checkout} and @code{update} will
15246try hard to make the files in your working directory
15247read-only.  When this is not set, the default behavior
15248is to permit modification of your working files.
15249
15250@cindex CVSREADONLYFS, environment variable
15251@item $CVSREADONLYFS
15252Turns on read-only repository mode. This allows one to
15253check out from a read-only repository, such as within
15254an anoncvs server, or from a @sc{cd-rom} repository.
15255
15256It has the same effect as if the @samp{-R} command-line
15257option is used. This can also allow the use of
15258read-only NFS repositories.
15259
15260@item $CVSUMASK
15261Controls permissions of files in the repository.  See
15262@ref{File permissions}.
15263
15264@item $CVSROOT
15265Should contain the full pathname to the root of the @sc{cvs}
15266source repository (where the @sc{rcs} files are
15267kept).  This information must be available to @sc{cvs} for
15268most commands to execute; if @code{$CVSROOT} is not set,
15269or if you wish to override it for one invocation, you
15270can supply it on the command line: @samp{cvs -d cvsroot
15271cvs_command@dots{}} Once you have checked out a working
15272directory, @sc{cvs} stores the appropriate root (in
15273the file @file{CVS/Root}), so normally you only need to
15274worry about this when initially checking out a working
15275directory.
15276
15277@item $CVSEDITOR
15278@cindex CVSEDITOR, environment variable
15279@itemx $EDITOR
15280@cindex EDITOR, environment variable
15281@itemx $VISUAL
15282@cindex VISUAL, environment variable
15283Specifies the program to use for recording log messages
15284during commit.  @code{$CVSEDITOR} overrides
15285@code{$EDITOR}, which overrides @code{$VISUAL}.
15286See @ref{Committing your changes} for more or
15287@ref{Global options} for alternative ways of specifying a
15288log editor.
15289
15290@cindex PATH, environment variable
15291@item $PATH
15292If @code{$RCSBIN} is not set, and no path is compiled
15293into @sc{cvs}, it will use @code{$PATH} to try to find all
15294programs it uses.
15295
15296@cindex HOME, environment variable
15297@item $HOME
15298@cindex HOMEPATH, environment variable
15299@item $HOMEPATH
15300@cindex HOMEDRIVE, environment variable
15301@item $HOMEDRIVE
15302Used to locate the directory where the @file{.cvsrc}
15303file, and other such files, are searched.  On Unix, @sc{cvs}
15304just checks for @code{HOME}.  On Windows NT, the system will
15305set @code{HOMEDRIVE}, for example to @samp{d:} and @code{HOMEPATH},
15306for example to @file{\joe}.  On Windows 95, you'll
15307probably need to set @code{HOMEDRIVE} and @code{HOMEPATH} yourself.
15308@c We are being vague about whether HOME works on
15309@c Windows; see long comment in windows-NT/filesubr.c.
15310
15311@cindex CVS_RSH, environment variable
15312@item $CVS_RSH
15313Specifies the external program which @sc{cvs} connects with,
15314when @code{:ext:} access method is specified.
15315@pxref{Connecting via rsh}.
15316
15317@item $CVS_SERVER
15318Used in client-server mode when accessing a remote
15319repository using @sc{rsh}.  It specifies the name of
15320the program to start on the server side (and any
15321necessary arguments) when accessing a remote repository
15322using the @code{:ext:}, @code{:fork:}, or @code{:server:} access methods.
15323The default value for @code{:ext:} and @code{:server:} is @code{cvs};
15324the default value for @code{:fork:} is the name used to run the client.
15325@pxref{Connecting via rsh}
15326
15327@item $CVS_PASSFILE
15328Used in client-server mode when accessing the @code{cvs
15329login server}.  Default value is @file{$HOME/.cvspass}.
15330@pxref{Password authentication client}
15331
15332@cindex CVS_CLIENT_PORT
15333@item $CVS_CLIENT_PORT
15334Used in client-server mode to set the port to use when accessing the server
15335via Kerberos, GSSAPI, or @sc{cvs}'s password authentication protocol
15336if the port is not specified in the CVSROOT.
15337@pxref{Remote repositories}
15338
15339@cindex CVS_PROXY_PORT
15340@item $CVS_PROXY_PORT
15341Used in client-server mode to set the port to use when accessing a server
15342via a web proxy, if the port is not specified in the CVSROOT.  Works with
15343GSSAPI, and the password authentication protocol.
15344@pxref{Remote repositories}
15345
15346@cindex CVS_RCMD_PORT, environment variable
15347@item $CVS_RCMD_PORT
15348Used in client-server mode.  If set, specifies the port
15349number to be used when accessing the @sc{rcmd} demon on
15350the server side. (Currently not used for Unix clients).
15351
15352@cindex CVS_CLIENT_LOG, environment variable
15353@item $CVS_CLIENT_LOG
15354Used for debugging only in client-server
15355mode.  If set, everything sent to the server is logged
15356into @file{@code{$CVS_CLIENT_LOG}.in} and everything
15357sent from the server is logged into
15358@file{@code{$CVS_CLIENT_LOG}.out}.
15359
15360@cindex CVS_SERVER_SLEEP, environment variable
15361@item $CVS_SERVER_SLEEP
15362Used only for debugging the server side in
15363client-server mode.  If set, delays the start of the
15364server child process the specified amount of
15365seconds so that you can attach to it with a debugger.
15366
15367@cindex CVS_IGNORE_REMOTE_ROOT, environment variable
15368@item $CVS_IGNORE_REMOTE_ROOT
15369For @sc{cvs} 1.10 and older, setting this variable
15370prevents @sc{cvs} from overwriting the @file{CVS/Root}
15371file when the @samp{-d} global option is specified.
15372Later versions of @sc{cvs} do not rewrite
15373@file{CVS/Root}, so @code{CVS_IGNORE_REMOTE_ROOT} has no
15374effect.
15375
15376@cindex CVS_LOCAL_BRANCH_NUM, environment variable
15377@item $CVS_LOCAL_BRANCH_NUM
15378Setting this variable allows some control over the
15379branch number that is assigned. This is specifically to
15380support the local commit feature of CVSup. If one sets
15381@code{CVS_LOCAL_BRANCH_NUM} to (say) 1000 then branches
15382the local repository, the revision numbers will look
15383like 1.66.1000.xx. There is almost a dead-set certainty
15384that there will be no conflicts with version numbers.
15385
15386@cindex COMSPEC, environment variable
15387@item $COMSPEC
15388Used under OS/2 only.  It specifies the name of the
15389command interpreter and defaults to @sc{cmd.exe}.
15390
15391@cindex TMPDIR, environment variable
15392@cindex temporary file directory, set via environment variable
15393@cindex temporary files, location of
15394@item $TMPDIR
15395Directory in which temporary files are located.
15396@xref{Global options}, for more on setting the temporary directory.
15397
15398@cindex CVS_PID, environment variable
15399@item $CVS_PID
15400This is the process identification (aka pid) number of
15401the @sc{cvs} process. It is often useful in the
15402programs and/or scripts specified by the
15403@file{commitinfo}, @file{verifymsg}, @file{loginfo}
15404files.
15405@end table
15406
15407@node Compatibility
15408@appendix Compatibility between CVS Versions
15409
15410@cindex CVS, versions of
15411@cindex Versions, of CVS
15412@cindex Compatibility, between CVS versions
15413@c We don't mention versions older than CVS 1.3
15414@c on the theory that it would clutter it up for the vast
15415@c majority of people, who don't have anything that old.
15416@c
15417The repository format is compatible going back to
15418@sc{cvs} 1.3.  But see @ref{Watches Compatibility}, if
15419you have copies of @sc{cvs} 1.6 or older and you want
15420to use the optional developer communication features.
15421@c If you "cvs rm" and commit using 1.3, then you'll
15422@c want to run "rcs -sdead <file,v>" on each of the
15423@c files in the Attic if you then want 1.5 and
15424@c later to recognize those files as dead (I think the
15425@c symptom if this is not done is that files reappear
15426@c in joins).  (Wait: the above will work but really to
15427@c be strictly correct we should suggest checking
15428@c in a new revision rather than just changing the
15429@c state of the head revision, shouldn't we?).
15430@c The old convert.sh script was for this, but it never
15431@c did get updated to reflect use of the RCS "dead"
15432@c state.
15433@c Note: this is tricky to document without confusing
15434@c people--need to carefully say what CVS version we
15435@c are talking about and keep in mind the distinction
15436@c between a
15437@c repository created with 1.3 and on which one now
15438@c uses 1.5+, and a repository on which one wants to
15439@c use both versions side by side (e.g. during a
15440@c transition period).
15441@c Wait, can't CVS just detect the case in which a file
15442@c is in the Attic but the head revision is not dead?
15443@c Not sure whether this should produce a warning or
15444@c something, and probably needs further thought, but
15445@c it would appear that the situation can be detected.
15446@c
15447@c We might want to separate out the 1.3 compatibility
15448@c section (for repository & working directory) from the
15449@c rest--that might help avoid confusing people who
15450@c are upgrading (for example) from 1.6 to 1.8.
15451@c
15452@c A minor incompatibility is if a current version of CVS
15453@c puts "Nfoo" into CVS/Tag, then CVS 1.9 or older will
15454@c see this as if there is no tag.  Seems to me this is
15455@c too obscure to mention.
15456
15457The working directory format is compatible going back
15458to @sc{cvs} 1.5.  It did change between @sc{cvs} 1.3
15459and @sc{cvs} 1.5.  If you run @sc{cvs} 1.5 or newer on
15460a working directory checked out with @sc{cvs} 1.3,
15461@sc{cvs} will convert it, but to go back to @sc{cvs}
154621.3 you need to check out a new working directory with
15463@sc{cvs} 1.3.
15464
15465The remote protocol is interoperable going back to @sc{cvs} 1.5, but no
15466further (1.5 was the first official release with the remote protocol,
15467but some older versions might still be floating around).  In many
15468cases you need to upgrade both the client and the server to take
15469advantage of new features and bug fixes, however.
15470
15471@c Perhaps should be saying something here about the
15472@c "D" lines in Entries (written by CVS 1.9; 1.8 and
15473@c older don't use them).  These are supposed to be
15474@c compatible in both directions, but I'm not sure
15475@c they quite are 100%.  One common gripe is if you
15476@c "rm -r" a directory and 1.9 gets confused, as it
15477@c still sees it in Entries.  That one is fixed in
15478@c (say) 1.9.6.  Someone else reported problems with
15479@c starting with a directory which was checked out with
15480@c an old version, and then using a new version, and
15481@c some "D" lines appeared, but not for every
15482@c directory, causing some directories to be skipped.
15483@c They weren't sure how to reproduce this, though.
15484
15485@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15486@node Troubleshooting
15487@appendix Troubleshooting
15488
15489If you are having trouble with @sc{cvs}, this appendix
15490may help.  If there is a particular error message which
15491you are seeing, then you can look up the message
15492alphabetically.  If not, you can look through the
15493section on other problems to see if your problem is
15494mentioned there.
15495
15496@menu
15497* Error messages::              Partial list of CVS errors
15498* Connection::                  Trouble making a connection to a CVS server
15499* Other problems::              Problems not readily listed by error message
15500@end menu
15501
15502@ignore
15503@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
15504@c @node Bad administrative files
15505@appendixsec Bad administrative files
15506
15507@c -- Give hints on how to fix them
15508@end ignore
15509
15510@node Error messages
15511@appendixsec Partial list of error messages
15512
15513Here is a partial list of error messages that you may
15514see from @sc{cvs}.  It is not a complete list---@sc{cvs}
15515is capable of printing many, many error messages, often
15516with parts of them supplied by the operating system,
15517but the intention is to list the common and/or
15518potentially confusing error messages.
15519
15520The messages are alphabetical, but introductory text
15521such as @samp{cvs update: } is not considered in
15522ordering them.
15523
15524In some cases the list includes messages printed by old
15525versions of @sc{cvs} (partly because users may not be
15526sure which version of @sc{cvs} they are using at any
15527particular moment).
15528@c If we want to start retiring messages, perhaps we
15529@c should pick a cutoff version (for example, no more
15530@c messages which are specific to versions before 1.9)
15531@c and then move the old messages to an "old messages"
15532@c node rather than deleting them completely.
15533
15534@table @code
15535@c FIXME: What is the correct way to format a multiline
15536@c error message here?  Maybe @table is the wrong
15537@c choice?  Texinfo gurus?
15538@item @var{file}:@var{line}: Assertion '@var{text}' failed
15539The exact format of this message may vary depending on
15540your system.  It indicates a bug in @sc{cvs}, which can
15541be handled as described in @ref{BUGS}.
15542
15543@item cvs @var{command}: authorization failed: server @var{host} rejected access
15544This is a generic response when trying to connect to a
15545pserver server which chooses not to provide a
15546specific reason for denying authorization.  Check that
15547the username and password specified are correct and
15548that the @code{CVSROOT} specified is allowed by @samp{--allow-root}
15549in @file{inetd.conf}.  See @ref{Password authenticated}.
15550
15551@item cvs @var{command}: conflict: removed @var{file} was modified by second party
15552This message indicates that you removed a file, and
15553someone else modified it.  To resolve the conflict,
15554first run @samp{cvs add @var{file}}.  If desired, look
15555at the other party's modification to decide whether you
15556still want to remove it.  If you don't want to remove
15557it, stop here.  If you do want to remove it, proceed
15558with @samp{cvs remove @var{file}} and commit your
15559removal.
15560@c Tests conflicts2-142b* in sanity.sh test for this.
15561
15562@item cannot change permissions on temporary directory
15563@example
15564Operation not permitted
15565@end example
15566This message has been happening in a non-reproducible,
15567occasional way when we run the client/server testsuite,
15568both on Red Hat Linux 3.0.3 and 4.1.  We haven't been
15569able to figure out what causes it, nor is it known
15570whether it is specific to Linux (or even to this
15571particular machine!).  If the problem does occur on
15572other unices, @samp{Operation not permitted} would be
15573likely to read @samp{Not owner} or whatever the system
15574in question uses for the unix @code{EPERM} error.  If
15575you have any information to add, please let us know as
15576described in @ref{BUGS}.  If you experience this error
15577while using @sc{cvs}, retrying the operation which
15578produced it should work fine.
15579@c This has been seen in a variety of tests, including
15580@c multibranch-2, multibranch-5, and basic1-24-rm-rm,
15581@c so it doesn't seem particularly specific to any one
15582@c test.
15583
15584@item cvs [server aborted]: Cannot check out files into the repository itself
15585The obvious cause for this message (especially for
15586non-client/server @sc{cvs}) is that the @sc{cvs} root
15587is, for example, @file{/usr/local/cvsroot} and you try
15588to check out files when you are in a subdirectory, such
15589as @file{/usr/local/cvsroot/test}.  However, there is a
15590more subtle cause, which is that the temporary
15591directory on the server is set to a subdirectory of the
15592root (which is also not allowed).  If this is the
15593problem, set the temporary directory to somewhere else,
15594for example @file{/var/tmp}; see @code{TMPDIR} in
15595@ref{Environment variables}, for how to set the
15596temporary directory.
15597
15598@item cannot commit files as 'root'
15599See @samp{'root' is not allowed to commit files}.
15600
15601@c For one example see basica-1a10 in the testsuite
15602@c For another example, "cvs co ." on NT; see comment
15603@c at windows-NT/filesubr.c (expand_wild).
15604@c For another example, "cvs co foo/bar" where foo exists.
15605@item cannot open CVS/Entries for reading: No such file or directory
15606This generally indicates a @sc{cvs} internal error, and
15607can be handled as with other @sc{cvs} bugs
15608(@pxref{BUGS}).  Usually there is a workaround---the
15609exact nature of which would depend on the situation but
15610which hopefully could be figured out.
15611
15612@c This is more obscure than it might sound; it only
15613@c happens if you run "cvs init" from a directory which
15614@c contains a CVS/Root file at the start.
15615@item cvs [init aborted]: cannot open CVS/Root: No such file or directory
15616This message is harmless.  Provided it is not
15617accompanied by other errors, the operation has
15618completed successfully.  This message should not occur
15619with current versions of @sc{cvs}, but it is documented
15620here for the benefit of @sc{cvs} 1.9 and older.
15621
15622@item cvs server: cannot open /root/.cvsignore: Permission denied
15623@itemx cvs [server aborted]: can't chdir(/root): Permission denied
15624See @ref{Connection}.
15625
15626@item cvs [checkout aborted]: cannot rename file @var{file} to CVS/,,@var{file}: Invalid argument
15627This message has been reported as intermittently
15628happening with @sc{cvs} 1.9 on Solaris 2.5.  The cause is
15629unknown; if you know more about what causes it, let us
15630know as described in @ref{BUGS}.
15631
15632@item cvs [@var{command} aborted]: cannot start server via rcmd
15633This, unfortunately, is a rather nonspecific error
15634message which @sc{cvs} 1.9 will print if you are
15635running the @sc{cvs} client and it is having trouble
15636connecting to the server.  Current versions of @sc{cvs}
15637should print a much more specific error message.  If
15638you get this message when you didn't mean to run the
15639client at all, you probably forgot to specify
15640@code{:local:}, as described in @ref{Repository}.
15641
15642@item ci: @var{file},v: bad diff output line: Binary files - and /tmp/T2a22651 differ
15643@sc{cvs} 1.9 and older will print this message
15644when trying to check in a binary file if
15645@sc{rcs} is not correctly installed.  Re-read the
15646instructions that came with your @sc{rcs} distribution
15647and the @sc{install} file in the @sc{cvs}
15648distribution.  Alternately, upgrade to a current
15649version of @sc{cvs}, which checks in files itself
15650rather than via @sc{rcs}.
15651
15652@item cvs checkout: could not check out @var{file}
15653With @sc{cvs} 1.9, this can mean that the @code{co} program
15654(part of @sc{rcs}) returned a failure.  It should be
15655preceded by another error message, however it has been
15656observed without another error message and the cause is
15657not well-understood.  With the current version of @sc{cvs},
15658which does not run @code{co}, if this message occurs
15659without another error message, it is definitely a @sc{cvs}
15660bug (@pxref{BUGS}).
15661@c My current suspicion is that the RCS in the rcs (not
15662@c cvs/winnt/rcs57nt.zip) directory on the _Practical_
15663@c CD is bad (remains to be confirmed).
15664@c There is also a report of something which looks
15665@c very similar on SGI, Irix 5.2, so I dunno.
15666
15667@item cvs [login aborted]: could not find out home directory
15668This means that you need to set the environment
15669variables that @sc{cvs} uses to locate your home directory.
15670See the discussion of @code{HOME}, @code{HOMEDRIVE}, and @code{HOMEPATH} in
15671@ref{Environment variables}.
15672
15673@item cvs update: could not merge revision @var{rev} of @var{file}: No such file or directory
15674@sc{cvs} 1.9 and older will print this message if there was
15675a problem finding the @code{rcsmerge} program.  Make
15676sure that it is in your @code{PATH}, or upgrade to a
15677current version of @sc{cvs}, which does not require
15678an external @code{rcsmerge} program.
15679
15680@item cvs [update aborted]: could not patch @var{file}: No such file or directory
15681This means that there was a problem finding the
15682@code{patch} program.  Make sure that it is in your
15683@code{PATH}.  Note that despite appearances the message
15684is @emph{not} referring to whether it can find @var{file}.
15685If both the client and the server are running a current
15686version of @sc{cvs}, then there is no need for an
15687external patch program and you should not see this
15688message.  But if either client or server is running
15689@sc{cvs} 1.9, then you need @code{patch}.
15690
15691@item cvs update: could not patch @var{file}; will refetch
15692This means that for whatever reason the client was
15693unable to apply a patch that the server sent.  The
15694message is nothing to be concerned about, because
15695inability to apply the patch only slows things down and
15696has no effect on what @sc{cvs} does.
15697@c xref to update output.  Or File status?
15698@c Or some place else that
15699@c explains this whole "patch"/P/Needs Patch thing?
15700
15701@item dying gasps from @var{server} unexpected
15702There is a known bug in the server for @sc{cvs} 1.9.18
15703and older which can cause this.  For me, this was
15704reproducible if I used the @samp{-t} global option.  It
15705was fixed by Andy Piper's 14 Nov 1997 change to
15706src/filesubr.c, if anyone is curious.
15707If you see the message,
15708you probably can just retry the operation which failed,
15709or if you have discovered information concerning its
15710cause, please let us know as described in @ref{BUGS}.
15711
15712@item end of file from server (consult above messages if any)
15713The most common cause for this message is if you are
15714using an external @code{rsh} program and it exited with
15715an error.  In this case the @code{rsh} program should
15716have printed a message, which will appear before the
15717above message.  For more information on setting up a
15718@sc{cvs} client and server, see @ref{Remote repositories}.
15719
15720@item cvs [update aborted]: EOF in key in RCS file @var{file},v
15721@itemx cvs [checkout aborted]: EOF while looking for end of string in RCS file @var{file},v
15722This means that there is a syntax error in the given
15723@sc{rcs} file.  Note that this might be true even if @sc{rcs} can
15724read the file OK; @sc{cvs} does more error checking of
15725errors in the RCS file.  That is why you may see this
15726message when upgrading from @sc{cvs} 1.9 to @sc{cvs}
157271.10.  The likely cause for the original corruption is
15728hardware, the operating system, or the like.  Of
15729course, if you find a case in which @sc{cvs} seems to
15730corrupting the file, by all means report it,
15731(@pxref{BUGS}).
15732There are quite a few variations of this error message,
15733depending on exactly where in the @sc{rcs} file @sc{cvs}
15734finds the syntax error.
15735
15736@cindex mkmodules
15737@item cvs commit: Executing 'mkmodules'
15738This means that your repository is set up for a version
15739of @sc{cvs} prior to @sc{cvs} 1.8.  When using @sc{cvs}
157401.8 or later, the above message will be preceded by
15741
15742@example
15743cvs commit: Rebuilding administrative file database
15744@end example
15745
15746If you see both messages, the database is being rebuilt
15747twice, which is unnecessary but harmless.  If you wish
15748to avoid the duplication, and you have no versions of
15749@sc{cvs} 1.7 or earlier in use, remove @code{-i mkmodules}
15750every place it appears in your @code{modules}
15751file.  For more information on the @code{modules} file,
15752see @ref{modules}.
15753
15754@c This message comes from "co", and I believe is
15755@c possible only with older versions of CVS which call
15756@c co.  The problem with being able to create the bogus
15757@c RCS file still exists, though (and I think maybe
15758@c there is a different symptom(s) now).
15759@c FIXME: Would be nice to have a more exact wording
15760@c for this message.
15761@item missing author
15762Typically this can happen if you created an RCS file
15763with your username set to empty.  @sc{cvs} will, bogusly,
15764create an illegal RCS file with no value for the author
15765field.  The solution is to make sure your username is
15766set to a non-empty value and re-create the RCS file.
15767@c "make sure your username is set" is complicated in
15768@c and of itself, as there are the environment
15769@c variables the system login name, &c, and it depends
15770@c on the version of CVS.
15771
15772@item cvs [checkout aborted]: no such tag @var{tag}
15773This message means that @sc{cvs} isn't familiar with
15774the tag @var{tag}.  Usually the root cause is that you have
15775mistyped a tag name.  Ocassionally this can also occur because the
15776users creating tags do not have permissions to write to the
15777@file{CVSROOT/val-tags} file (@pxref{File permissions}, for more).
15778
15779Prior to @sc{cvs} version 1.12.10, there were a few relatively
15780obscure cases where a given tag could be created in an archive
15781file in the repository but @sc{cvs} would require the user to
15782@c Search sanity.sh for "no such tag" to see some of
15783@c the relatively obscure cases.
15784try a few other @sc{cvs} commands involving that tag
15785until one was found whch caused @sc{cvs} to update
15786@cindex CVSROOT/val-tags file, forcing tags into
15787@cindex val-tags file, forcing tags into
15788the @file{val-tags} file, at which point the originally failing command
15789would begin to work.  This same method can be used to repair a @file{val-tags}
15790file that becomes out of date due to the permissions problem mentioned above.
15791This updating is only required once per tag - once a tag is listed in
15792@file{val-tags}, it stays there.
15793
15794Note that using @samp{tag -f} to not require tag matches did not and
15795does not override this check (@pxref{Common options}). 
15796 
15797@item *PANIC* administration files missing
15798This typically means that there is a directory named
15799@sc{cvs} but it does not contain the administrative files
15800which @sc{cvs} puts in a CVS directory.  If the problem is
15801that you created a CVS directory via some mechanism
15802other than @sc{cvs}, then the answer is simple, use a name
15803other than @sc{cvs}.  If not, it indicates a @sc{cvs} bug
15804(@pxref{BUGS}).
15805
15806@item rcs error: Unknown option: -x,v/
15807This message will be followed by a usage message for
15808@sc{rcs}.  It means that you have an old version of
15809@sc{rcs} (probably supplied with your operating
15810system), as well as an old version of @sc{cvs}.
15811@sc{cvs} 1.9.18 and earlier only work with @sc{rcs} version 5 and
15812later; current versions of @sc{cvs} do not run @sc{rcs} programs.
15813@c For more information on installing @sc{cvs}, see
15814@c (FIXME: where?  it depends on whether you are
15815@c getting binaries or sources or what).
15816@c The message can also say "ci error" or something
15817@c instead of "rcs error", I suspect.
15818
15819@item cvs [server aborted]: received broken pipe signal
15820This message can be caused by a loginfo program that fails to
15821read all of the log information from its standard input.
15822If you find it happening in any other circumstances,
15823please let us know as described in @ref{BUGS}.
15824
15825@item 'root' is not allowed to commit files
15826When committing a permanent change, @sc{cvs} makes a log entry of
15827who committed the change.  If you are committing the change logged
15828in as "root" (not under "su" or other root-priv giving program),
15829@sc{cvs} cannot determine who is actually making the change.
15830As such, by default, @sc{cvs} disallows changes to be committed by users
15831logged in as "root".  (You can disable this option by passing the
15832@code{--enable-rootcommit} option to @file{configure} and recompiling @sc{cvs}.
15833On some systems this means editing the appropriate @file{config.h} file
15834before building @sc{cvs}.)
15835
15836@item cvs [server aborted]: Secondary out of sync with primary!
15837
15838This usually means that the version of @sc{cvs} running on a secondary
15839server is incompatible with the version running on the primary server
15840(@pxref{Write proxies}).
15841This will not occur if the client supports redirection.
15842
15843It is not the version number that is significant here, but the list of
15844supported requests that the servers provide to the client.
15845For example, even if both servers were the same version,
15846if the secondary was compiled with GSSAPI support and the primary was not,
15847the list of supported requests provided by the two servers
15848would be different and the secondary would not work as a transparent
15849proxy to the primary.
15850Conversely, even if the two servers were radically different versions
15851but both provided the same list of valid requests to the client,
15852the transparent proxy would succeed.
15853
15854@item Terminated with fatal signal 11
15855This message usually indicates that @sc{cvs} (the server, if you're
15856using client/server mode) has run out of (virtual) memory.
15857Although @sc{cvs} tries to catch the error and issue a more meaningful
15858message, there are many circumstances where that is not possible.
15859If you appear to have lots of memory available to the system,
15860the problem is most likely that you're running into a system-wide
15861limit on the amount of memory a single process can use or a
15862similar process-specific limit.
15863The mechanisms for displaying and setting such limits vary from
15864system to system, so you'll have to consult an expert for your
15865particular system if you don't know how to do that.
15866
15867@item Too many arguments!
15868This message is typically printed by the @file{log.pl}
15869script which is in the @file{contrib} directory in the
15870@sc{cvs} source distribution.  In some versions of
15871@sc{cvs}, @file{log.pl} has been part of the default
15872@sc{cvs} installation.  The @file{log.pl} script gets
15873called from the @file{loginfo} administrative file.
15874Check that the arguments passed in @file{loginfo} match
15875what your version of @file{log.pl} expects.  In
15876particular, the @file{log.pl} from @sc{cvs} 1.3 and
15877older expects the log file as an argument whereas the
15878@file{log.pl} from @sc{cvs} 1.5 and newer expects the
15879log file to be specified with a @samp{-f} option.  Of
15880course, if you don't need @file{log.pl} you can just
15881comment it out of @file{loginfo}.
15882
15883@item cvs [update aborted]: unexpected EOF reading @var{file},v
15884See @samp{EOF in key in RCS file}.
15885
15886@item cvs [login aborted]: unrecognized auth response from @var{server}
15887This message typically means that the server is not set
15888up properly.  For example, if @file{inetd.conf} points
15889to a nonexistent cvs executable.  To debug it further,
15890find the log file which inetd writes
15891(@file{/var/log/messages} or whatever inetd uses on
15892your system).  For details, see @ref{Connection}, and
15893@ref{Password authentication server}.
15894
15895@item cvs commit: Up-to-date check failed for `@var{file}'
15896This means that someone else has committed a change to
15897that file since the last time that you did a @code{cvs
15898update}.  So before proceeding with your @code{cvs
15899commit} you need to @code{cvs update}.  @sc{cvs} will merge
15900the changes that you made and the changes that the
15901other person made.  If it does not detect any conflicts
15902it will report @samp{M @var{file}} and you are ready
15903to @code{cvs commit}.  If it detects conflicts it will
15904print a message saying so, will report @samp{C @var{file}},
15905and you need to manually resolve the
15906conflict.  For more details on this process see
15907@ref{Conflicts example}.
15908
15909@item Usage:	diff3 [-exEX3 [-i | -m] [-L label1 -L label3]] file1 file2 file3
15910@example
15911Only one of [exEX3] allowed
15912@end example
15913This indicates a problem with the installation of
15914@code{diff3} and @code{rcsmerge}.  Specifically
15915@code{rcsmerge} was compiled to look for GNU diff3, but
15916it is finding unix diff3 instead.  The exact text of
15917the message will vary depending on the system.  The
15918simplest solution is to upgrade to a current version of
15919@sc{cvs}, which does not rely on external
15920@code{rcsmerge} or @code{diff3} programs.
15921
15922@item warning: unrecognized response `@var{text}' from cvs server
15923If @var{text} contains a valid response (such as
15924@samp{ok}) followed by an extra carriage return
15925character (on many systems this will cause the second
15926part of the message to overwrite the first part), then
15927it probably means that you are using the @samp{:ext:}
15928access method with a version of rsh, such as most
15929non-unix rsh versions, which does not by default
15930provide a transparent data stream.  In such cases you
15931probably want to try @samp{:server:} instead of
15932@samp{:ext:}.  If @var{text} is something else, this
15933may signify a problem with your @sc{cvs} server.
15934Double-check your installation against the instructions
15935for setting up the @sc{cvs} server.
15936@c FIXCVS: should be printing CR as \r or \015 or some
15937@c such, probably.
15938
15939@item cvs commit: [@var{time}] waiting for @var{user}'s lock in @var{directory}
15940This is a normal message, not an error.  See
15941@ref{Concurrency}, for more details.
15942
15943@item cvs commit: warning: editor session failed
15944@cindex Exit status, of editor
15945This means that the editor which @sc{cvs} is using exits with a nonzero
15946exit status.  Some versions of vi will do this even when there was not
15947a problem editing the file.  If so, point the
15948@code{CVSEDITOR} environment variable to a small script
15949such as:
15950
15951@example
15952#!/bin/sh
15953vi $*
15954exit 0
15955@end example
15956
15957@item cvs update: warning: @var{file} was lost
15958This means that the working copy of @var{file} has been deleted
15959but it has not been removed from @sc{cvs}.
15960This is nothing to be concerned about,
15961the update will just recreate the local file from the repository.
15962(This is a convenient way to discard local changes to a file:
15963just delete it and then run @code{cvs update}.)
15964
15965@item cvs update: warning: @var{file} is not (any longer) pertinent
15966This means that the working copy of @var{file} has been deleted,
15967it has not been removed from @sc{cvs} in the current working directory,
15968but it has been removed from @sc{cvs} in some other working directory.
15969This is nothing to be concerned about,
15970the update would have removed the local file anyway.
15971
15972@end table
15973
15974@node Connection
15975@appendixsec Trouble making a connection to a CVS server
15976
15977This section concerns what to do if you are having
15978trouble making a connection to a @sc{cvs} server.  If
15979you are running the @sc{cvs} command line client
15980running on Windows, first upgrade the client to
15981@sc{cvs} 1.9.12 or later.  The error reporting in
15982earlier versions provided much less information about
15983what the problem was.  If the client is non-Windows,
15984@sc{cvs} 1.9 should be fine.
15985
15986If the error messages are not sufficient to track down
15987the problem, the next steps depend largely on which
15988access method you are using.
15989
15990@table @code
15991@cindex :ext:, troubleshooting
15992@item :ext:
15993Try running the rsh program from the command line.  For
15994example: "rsh servername cvs -v" should print @sc{cvs}
15995version information.  If this doesn't work, you need to
15996fix it before you can worry about @sc{cvs} problems.
15997
15998@cindex :server:, troubleshooting
15999@item :server:
16000You don't need a command line rsh program to use this
16001access method, but if you have an rsh program around,
16002it may be useful as a debugging tool.  Follow the
16003directions given for :ext:.
16004
16005@cindex :pserver:, troubleshooting
16006@item :pserver:
16007Errors along the lines of "connection refused" typically indicate
16008that inetd isn't even listening for connections on port 2401
16009whereas errors like "connection reset by peer",
16010"received broken pipe signal", "recv() from server: EOF",
16011or "end of file from server"
16012typically indicate that inetd is listening for
16013connections but is unable to start @sc{cvs} (this is frequently
16014caused by having an incorrect path in @file{inetd.conf}
16015or by firewall software rejecting the connection).
16016"unrecognized auth response" errors are caused by a bad command
16017line in @file{inetd.conf}, typically an invalid option or forgetting
16018to put the @samp{pserver} command at the end of the line.
16019Another less common problem is invisible control characters that
16020your editor "helpfully" added without you noticing.
16021
16022One good debugging tool is to "telnet servername
160232401".  After connecting, send any text (for example
16024"foo" followed by return).  If @sc{cvs} is working
16025correctly, it will respond with
16026
16027@example
16028cvs [pserver aborted]: bad auth protocol start: foo
16029@end example
16030
16031If instead you get:
16032
16033@example
16034Usage: cvs [cvs-options] command [command-options-and-arguments]
16035...
16036@end example
16037
16038@noindent
16039then you're missing the @samp{pserver} command at the end of the
16040line in @file{inetd.conf}; check to make sure that the entire command
16041is on one line and that it's complete.
16042
16043Likewise, if you get something like:
16044
16045@example
16046Unknown command: `pserved'
16047
16048CVS commands are:
16049        add          Add a new file/directory to the repository
16050...
16051@end example
16052
16053@noindent
16054then you've misspelled @samp{pserver} in some way.  If it isn't
16055obvious, check for invisible control characters (particularly
16056carriage returns) in @file{inetd.conf}.
16057
16058If it fails to work at all, then make sure inetd is working
16059right.  Change the invocation in @file{inetd.conf} to run the
16060echo program instead of cvs.  For example:
16061
16062@example
160632401  stream  tcp  nowait  root /bin/echo echo hello
16064@end example
16065
16066After making that change and instructing inetd to
16067re-read its configuration file, "telnet servername
160682401" should show you the text hello and then the
16069server should close the connection.  If this doesn't
16070work, you need to fix it before you can worry about
16071@sc{cvs} problems.
16072
16073On AIX systems, the system will often have its own
16074program trying to use port 2401.  This is AIX's problem
16075in the sense that port 2401 is registered for use with
16076@sc{cvs}.  I hear that there is an AIX patch available
16077to address this problem.
16078
16079Another good debugging tool is the @samp{-d}
16080(debugging) option to inetd.  Consult your system
16081documentation for more information.
16082
16083If you seem to be connecting but get errors like:
16084
16085@example
16086cvs server: cannot open /root/.cvsignore: Permission denied
16087cvs [server aborted]: can't chdir(/root): Permission denied
16088@end example
16089
16090@noindent
16091then you probably haven't specified @samp{-f} in @file{inetd.conf}.
16092(In releases prior to @sc{cvs} 1.11.1, this problem can be caused by
16093your system setting the @code{$HOME} environment variable
16094for programs being run by inetd.  In this case, you can either
16095have inetd run a shell script that unsets @code{$HOME} and then runs
16096@sc{cvs}, or you can use @code{env} to run @sc{cvs} with a pristine
16097environment.)
16098
16099If you can connect successfully for a while but then can't,
16100you've probably hit inetd's rate limit.
16101(If inetd receives too many requests for the same service
16102in a short period of time, it assumes that something is wrong
16103and temporarily disables the service.)
16104Check your inetd documentation to find out how to adjust the
16105rate limit (some versions of inetd have a single rate limit,
16106others allow you to set the limit for each service separately.)
16107@end table
16108
16109@node Other problems
16110@appendixsec Other common problems
16111
16112Here is a list of problems which do not fit into the
16113above categories.  They are in no particular order.
16114
16115@itemize @bullet
16116@item
16117On Windows, if there is a 30 second or so delay when
16118you run a @sc{cvs} command, it may mean that you have
16119your home directory set to @file{C:/}, for example (see
16120@code{HOMEDRIVE} and @code{HOMEPATH} in
16121@ref{Environment variables}).  @sc{cvs} expects the home
16122directory to not end in a slash, for example @file{C:}
16123or @file{C:\cvs}.
16124@c FIXCVS: CVS should at least detect this and print an
16125@c error, presumably.
16126
16127@item
16128If you are running @sc{cvs} 1.9.18 or older, and
16129@code{cvs update} finds a conflict and tries to
16130merge, as described in @ref{Conflicts example}, but
16131doesn't tell you there were conflicts, then you may
16132have an old version of @sc{rcs}.  The easiest solution
16133probably is to upgrade to a current version of
16134@sc{cvs}, which does not rely on external @sc{rcs}
16135programs.
16136@end itemize
16137
16138@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16139@node Credits
16140@appendix Credits
16141
16142@cindex Contributors (manual)
16143@cindex Credits (manual)
16144Roland Pesch, then of Cygnus Support <@t{roland@@wrs.com}>
16145wrote the manual pages which were distributed with
16146@sc{cvs} 1.3.  Much of their text was copied into this
16147manual.  He also read an early draft
16148of this manual and contributed many ideas and
16149corrections.
16150
16151The mailing-list @code{info-cvs} is sometimes
16152informative. I have included information from postings
16153made by the following persons:
16154David G. Grubbs <@t{dgg@@think.com}>.
16155
16156Some text has been extracted from the man pages for
16157@sc{rcs}.
16158
16159The @sc{cvs} @sc{faq} by David G. Grubbs has provided
16160useful material.  The @sc{faq} is no longer maintained,
16161however, and this manual is about the closest thing there
16162is to a successor (with respect to documenting how to
16163use @sc{cvs}, at least).
16164
16165In addition, the following persons have helped by
16166telling me about mistakes I've made:
16167
16168@display
16169Roxanne Brunskill <@t{rbrunski@@datap.ca}>,
16170Kathy Dyer <@t{dyer@@phoenix.ocf.llnl.gov}>,
16171Karl Pingle <@t{pingle@@acuson.com}>,
16172Thomas A Peterson <@t{tap@@src.honeywell.com}>,
16173Inge Wallin <@t{ingwa@@signum.se}>,
16174Dirk Koschuetzki <@t{koschuet@@fmi.uni-passau.de}>
16175and Michael Brown <@t{brown@@wi.extrel.com}>.
16176@end display
16177
16178The list of contributors here is not comprehensive; for a more
16179complete list of who has contributed to this manual see
16180the file @file{doc/ChangeLog} in the @sc{cvs} source
16181distribution.
16182
16183@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16184@node BUGS
16185@appendix Dealing with bugs in CVS or this manual
16186
16187@cindex Bugs in this manual or CVS
16188Neither @sc{cvs} nor this manual is perfect, and they
16189probably never will be.  If you are having trouble
16190using @sc{cvs}, or think you have found a bug, there
16191are a number of things you can do about it.  Note that
16192if the manual is unclear, that can be considered a bug
16193in the manual, so these problems are often worth doing
16194something about as well as problems with @sc{cvs} itself.
16195
16196@cindex Reporting bugs
16197@cindex Bugs, reporting
16198@cindex Errors, reporting
16199@itemize @bullet
16200@item
16201If you want someone to help you and fix bugs that you
16202report, there are companies which will do that for a
16203fee.  One such company is:
16204
16205@cindex Ximbiot
16206@cindex Support, getting CVS support
16207@example
16208Ximbiot
16209319 S. River St.
16210Harrisburg, PA  17104-1657
16211USA
16212Email: info@@ximbiot.com
16213Phone: (717) 579-6168
16214Fax:   (717) 234-3125
16215@url{http://ximbiot.com/}
16216
16217@end example
16218
16219@item
16220If you got @sc{cvs} through a distributor, such as an
16221operating system vendor or a vendor of freeware
16222@sc{cd-rom}s, you may wish to see whether the
16223distributor provides support.  Often, they will provide
16224no support or minimal support, but this may vary from
16225distributor to distributor.
16226
16227@item
16228If you have the skills and time to do so, you may wish
16229to fix the bug yourself.  If you wish to submit your
16230fix for inclusion in future releases of @sc{cvs}, see
16231the file @sc{hacking} in the @sc{cvs} source
16232distribution.  It contains much more information on the
16233process of submitting fixes.
16234
16235@item
16236There may be resources on the net which can help.  A
16237good place to start is:
16238
16239@example
16240@url{http://cvs.nongnu.org/}
16241@end example
16242
16243If you are so inspired, increasing the information
16244available on the net is likely to be appreciated.  For
16245example, before the standard @sc{cvs} distribution
16246worked on Windows 95, there was a web page with some
16247explanation and patches for running @sc{cvs} on Windows
1624895, and various people helped out by mentioning this
16249page on mailing lists or newsgroups when the subject
16250came up.
16251
16252@item
16253It is also possible to report bugs to @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.
16254Note that someone may or may not want to do anything
16255with your bug report---if you need a solution consider
16256one of the options mentioned above.  People probably do
16257want to hear about bugs which are particularly severe
16258in consequences and/or easy to fix, however.  You can
16259also increase your odds by being as clear as possible
16260about the exact nature of the bug and any other
16261relevant information.  The way to report bugs is to
16262send email to @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.  Note
16263that submissions to @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org} may be distributed
16264under the terms of the @sc{gnu} Public License, so if
16265you don't like this, don't submit them.  There is
16266usually no justification for sending mail directly to
16267one of the @sc{cvs} maintainers rather than to
16268@email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}; those maintainers who want to hear
16269about such bug reports read @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.  Also note
16270that sending a bug report to other mailing lists or
16271newsgroups is @emph{not} a substitute for sending it to
16272@email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.  It is fine to discuss @sc{cvs} bugs on
16273whatever forum you prefer, but there are not
16274necessarily any maintainers reading bug reports sent
16275anywhere except @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.
16276@end itemize
16277
16278@cindex Known bugs in this manual or CVS
16279People often ask if there is a list of known bugs or
16280whether a particular bug is a known one.  The file
16281@sc{bugs} in the @sc{cvs} source distribution is one
16282list of known bugs, but it doesn't necessarily try to
16283be comprehensive.  Perhaps there will never be a
16284comprehensive, detailed list of known bugs.
16285
16286@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16287@node Index
16288@unnumbered Index
16289@cindex Index
16290
16291@printindex cp
16292
16293@bye
16294
16295Local Variables:
16296fill-column: 55
16297End:
16298